US20230113863A1 - Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof - Google Patents

Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20230113863A1
US20230113863A1 US17/712,766 US202217712766A US2023113863A1 US 20230113863 A1 US20230113863 A1 US 20230113863A1 US 202217712766 A US202217712766 A US 202217712766A US 2023113863 A1 US2023113863 A1 US 2023113863A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
nucleoside
certain embodiments
modified
ddddddd
oligomeric compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/712,766
Inventor
Punit P. Seth
Michael Oestergaard
Eric E. Swayze
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=46717938&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20230113863(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US17/712,766 priority Critical patent/US20230113863A1/en
Publication of US20230113863A1 publication Critical patent/US20230113863A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/111—General methods applicable to biologically active non-coding nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/11—Antisense
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/312—Phosphonates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/312—Phosphonates
    • C12N2310/3125—Methylphosphonates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/314—Phosphoramidates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/315—Phosphorothioates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/316—Phosphonothioates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
    • C12N2310/321—2'-O-R Modification
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
    • C12N2310/323—Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure
    • C12N2310/3231—Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure having an additional ring, e.g. LNA, ENA
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/33—Chemical structure of the base
    • C12N2310/334—Modified C
    • C12N2310/3341—5-Methylcytosine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/34—Spatial arrangement of the modifications
    • C12N2310/341—Gapmers, i.e. of the type ===---===
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
    • C12N2310/351—Conjugate
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2320/00—Applications; Uses
    • C12N2320/30—Special therapeutic applications
    • C12N2320/34—Allele or polymorphism specific uses

Definitions

  • the present invention pertains generally to chemically-modified oligonucleotides for use in research, diagnostics, and/or therapeutics.
  • Antisense compounds have been used to modulate target nucleic acids. Antisense compounds comprising a variety of chemical modifications and motifs have been reported. In certain instances, such compounds are useful as research tools, diagnostic reagents, and as therapeutic agents. In certain instances antisense compounds have been shown to modulate protein expression by binding to a target messenger RNA (mRNA) encoding the protein. In certain instances, such binding of an antisense compound to its target mRNA results in cleavage of the mRNA. Antisense compounds that modulate processing of a pre-mRNA have also been reported. Such antisense compounds alter splicing, interfere with polyadenlyation or prevent formation of the 5′-cap of a pre-mRNA.
  • mRNA target messenger RNA
  • the present invention provides oligomeric compounds comprising oligonucleotides.
  • such oligonucleotides comprise a region having a gapmer motif.
  • such oligonucleotides consist of a region having a gapmer motif.
  • oligomeric compounds including oligonucleotides described herein are capable of modulating expression of a target RNA.
  • the target RNA is associated with a disease or disorder, or encodes a protein that is associated with a disease or disorder.
  • the oligomeric compounds or oligonucleotides provided herein modulate the expression of function of such RNA to alleviate one or more symptom of the disease or disorder.
  • oligomeric compounds including oligonucleotides describe herein are useful in vitro. In certain embodiments such oligomeric compounds are used in diagnostics and/or for target validation experiments.
  • nucleoside means a compound comprising a nucleobase moiety and a sugar moiety. Nucleosides include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring nucleosides (as found in DNA and RNA) and modified nucleosides. Nucleosides may be linked to a phosphate moiety.
  • chemical modification means a chemical difference in a compound when compared to a naturally occurring counterpart.
  • Chemical modifications of oligonucleotides include nucleoside modifications (including sugar moiety modifications and nucleobase modifications) and internucleoside linkage modifications. In reference to an oligonucleotide, chemical modification does not include differences only in nucleobase sequence.
  • furanosyl means a structure comprising a 5-membered ring comprising four carbon atoms and one oxygen atom.
  • naturally occurring sugar moiety means a ribofuranosyl as found in naturally occurring RNA or a deoxyribofuranosyl as found in naturally occurring DNA.
  • sugar moiety means a naturally occurring sugar moiety or a modified sugar moiety of a nucleoside.
  • modified sugar moiety means a substituted sugar moiety or a sugar surrogate.
  • substituted sugar moiety means a furanosyl that is not a naturally occurring sugar moiety.
  • Substituted sugar moieties include, but are not limited to furanosyls comprising substituents at the 2′-position, the 3′-position, the 5′-position and/or the 4′-position.
  • Certain substituted sugar moieties are bicyclic sugar moieties.
  • 2′-substituted sugar moiety means a furanosyl comprising a substituent at the 2′-position other than H or OH. Unless otherwise indicated, a 2′-substituted sugar moiety is not a bicyclic sugar moiety (i.e., the 2′-substituent of a 2′-substituted sugar moiety does not form a bridge to another atom of the furanosyl ring.
  • MOE means —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 .
  • 2′-F nucleoside refers to a nucleoside comprising a sugar comprising fluorine at the 2′ position. Unless otherwise indicated, the fluorine in a 2′-F nucleoside is in the ribo position (replacing the OH of a natural ribose).
  • 2′-(ara)-F refers to a 2′-F substituted nucleoside, wherein the fluoro group is in the arabino position.
  • sugar surrogate means a structure that does not comprise a furanosyl and that is capable of replacing the naturally occurring sugar moiety of a nucleoside, such that the resulting nucleoside sub-units are capable of linking together and/or linking to other nucleosides to form an oligomeric compound which is capable of hybridizing to a complementary oligomeric compound.
  • Such structures include rings comprising a different number of atoms than furanosyl (e.g., 4, 6, or 7-membered rings); replacement of the oxygen of a furanosyl with a non-oxygen atom (e.g., carbon, sulfur, or nitrogen); or both a change in the number of atoms and a replacement of the oxygen.
  • Such structures may also comprise substitutions corresponding to those described for substituted sugar moieties (e.g., 6-membered carbocyclic bicyclic sugar surrogates optionally comprising additional substituents).
  • Sugar surrogates also include more complex sugar replacements (e.g., the non-ring systems of peptide nucleic acid).
  • Sugar surrogates include without limitation morpholinos, cyclohexenyls and cyclohexitols.
  • bicyclic sugar moiety means a modified sugar moiety comprising a 4 to 7 membered ring (including but not limited to a furanosyl) comprising a bridge connecting two atoms of the 4 to 7 membered ring to form a second ring, resulting in a bicyclic structure.
  • the 4 to 7 membered ring is a sugar ring.
  • the 4 to 7 membered ring is a furanosyl.
  • the bridge connects the 2′-carbon and the 4′-carbon of the furanosyl.
  • nucleotide means a nucleoside further comprising a phosphate linking group.
  • linked nucleosides may or may not be linked by phosphate linkages and thus includes, but is not limited to “linked nucleotides.”
  • linked nucleosides are nucleosides that are connected in a continuous sequence (i.e. no additional nucleosides are present between those that are linked).
  • nucleobase means a group of atoms that can be linked to a sugar moiety to create a nucleoside that is capable of incorporation into an oligonucleotide, and wherein the group of atoms is capable of bonding with a complementary naturally occurring nucleobase of another oligonucleotide or nucleic acid. Nucleobases may be naturally occurring or may be modified.
  • unmodified nucleobase or “naturally occurring nucleobase” means the naturally occurring heterocyclic nucleobases of RNA or DNA: the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T), cytosine (C) (including 5-methyl C), and uracil (U).
  • modified nucleobase means any nucleobase that is not a naturally occurring nucleobase.
  • modified nucleoside means a nucleoside comprising at least one chemical modification compared to naturally occurring RNA or DNA nucleosides. Modified nucleosides comprise a modified sugar moiety and/or a modified nucleobase.
  • bicyclic nucleoside or “BNA” means a nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • constrained ethyl nucleoside or “cEt” means a nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety comprising a 4′-CH(CH 3 )—O-2′bridge.
  • locked nucleic acid nucleoside or “LNA” means a nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety comprising a 4′-CH 2 —O-2′bridge.
  • 2′-substituted nucleoside means a nucleoside comprising a substituent at the 2′-position other than H or OH. Unless otherwise indicated, a 2′-substituted nucleoside is not a bicyclic nucleoside.
  • 2′-deoxynucleoside means a nucleoside comprising 2′-H furanosyl sugar moiety, as found in naturally occurring deoxyribonucleosides (DNA).
  • a 2′-deoxynucleoside may comprise a modified nucleobase or may comprise an RNA nucleobase (e.g., uracil).
  • RNA-like nucleoside means a modified nucleoside that adopts a northern configuration and functions like RNA when incorporated into an oligonucleotide.
  • RNA-like nucleosides include, but are not limited to 3′-endo furanosyl nucleosides and RNA surrogates.
  • 3′-endo-furanosyl nucleoside means an RNA-like nucleoside that comprises a substituted sugar moiety that has a 3′-endo conformation.
  • 3′-endo-furanosyl nucleosides include, but are not limited to: 2′-MOE, 2′-F, 2′-OMe, LNA, ENA, and cEt nucleosides.
  • RNA-surrogate nucleoside means an RNA-like nucleoside that does not comprise a furanosyl. RNA-surrogate nucleosides include, but are not limited to hexitols and cyclopentanes.
  • oligonucleotide means a compound comprising a plurality of linked nucleosides.
  • an oligonucleotide comprises one or more unmodified ribonucleosides (RNA) and/or unmodified deoxyribonucleosides (DNA) and/or one or more modified nucleosides.
  • oligonucleoside means an oligonucleotide in which none of the internucleoside linkages contains a phosphorus atom.
  • oligonucleotides include oligonucleosides.
  • modified oligonucleotide means an oligonucleotide comprising at least one modified nucleoside and/or at least one modified internucleoside linkage.
  • nucleoside linkage means a covalent linkage between adjacent nucleosides in an oligonucleotide.
  • naturally occurring internucleoside linkage means a 3′ to 5′ phosphodiester linkage.
  • modified internucleoside linkage means any internucleoside linkage other than a naturally occurring internucleoside linkage.
  • oligomeric compound means a polymeric structure comprising two or more sub-structures.
  • an oligomeric compound comprises an oligonucleotide.
  • an oligomeric compound comprises one or more conjugate groups and/or terminal groups.
  • an oligomeric compound consists of an oligonucleotide.
  • terminal group means one or more atom attached to either, or both, the 3′ end or the 5′ end of an oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments a terminal group is a conjugate group. In certain embodiments, a terminal group comprises one or more terminal group nucleosides.
  • conjugate means an atom or group of atoms bound to an oligonucleotide or oligomeric compound.
  • conjugate groups modify one or more properties of the compound to which they are attached, including, but not limited to pharmacodynamic, pharmacokinetic, binding, absorption, cellular distribution, cellular uptake, charge and/or clearance properties.
  • conjugate linking group means any atom or group of atoms used to attach a conjugate to an oligonucleotide or oligomeric compound.
  • antisense compound means a compound comprising or consisting of an oligonucleotide at least a portion of which is complementary to a target nucleic acid to which it is capable of hybridizing, resulting in at least one antisense activity.
  • antisense activity means any detectable and/or measurable change attributable to the hybridization of an antisense compound to its target nucleic acid.
  • detecting or “measuring” means that a test or assay for detecting or measuring is performed. Such detection and/or measuring may result in a value of zero. Thus, if a test for detection or measuring results in a finding of no activity (activity of zero), the step of detecting or measuring the activity has nevertheless been performed.
  • detectable and/or measureable activity means a measurable activity that is not zero.
  • essentially unchanged means little or no change in a particular parameter, particularly relative to another parameter which changes much more.
  • a parameter is essentially unchanged when it changes less than 5%.
  • a parameter is essentially unchanged if it changes less than two-fold while another parameter changes at least ten-fold.
  • an antisense activity is a change in the amount of a target nucleic acid.
  • the amount of a non-target nucleic acid is essentially unchanged if it changes much less than the target nucleic acid does, but the change need not be zero.
  • expression means the process by which a gene ultimately results in a protein.
  • Expression includes, but is not limited to, transcription, post-transcriptional modification (e.g., splicing, polyadenlyation, addition of 5′-cap), and translation.
  • target nucleic acid means a nucleic acid molecule to which an antisense compound is intended to hybridize.
  • non-target nucleic acid means a nucleic acid molecule to which hybridization of an antisense compound is not intended or desired.
  • antisense compounds do hybridize to a non-target, due to homology between the target (intended) and non-target (un-intended).
  • mRNA means an RNA molecule that encodes a protein.
  • pre-mRNA means an RNA transcript that has not been fully processed into mRNA. Pre-RNA includes one or more intron.
  • object RNA means an RNA molecule other than a target RNA, the amount, activity, splicing, and/or function of which is modulated, either directly or indirectly, by a target nucleic acid.
  • a target nucleic acid modulates splicing of an object RNA.
  • an antisense compound modulates the amount or activity of the target nucleic acid, resulting in a change in the splicing of an object RNA and ultimately resulting in a change in the activity or function of the object RNA.
  • microRNA means a naturally occurring, small, non-coding RNA that represses gene expression of at least one mRNA.
  • a microRNA represses gene expression by binding to a target site within a 3′ untranslated region of an mRNA.
  • a microRNA has a nucleobase sequence as set forth in miRBase, a database of published microRNA sequences found at http://microma.sanger.ac.uk/sequences/.
  • a microRNA has a nucleobase sequence as set forth in miRBase version 12.0 released September 2008, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • microRNA mimic means an oligomeric compound having a sequence that is at least partially identical to that of a microRNA.
  • a microRNA mimic comprises the microRNA seed region of a microRNA.
  • a microRNA mimic modulates translation of more than one target nucleic acids.
  • a microRNA mimic is double-stranded.
  • “differentiating nucleobase” means a nucleobase that differs between two nucleic acids.
  • a target region of a target nucleic acid differs by 1-4 nucleobases from a non-target nucleic acid. Each of those differences is referred to as a differentiating nucleobase.
  • a differentiating nucleobase is a single-nucleotide polymorphism.
  • target-selective nucleoside means a nucleoside of an antisense compound that corresponds to a differentiating nucleobase of a target nucleic acid.
  • allelic pair means one of a pair of copies of a gene existing at a particular locus or marker on a specific chromosome, or one member of a pair of nucleobases existing at a particular locus or marker on a specific chromosome, or one member of a pair of nucleobase sequences existing at a particular locus or marker on a specific chromosome.
  • each allelic pair will normally occupy corresponding positions (loci) on a pair of homologous chromosomes, one inherited from the mother and one inherited from the father.
  • the organism or cell is said to be “homozygous” for that allele; if they differ, the organism or cell is said to be “heterozygous” for that allele.
  • Wild-type allele refers to the genotype typically not associated with disease or dysfunction of the gene product.
  • Melt allele refers to the genotype associated with disease or dysfunction of the gene product.
  • allelic variant means a particular identity of an allele, where more than one identity occurs.
  • an allelic variant may refer to either the mutant allele or the wild-type allele.
  • single nucleotide polymorphism or “SNP” means a single nucleotide variation between the genomes of individuals of the same species.
  • a SNP may be a single nucleotide deletion or insertion.
  • SNPs occur relatively frequently in genomes and thus contribute to genetic diversity. The location of a SNP is generally flanked by highly conserved sequences. An individual may be homozygous or heterozygous for an allele at each SNP site.
  • single nucleotide polymorphism site or “SNP site” refers to the nucleotides surrounding a SNP contained in a target nucleic acid to which an antisense compound is targeted.
  • targeting means the association of an antisense compound to a particular target nucleic acid molecule or a particular region of a target nucleic acid molecule.
  • An antisense compound targets a target nucleic acid if it is sufficiently complementary to the target nucleic acid to allow hybridization under physiological conditions.
  • nucleobase complementarity or “complementarity” when in reference to nucleobases means a nucleobase that is capable of base pairing with another nucleobase.
  • adenine (A) is complementary to thymine (T).
  • adenine (A) is complementary to uracil (U).
  • complementary nucleobase means a nucleobase of an antisense compound that is capable of base pairing with a nucleobase of its target nucleic acid.
  • nucleobases at a certain position of an antisense compound are capable of hydrogen bonding with a nucleobase at a certain position of a target nucleic acid
  • the position of hydrogen bonding between the oligonucleotide and the target nucleic acid is considered to be complementary at that nucleobase pair.
  • Nucleobases comprising certain modifications may maintain the ability to pair with a counterpart nucleobase and thus, are still capable of nucleobase complementarity.
  • non-complementary in reference to nucleobases means a pair of nucleobases that do not form hydrogen bonds with one another.
  • complementary in reference to oligomeric compounds (e.g., linked nucleosides, oligonucleotides, or nucleic acids) means the capacity of such oligomeric compounds or regions thereof to hybridize to another oligomeric compound or region thereof through nucleobase complementarity under stringent conditions.
  • Complementary oligomeric compounds need not have nucleobase complementarity at each nucleoside. Rather, some mismatches are tolerated.
  • complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are complementary at 70% of the nucleobases (70% complementary).
  • complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are 80% complementary.
  • complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are 90% complementary.
  • complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are 95% complementary.
  • complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are 100% complementary.
  • mismatch means a nucleobase of a first oligomeric compound that is not capable of pairing with a nucleobase at a corresponding position of a second oligomeric compound, when the first and second oligomeric compound are aligned.
  • Either or both of the first and second oligomeric compounds may be oligonucleotides.
  • hybridization means the pairing of complementary oligomeric compounds (e.g., an antisense compound and its target nucleic acid). While not limited to a particular mechanism, the most common mechanism of pairing involves hydrogen bonding, which may be Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary nucleobases.
  • “specifically hybridizes” means the ability of an oligomeric compound to hybridize to one nucleic acid site with greater affinity than it hybridizes to another nucleic acid site.
  • an antisense oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to more than one target site.
  • oligonucleotide or portion thereof means that each nucleobase of the oligonucleotide or portion thereof is capable of pairing with a nucleobase of a complementary nucleic acid or contiguous portion thereof.
  • a fully complementary region comprises no mismatches or unhybridized nucleobases in either strand.
  • percent complementarity means the percentage of nucleobases of an oligomeric compound that are complementary to an equal-length portion of a target nucleic acid. Percent complementarity is calculated by dividing the number of nucleobases of the oligomeric compound that are complementary to nucleobases at corresponding positions in the target nucleic acid by the total length of the oligomeric compound.
  • percent identity means the number of nucleobases in a first nucleic acid that are the same type (independent of chemical modification) as nucleobases at corresponding positions in a second nucleic acid, divided by the total number of nucleobases in the first nucleic acid.
  • modulation means a change of amount or quality of a molecule, function, or activity when compared to the amount or quality of a molecule, function, or activity prior to modulation.
  • modulation includes the change, either an increase (stimulation or induction) or a decrease (inhibition or reduction) in gene expression.
  • modulation of expression can include a change in splice site selection of pre-mRNA processing, resulting in a change in the absolute or relative amount of a particular splice-variant compared to the amount in the absence of modulation.
  • modification motif means a pattern of chemical modifications in an oligomeric compound or a region thereof. Motifs may be defined by modifications at certain nucleosides and/or at certain linking groups of an oligomeric compound.
  • nucleoside motif means a pattern of nucleoside modifications in an oligomeric compound or a region thereof.
  • the linkages of such an oligomeric compound may be modified or unmodified.
  • motifs herein describing only nucleosides are intended to be nucleoside motifs. Thus, in such instances, the linkages are not limited.
  • sugar motif means a pattern of sugar modifications in an oligomeric compound or a region thereof.
  • linkage motif means a pattern of linkage modifications in an oligomeric compound or region thereof.
  • the nucleosides of such an oligomeric compound may be modified or unmodified.
  • motifs herein describing only linkages are intended to be linkage motifs. Thus, in such instances, the nucleosides are not limited.
  • nucleobase modification motif means a pattern of modifications to nucleobases along an oligonucleotide. Unless otherwise indicated, a nucleobase modification motif is independent of the nucleobase sequence.
  • sequence motif means a pattern of nucleobases arranged along an oligonucleotide or portion thereof. Unless otherwise indicated, a sequence motif is independent of chemical modifications and thus may have any combination of chemical modifications, including no chemical modifications.
  • nucleoside having a modification of a first type may be an unmodified nucleoside.
  • “differently modified” mean chemical modifications or chemical substituents that are different from one another, including absence of modifications.
  • a MOE nucleoside and an unmodified DNA nucleoside are “differently modified,” even though the DNA nucleoside is unmodified.
  • DNA and RNA are “differently modified,” even though both are naturally-occurring unmodified nucleosides. Nucleosides that are the same but for comprising different nucleobases are not differently modified.
  • nucleoside comprising a 2′-OMe modified sugar and an unmodified adenine nucleobase and a nucleoside comprising a 2′-OMe modified sugar and an unmodified thymine nucleobase are not differently modified.
  • the same type of modifications refers to modifications that are the same as one another, including absence of modifications.
  • two unmodified DNA nucleoside have “the same type of modification,” even though the DNA nucleoside is unmodified.
  • Such nucleosides having the same type modification may comprise different nucleobases.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent means any substance suitable for use in administering to an animal.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent is sterile saline.
  • such sterile saline is pharmaceutical grade saline.
  • substituted nucleoside and “substituent group,” means an atom or group that replaces the atom or group of a named parent compound.
  • a substituent of a modified nucleoside is any atom or group that differs from the atom or group found in a naturally occurring nucleoside (e.g., a modified 2′-substituent is any atom or group at the 2′-position of a nucleoside other than H or OH).
  • Substituent groups can be protected or unprotected.
  • compounds of the present invention have substituents at one or at more than one position of the parent compound. Substituents may also be further substituted with other substituent groups and may be attached directly or via a linking group such as an alkyl or hydrocarbyl group to a parent compound.
  • substituted in reference to a chemical functional group means an atom or group of atoms differs from the atom or a group of atoms normally present in the named functional group.
  • a substituent replaces a hydrogen atom of the functional group (e.g., in certain embodiments, the substituent of a substituted methyl group is an atom or group other than hydrogen which replaces one of the hydrogen atoms of an unsubstituted methyl group).
  • each R aa , R bb and R cc is, independently, H, an optionally linked chemical functional group or a further substituent group with a preferred list including without limitation, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aliphatic, alkoxy, acyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic and heteroarylalkyl. Selected substituents within the compounds described herein are present to a recursive degree.
  • alkyl means a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms.
  • alkyl groups include without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, n-hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl and the like.
  • Alkyl groups typically include from 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 12 alkyl) with from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred.
  • alkenyl means a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • alkenyl groups include without limitation, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, 1-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, dienes such as 1,3-butadiene and the like.
  • Alkenyl groups typically include from 2 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred.
  • Alkenyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substituent groups.
  • alkynyl means a straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, and the like.
  • Alkynyl groups typically include from 2 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred.
  • Alkynyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substituent groups.
  • acyl means a radical formed by removal of a hydroxyl group from an organic acid and has the general Formula —C(O)—X where X is typically aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic. Examples include aliphatic carbonyls, aromatic carbonyls, aliphatic sulfonyls, aromatic sulfinyls, aliphatic sulfinyls, aromatic phosphates, aliphatic phosphates and the like. Acyl groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • alicyclic means a cyclic ring system wherein the ring is aliphatic.
  • the ring system can comprise one or more rings wherein at least one ring is aliphatic.
  • Preferred alicyclics include rings having from about 5 to about 9 carbon atoms in the ring.
  • Alicyclic as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • aliphatic means a straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms wherein the saturation between any two carbon atoms is a single, double or triple bond.
  • An aliphatic group preferably contains from 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred.
  • the straight or branched chain of an aliphatic group may be interrupted with one or more heteroatoms that include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus.
  • Such aliphatic groups interrupted by heteroatoms include without limitation, polyalkoxys, such as polyalkylene glycols, polyamines, and polyimines. Aliphatic groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • alkoxy means a radical formed between an alkyl group and an oxygen atom wherein the oxygen atom is used to attach the alkoxy group to a parent molecule.
  • alkoxy groups include without limitation, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy and the like.
  • Alkoxy groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • aminoalkyl means an amino substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyl radical.
  • the alkyl portion of the radical forms a covalent bond with a parent molecule.
  • the amino group can be located at any position and the aminoalkyl group can be substituted with a further substituent group at the alkyl and/or amino portions.
  • aralkyl and arylalkyl mean an aromatic group that is covalently linked to a C 1 -C 12 alkyl radical.
  • the alkyl radical portion of the resulting aralkyl (or arylalkyl) group forms a covalent bond with a parent molecule. Examples include without limitation, benzyl, phenethyl and the like.
  • Aralkyl groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups attached to the alkyl, the aryl or both groups that form the radical group.
  • aryl and “aromatic” mean a mono- or polycyclic carbocyclic ring system radicals having one or more aromatic rings.
  • aryl groups include without limitation, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, idenyl and the like.
  • Preferred aryl ring systems have from about 5 to about 20 carbon atoms in one or more rings.
  • Aryl groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • halo and “halogen,” mean an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • heteroaryl and “heteroaromatic,” mean a radical comprising a mono- or poly-cyclic aromatic ring, ring system or fused ring system wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic and includes one or more heteroatoms. Heteroaryl is also meant to include fused ring systems including systems where one or more of the fused rings contain no heteroatoms. Heteroaryl groups typically include one ring atom selected from sulfur, nitrogen or oxygen.
  • heteroaryl groups include without limitation, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl and the like.
  • Heteroaryl radicals can be attached to a parent molecule directly or through a linking moiety such as an aliphatic group or hetero atom.
  • Heteroaryl groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • huntingtin transcript means a transcript transcribed from a huntingtin gene.
  • the present invention provides oligomeric compounds.
  • such oligomeric compounds comprise oligonucleotides optionally comprising one or more conjugate and/or terminal groups.
  • an oligomeric compound consists of an oligonucleotide.
  • oligonucleotides comprise one or more chemical modifications. Such chemical modifications include modifications of one or more nucleoside (including modifications to the sugar moiety and/or the nucleobase) and/or modifications to one or more internucleoside linkage.
  • oligomeric compounds comprising or consisting of oligonucleotides comprising at least one modified nucleoside.
  • modified nucleosides comprise a modified sugar moeity, a modified nucleobase, or both a modified sugar moiety and a modified nucleobase.
  • compounds of the invention comprise one or more modified nucleosides comprising a modified sugar moiety.
  • modified nucleosides comprising a modified sugar moiety.
  • Such compounds comprising one or more sugar-modified nucleosides may have desirable properties, such as enhanced nuclease stability or increased binding affinity with a target nucleic acid relative to an oligonucleotide comprising only nucleosides comprising naturally occurring sugar moieties.
  • modified sugar moieties are substituted sugar moieties.
  • modified sugar moieties are sugar surrogates. Such sugar surrogates may comprise one or more substitutions corresponding to those of substituted sugar moieties.
  • modified sugar moieties are substituted sugar moieties comprising one or more non-bridging sugar substituent, including but not limited to substituents at the 2′ and/or 5′ positions.
  • sugar substituents suitable for the 2′-position include, but are not limited to: 2′-F, 2′-OCH 3 (“OMe” or “O-methyl”), and 2′-O(CH 2 ) 2 OCH 3 (“MOE”).
  • sugar substituents at the 2′ position is selected from allyl, amino, azido, thio, O-allyl, O—C 1 -C 10 alkyl, O—C 1 -C 10 substituted alkyl; OCF 3 , O(CH 2 ) 2 SCH 3 , O(CH 2 ) 2 —O—N(R m )(R n ), and O—CH 2 —C( ⁇ O)—N(R m )(R n ), where each R m and R n is, independently, H or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl.
  • sugar substituents at the 5′-position include, but are not limited to: 5′-methyl (R or S); 5′-vinyl, and 5′-methoxy.
  • substituted sugars comprise more than one non-bridging sugar substituent, for example, 2′-F-5′-methyl sugar moieties (see, e.g., PCT International Application WO 2008/101157, for additional 5′,2′-bis substituted sugar moieties and nucleosides).
  • Nucleosides comprising 2′-substituted sugar moieties are referred to as 2′-substituted nucleosides.
  • a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituent group selected from halo, allyl, amino, azido, SH, CN, OCN, CF 3 , OCF 3 , O, S, or N(R m )-alkyl; O, S, or N(R m )-alkenyl; O, S or N(R m )-alkynyl; O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, alkynyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl, O-aralkyl, O(CH 2 ) 2 SCH 3 , O—(CH 2 ) 2 —O—N(R m )(R n ) or O—CH 2 —C( ⁇ O)—N(R m
  • These 2′-substituent groups can be further substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO 2 ), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
  • a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituent group selected from F, NH 2 , N 3 , OCF 3 , O—CH 3 , O(CH 2 ) 3 NH 2 , CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH 2 , O—CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH 2 , OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , O(CH 2 ) 2 SCH 3 , O—(CH 2 ) 2 —O—N(R m )(R n ), O(CH 2 ) 2 O(CH 2 ) 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , and N-substituted acetamide (O—CH 2 —C( ⁇ O)—N(R m )(R n ) where each R m and R n is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl.
  • a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent group selected from F, OCF 3 , O—CH 3 , OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , O(CH 2 ) 2 SCH 3 , O—(CH 2 ) 2 —O—N(CH 3 ) 2 , —O(CH 2 ) 2 O(CH 2 ) 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , and O—CH 2 —C( ⁇ O)—N(H)CH 3 .
  • a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent group selected from F, OCF 3 , O—CH 3 , OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , O(CH 2 ) 2 SCH 3 , O—(CH 2 ) 2 —O—N(CH 3 ) 2 , —O(CH 2 ) 2 O(CH 2 ) 2 N(CH 3 ) 2
  • a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent group selected from F, O—CH 3 , and OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 .
  • modified sugar moieties comprise a bridging sugar substituent that forms a second ring resulting in a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • the bicyclic sugar moiety comprises a bridge between the 4′ and the 2′ furanose ring atoms.
  • 4′ to 2′ sugar substituents include, but are not limited to: —[C(R a )(R b )] n —, —[C(R a )(R b )] n —O—, —C(R a R b )—N(R)—O— or, —C(R a R b )—O—N(R)—; 4′- CH 2 -2′, 4′-(CH 2 ) 2 -2′, 4′-(CH 2 ) 3 -2′, 4′-(CH 2 )—O-2′ (LNA); 4′-(CH 2 )—S-2′; 4′-(CH 2 ) 2 —O-2′ (ENA); 4′-CH(CH 3 )—O-2′ (cEt) and 4′-CH(CH 2 OCH 3 )—O-2′, and analogs thereof (see, e.g., U.S.
  • such 4′ to 2′ bridges independently comprise from 1 to 4 linked groups independently selected from —[C(R a )(R b )] n , —C(R a ) ⁇ C(R b )—, —C(R a ) ⁇ N—, —C( ⁇ NR a )—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —C( ⁇ S)—, —O—, —Si(R a ) 2 —, —S( ⁇ O) x —, and —N(R a )—;
  • x 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • each R a and R b is, independently, H, a protecting group, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 12 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyl, C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, C 5 -C 20 aryl, substituted C 5 -C 20 aryl, heterocycle radical, substituted heterocycle radical, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, C 5 -C 7 alicyclic radical, substituted C 5 -C 7 alicyclic radical, halogen, OJ 1 , NJ 1 J 2 , SJ 1 , N 3 , COOJ 1 , acyl (C( ⁇ O)—H), substituted acyl, CN, sulfonyl (S( ⁇ O) 2 -J 1 ), or sulfoxyl (S( ⁇ O)-J 1 ); and each
  • Bicyclic nucleosides include, but are not limited to, (A) ⁇ -L-Methyleneoxy (4′-CH 2 —O-2′) BNA, (B) ⁇ -D-Methyleneoxy (4′-CH 2 —O-2′) BNA (also referred to as locked nucleic acid or LNA), (C) Ethyleneoxy (4′-(CH 2 ) 2 —O-2′) BNA, (D) Aminooxy (4′-CH 2 —O—N(R)-2′) BNA, (E) Oxyamino (4′-CH 2 —N(R)—O-2′) BNA, (F) Methyl(methyleneoxy) (4′-CH(CH 3 )—O-2′) BNA (also referred to as constrained ethyl or cEt), (G) methylene-thio (4′-CH 2 —S
  • Bx is a nucleobase moiety and R is, independently, H, a protecting group, or C 1 -C 12 alkyl.
  • bicyclic sugar moieties and nucleosides incorporating such bicyclic sugar moieties are further defined by isomeric configuration.
  • a nucleoside comprising a 4′-2′ methylene-oxy bridge may be in the ⁇ -L configuration or in the ⁇ -D configuration.
  • ⁇ -L-methyleneoxy (4′-CH 2 —O-2′) bicyclic nucleosides have been incorporated into antisense oligonucleotides that showed antisense activity (Frieden et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 2003, 21, 6365-6372).
  • substituted sugar moieties comprise one or more non-bridging sugar substituent and one or more bridging sugar substituent (e.g., 5′-substituted and 4′-2′ bridged sugars).
  • bridging sugar substituent e.g., 5′-substituted and 4′-2′ bridged sugars.
  • modified sugar moieties are sugar surrogates.
  • the oxygen atom of the naturally occurring sugar is substituted, e.g., with a sulfur, carbon or nitrogen atom.
  • such modified sugar moiety also comprises bridging and/or non-bridging substituents as described above.
  • certain sugar surrogates comprise a 4′-sulfur atom and a substitution at the 2′-position (see, e.g., published U.S. Patent Application US2005/0130923, published on Jun. 16, 2005) and/or the 5′ position.
  • carbocyclic bicyclic nucleosides having a 4′-2′ bridge have been described (see, e.g., Freier et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 1997, 25(22), 4429-4443 and Albaek et al., J. Org. Chem., 2006, 71, 7731-7740).
  • sugar surrogates comprise rings having other than 5-atoms.
  • a sugar surrogate comprises a six-membered tetrahydropyran.
  • Such tetrahydropyrans may be further modified or substituted.
  • Nucleosides comprising such modified tetrahydropyrans include, but are not limited to, hexitol nucleic acid (HNA), anitol nucleic acid (ANA), manitol nucleic acid (MNA) (see Leumann, C J. Bioorg . & Med. Chem . (2002) 10:841-854), fluoro HNA (F-HNA), and those compounds having Formula VII:
  • Bx is a nucleobase moiety
  • T 3 and T 4 are each, independently, an internucleoside linking group linking the tetrahydropyran nucleoside analog to the antisense compound or one of T 3 and T 4 is an internucleoside linking group linking the tetrahydropyran nucleoside analog to the antisense compound and the other of T 3 and T 4 is H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a linked conjugate group, or a 5′ or 3′-terminal group;
  • q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4 , q 5 , q 6 and q 7 are each, independently, H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; and each of R 1 and R 2 is independently selected from among: hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, NJ 1 J 2 , SJ 1 , N 3 , OC( ⁇ X)J 1 , OC( ⁇ X)NJ 1 J 2 , NJ 3 C( ⁇ X)NJ 1 J 2 , and CN, wherein X is O, S or NJ 1 , and each J 1 , J 2 , and J 3 is, independently, H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • the modified THP nucleosides of Formula VII are provided wherein q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4 , q 5 , q 6 and q 7 are each H. In certain embodiments, at least one of q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4 , q 5 , q 6 and q 7 is other than H. In certain embodiments, at least one of q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4 , q 5 , q 6 and q 7 is methyl. In certain embodiments, THP nucleosides of Formula VII are provided wherein one of R 1 and R 2 is F. In certain embodiments, R 1 is fluoro and R 2 is H, R 1 is methoxy and R 2 is H, and R 1 is methoxyethoxy and R 2 is H.
  • the present invention provides oligonucleotides comprising modified nucleosides.
  • modified nucleotides may include modified sugars, modified nucleobases, and/or modified linkages. The specific modifications are selected such that the resulting oligonucleotides possess desirable characteristics.
  • oligonucleotides comprise one or more RNA-like nucleosides. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise one or more DNA-like nucleotides.
  • nucleosides of the present invention comprise one or more unmodified nucleobases. In certain embodiments, nucleosides of the present invention comprise one or more modified nucleobases.
  • modified nucleobases are selected from: universal bases, hydrophobic bases, promiscuous bases, size-expanded bases, and fluorinated bases as defined herein.
  • nucleobases include tricyclic pyrimidines such as phenoxazine cytidine([5,4-b][1,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), phenothiazine cytidine (1H-pyrimido[5,4-b][1,4]benzothiazin-2(3H)-one), G-clamps such as a substituted phenoxazine cytidine (e.g.
  • nucleobases may also include those in which the purine or pyrimidine base is replaced with other heterocycles, for example 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deazaguanosine, 2-aminopyridine and 2-pyridone. Further nucleobases include those disclosed in U.S. Pat.
  • nucleosides may be linked together using any internucleoside linkage to form oligonucleotides.
  • the two main classes of internucleoside linking groups are defined by the presence or absence of a phosphorus atom.
  • Representative phosphorus containing internucleoside linkages include, but are not limited to, phosphodiesters (P ⁇ O), phosphotriesters, methylphosphonates, phosphoramidate, and phosphorothioates (P ⁇ S).
  • Non-phosphorus containing internucleoside linking groups include, but are not limited to, methylenemethylimino (—CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—O—CH 2 —), thiodiester (—O—C(O)—S—), thionocarbamate (—O—C(O)(NH)—S—); siloxane (—O—Si(H) 2 —O—); and N,N′-dimethylhydrazine (—CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—N(CH 3 )—).
  • Modified linkages compared to natural phosphodiester linkages, can be used to alter, typically increase, nuclease resistance of the oligonucleotide.
  • internucleoside linkages having a chiral atom can be prepared as a racemic mixture, or as separate enantiomers.
  • Representative chiral linkages include, but are not limited to, alkylphosphonates and phosphorothioates. Methods of preparation of phosphorous-containing and non-phosphorous-containing internucleoside linkages are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • oligonucleotides described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric configurations that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R) or (S), a or p such as for sugar anomers, or as (D) or (L) such as for amino acids etc. Included in the antisense compounds provided herein are all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms.
  • Neutral internucleoside linkages include without limitation, phosphotriesters, methylphosphonates, MMI (3′-CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—O-5′), amide-3 (3′-CH 2 —C( ⁇ O)—N(H)-5′), amide-4 (3′-CH 2 —N(H)—C( ⁇ O)-5′), formacetal (3′-O—CH 2 —O-5′), and thioformacetal (3′-S—CH 2 —O-5′).
  • Further neutral internucleoside linkages include nonionic linkages comprising siloxane (dialkylsiloxane), carboxylate ester, carboxamide, sulfide, sulfonate ester and amides (See for example: Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research ; Y. S. Sanghvi and P. D. Cook, Eds., ACS Symposium Series 580; Chapters 3 and 4, 40-65). Further neutral internucleoside linkages include nonionic linkages comprising mixed N, O, S and CH 2 component parts.
  • oligomeric compounds include nucleosides synthetically modified to induce a 3′-endo sugar conformation.
  • a nucleoside can incorporate synthetic modifications of the heterocyclic base moiety, the sugar moiety or both to induce a desired 3′-endo sugar conformation. These modified nucleosides are used to mimic RNA like nucleosides so that particular properties of an oligomeric compound can be enhanced while maintaining the desirable 3′-endo conformational geometry.
  • RNA type duplex A form helix, predominantly 3′-endo
  • duplexes composed of 2′-deoxy-2′-F-nucleosides appear efficient in triggering RNAi response in the C. elegans system.
  • Properties that are enhanced by using more stable 3′-endo nucleosides include but aren't limited to modulation of pharmacokinetic properties through modification of protein binding, protein off-rate, absorption and clearance; modulation of nuclease stability as well as chemical stability; modulation of the binding affinity and specificity of the oligomer (affinity and specificity for enzymes as well as for complementary sequences); and increasing efficacy of RNA cleavage.
  • the present invention provides oligomeric compounds having one or more nucleosides modified in such a way as to favor a C3′-endo type conformation.
  • Nucleoside conformation is influenced by various factors including substitution at the 2′, 3′ or 4′-positions of the pentofuranosyl sugar. Electronegative substituents generally prefer the axial positions, while sterically demanding substituents generally prefer the equatorial positions (Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure, Wolfgang Sanger, 1984, Springer-Verlag.) Modification of the 2′ position to favor the 3′-endo conformation can be achieved while maintaining the 2′-OH as a recognition element, as exemplified in Example 35, below (Gallo et al., Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 5707-5713. Harry-O'kuru et al., J. Org.
  • preference for the 3′-endo conformation can be achieved by deletion of the 2′-OH as exemplified by 2′deoxy-2′F-nucleosides (Kawasaki et al., J. Med. Chem. (1993), 36, 831-841), which adopts the 3′-endo conformation positioning the electronegative fluorine atom in the axial position.
  • LNA locked nucleic acid
  • ENA ethylene bridged nucleic acids
  • oligomeric compounds comprise or consist of oligonucleotides.
  • such oligonucleotides comprise one or more chemical modification.
  • chemically modified oligonucleotides comprise one or more modified sugars.
  • chemically modified oligonucleotides comprise one or more modified nucleobases.
  • chemically modified oligonucleotides comprise one or more modified internucleoside linkages.
  • the chemical modifications (sugar modifications, nucleobase modifications, and/or linkage modifications) define a pattern or motif.
  • the patterns of chemical modifications of sugar moieties, internucleoside linkages, and nucleobases are each independent of one another.
  • an oligonucleotide may be described by its sugar modification motif, internucleoside linkage motif and/or nucleobase modification motif (as used herein, nucleobase modification motif describes the chemical modifications to the nucleobases independent of the sequence of nucleobases).
  • oligonucleotides comprise one or more type of modified sugar moieties and/or naturally occurring sugar moieties arranged along an oligonucleotide or region thereof in a defined pattern or sugar motif
  • sugar motifs include but are not limited to any of the sugar modifications discussed herein.
  • the oligonucleotides comprise or consist of a region having a gapmer sugar motif, which comprises two external regions or “wings” and a central or internal region or “gap.”
  • the three regions of a gapmer sugar motif (the 5′-wing, the gap, and the 3′-wing) form a contiguous sequence of nucleosides wherein at least some of the sugar moieties of the nucleosides of each of the wings differ from at least some of the sugar moieties of the nucleosides of the gap.
  • the sugar moieties of the nucleosides of each wing that are closest to the gap differ from the sugar moiety of the neighboring gap nucleosides, thus defining the boundary between the wings and the gap.
  • the sugar moieties within the gap are the same as one another.
  • the gap includes one or more nucleoside having a sugar moiety that differs from the sugar moiety of one or more other nucleosides of the gap.
  • the sugar motifs of the two wings are the same as one another (symmetric sugar gapmer).
  • the sugar motifs of the 5′-wing differs from the sugar motif of the 3′-wing (asymmetric sugar gapmer).
  • oligonucleotides comprise chemical modifications to nucleobases arranged along the oligonucleotide or region thereof in a defined pattern or nucleobases modification motif. In certain embodiments, each nucleobase is modified. In certain embodiments, none of the nucleobases is chemically modified.
  • oligonucleotides comprise a block of modified nucleobases.
  • the block is at the 3′-end of the oligonucleotide.
  • the block is within 3 nucleotides of the 3′-end of the oligonucleotide.
  • the block is at the 5′-end of the oligonucleotide.
  • the block is within 3 nucleotides of the 5′-end of the oligonucleotide.
  • nucleobase modifications are a function of the natural base at a particular position of an oligonucleotide.
  • each purine or each pyrimidine in an oligonucleotide is modified.
  • each adenine is modified.
  • each guanine is modified.
  • each thymine is modified.
  • each cytosine is modified.
  • each uracil is modified.
  • oligonucleotides comprise one or more nucleosides comprising a modified nucleobase.
  • oligonucleotides having a gapmer sugar motif comprise a nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase.
  • one nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobases is in the central gap of an oligonucleotide having a gapmer sugar motif.
  • the sugar is an unmodified 2′deoxynucleoside.
  • the modified nucleobase is selected from: a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine
  • cytosine moieties in an oligonucleotide are 5-methyl cytosine moieties.
  • 5-methyl cytosine is not a “modified nucleobase.” Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, unmodified nucleobases include both cytosine residues having a 5-methyl and those lacking a 5 methyl. In certain embodiments, the methylation state of all or some cytosine nucleobases is specified.
  • oligonucleotides comprise nucleosides comprising modified sugar moieties and/or nucleosides comprising modified nucleobases.
  • Such motifs can be described by their sugar motif and their nucleobase motif separately or by their nucleoside motif, which provides positions or patterns of modified nucleosides (whether modified sugar, nucleobase, or both sugar and nucleobase) in an oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotides comprise or consist of a region having a gapmer nucleoside motif, which comprises two external regions or “wings” and a central or internal region or “gap.”
  • the three regions of a gapmer nucleoside motif (the 5′-wing, the gap, and the 3′-wing) form a contiguous sequence of nucleosides wherein at least some of the sugar moieties and/or nucleobases of the nucleosides of each of the wings differ from at least some of the sugar moieties and/or nucleobase of the nucleosides of the gap.
  • the nucleosides of each wing that are closest to the gap differ from the neighboring gap nucleosides, thus defining the boundary between the wings and the gap.
  • the nucleosides within the gap are the same as one another.
  • the gap includes one or more nucleoside that differs from one or more other nucleosides of the gap.
  • the nucleoside motifs of the two wings are the same as one another (symmetric gapmer).
  • the nucleoside motifs of the 5′-wing differs from the nucleoside motif of the 3′-wing (asymmetric gapmer).
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 6 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 4 or 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 4 linked nucleosides.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 or 2 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 to 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 or 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 or 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 linked nucleosides.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 6 linked nucleosides.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least two bicyclic nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least three bicyclic nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least four bicyclic nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside.
  • each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a bicyclic nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a constrained ethyl nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a LNA nucleoside.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a non-bicyclic modified nucleoside.
  • each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-OMe nucleoside.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-deoxynucleoside. In a certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one ribonucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a ribonucleoside. In certain embodiments, one, more than one, or each of the nucleosides of the 5′-wing is an RNA-like nucleoside.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: ADDA; ABDAA; ABBA; ABB; ABAA; AABAA; AAABAA; AAAABAA; AAAAABAA; AAABAA; AABAA; ABAB; ABADB; ABADDB; AAABB; AAAAA; ABBDC; ABDDC; ABBDCC; ABBDDC; ABBDCC; ABBC; AA; AAA; AAAA; AAAAB; AAAAAAA; AAAAAAAA; ABBB; AB; ABAB; AAAAB; AABBB; AAAAB; and AABBB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, each C is a modified nucleoside of a third type, and each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: AB, ABB, AAA, BBB, BBBAA, AAB, BAA, BBAA, AABB, AAAB, ABBW, ABBWW, ABBB, ABBBB, ABAB, ABABAB, ABABBB, ABABAA, AAABB, AAAABB, AABB, AAAAB, AABBB, ABBBB, BBBBB, AAABW, AAAAA, BBBBAA, and AAABW; wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: ABB; ABAA; AABAA; AAABAA; ABAB; ABADB; AAABB; AAAAA; AA; AAA; AAAA; AAAAB; ABBB; AB; and ABAB; wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type.
  • an oligonucleotide comprises any 5′-wing motif provided herein.
  • the oligonucleotide is a 5′-hemimer (does not comprise a 3′-wing).
  • such an oligonucleotide is a gapmer.
  • the 3′-wing of the gapmer may comprise any nucleoside motif.
  • the 5′-wing of a gapmer has a sugar motif selected from among those listed in the following non-limiting tables:
  • each A, each B, and each C located at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
  • the 5′-wing motif is selected from among ABB, BB B , and CB B , wherein the underlined nucleoside represents the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and wherein the underlined nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
  • the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt and LNA. In certain embodiments, the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprises cEt. In certain embodiments, the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprises LNA.
  • each A comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each A comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each A comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • each B comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each B comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each B comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 and each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each A comprises O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 and each B comprises cEt.
  • each C comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an F-HNA.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 6 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 4 or 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 4 linked nucleosides.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 or 2 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 to 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 or 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 or 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 linked nucleosides.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 6 linked nucleosides.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a bicyclic nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a constrained ethyl nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a LNA nucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least two non-bicyclic modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least three non-bicyclic modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least four non-bicyclic modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside.
  • each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a non-bicyclic modified nucleoside.
  • each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-substituted nucleoside.
  • each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-MOE nucleoside.
  • each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-OMe nucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-deoxynucleoside. In a certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one ribonucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a ribonucleoside. In certain embodiments, one, more than one, or each of the nucleosides of the 5′-wing is an RNA-like nucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside, at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside, at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside, at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside, at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside, at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside, at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside, at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside, at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside, at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside, at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside, at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside, at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: ABB, ABAA, AAABAA, AAAAABAA, AABAA, AAAABAA, AAABAA, ABAB, AAAAA, AAABB, AAAAAAAA, AAAAAAA, AAAAAA, AAAAB, AAAA, AAA, AA, AB, ABBB, ABAB, AABBB; wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type.
  • an oligonucleotide comprises any 3′-wing motif provided herein.
  • the oligonucleotide is a 3′-hemimer (does not comprise a 5′-wing). In certain embodiments, such an oligonucleotide is a gapmer. In certain such embodiments, the 5′-wing of the gapmer may comprise any nucleoside motif.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: BBA, AAB, AAA, BBB, BBAA, AABB, WBBA, WAAB, BBBA, BBBBA, BBBB, BBBBBA, ABBBBB, BBAAA, AABBB, BBBAA, BBBBA, BBBBB, BABA, AAAAA, BBAAAA, AABBBB, BAAAA, and ABBBB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: ABB; AAABAA; AABAA; AAAABAA; AAAAA; AAABB; AAAAAAAA; AAAAAAA; AAAAAA; AAAAB; AB; ABBB; and ABAB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type.
  • the 3′-wing of a gapmer has a sugar motif selected from among those listed in the following non-limiting tables:
  • each A, each B, and each C located at the 5′-most 3′-wing region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
  • the 3′-wing motif is selected from among ABB, BBB, and CBB, wherein the underlined nucleoside represents the 5′-most 3′-wing region nucleoside and wherein the underlined nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
  • each A comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each A comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • each B comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each B comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each B comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises an F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 and each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each A comprises O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 and each B comprises cEt.
  • each C comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each C comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • each C comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine.
  • each C comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • each C comprises an HNA.
  • each C comprises an F-HNA.
  • the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 20 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 15 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 12 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 10 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 9 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 8 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 or 7 linked nucleosides.
  • the gap of a gapmer consists of 7 to 10 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 7 to 9 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 7 or 8 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 8 to 10 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 8 or 9 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 7 linked nucleosides.
  • the gap of a gapmer consists of 8 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 9 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 10 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 11 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 12 linked nucleosides.
  • each nucleoside of the gap of a gapmer is a 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • the gap comprises one or more modified nucleosides.
  • each nucleoside of the gap of a gapmer is a 2′-deoxynucleoside or is a modified nucleoside that is “DNA-like.”
  • “DNA-like” means that the nucleoside has similar characteristics to DNA, such that a duplex comprising the gapmer and an RNA molecule is capable of activating RNase H. For example, under certain conditions, 2′-(ara)-F have been shown to support RNase H activation, and thus is DNA-like.
  • one or more nucleosides of the gap of a gapmer is not a 2′-deoxynucleoside and is not DNA-like. In certain such embodiments, the gapmer nonetheless supports RNase H activation (e.g., by virtue of the number or placement of the non-DNA nucleosides).
  • gaps comprise a stretch of unmodified 2′-deoxynucleoside interrupted by one or more modified nucleosides, thus resulting in three sub-regions (two stretches of one or more 2′-deoxynucleosides and a stretch of one or more interrupting modified nucleosides).
  • no stretch of unmodified 2′-deoxynucleosides is longer than 5, 6, or 7 nucleosides.
  • such short stretches is achieved by using short gap regions.
  • short stretches are achieved by interrupting a longer gap region.
  • the gap comprises one or more modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more modified nucleosides selected from among cEt, FHNA, LNA, and 2-thio-thymidine. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises two modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises three modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises four modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises two or more modified nucleosides and each modified nucleoside is the same. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises two or more modified nucleosides and each modified nucleoside is different.
  • the gap comprises one or more modified linkages. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more methyl phosphonate linkages. In certain embodiments the gap comprises two or more modified linkages. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more modified linkages and one or more modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one modified linkage and one modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises two modified linkages and two or more modified nucleosides.
  • the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DDDDXDDDDD; DDDDDXDDDDD; DDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDDDDD; DDXDDDDDD; DDDXDDDDDD; DDXDDDDD; DDXDDDDD; DDXDDDXDDD; DDDXDDDXDDD; DDXDDDXDD; DDXDDDDXDD; DDXDDDDXDD; DDXDDDDXDD; DDXDDDDXDD; DDXDDDDXDD; DXDDDDXDDD; DDDDXDDD; DXDDDDXDDD; DDDDXDDD; DDDDDXDDD; DDDDDXDDD; DDDDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDD; DDDXDDDDDDD; DDDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDD; DDDXDDDDDDD; DDDDXDDD; DDDDXDDD;
  • the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DDDDDDDDD; DXDDDDD; DDXDDDD; DDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDDD; DDDDDXDDD; DDDDDDXDDDD; DDDDDDDXD; DDDDDDXDDDD; DDXXXDDDD; DDDDXXDDDDD; DDDDXXDDDDD; DDDDXXDDD; DDDDDXXDD; DDDDDXDD; DXDDDDXDD; DXDDXDDDD; DXDDXDDDD; DDXDDDDXD; DDXDDDDXDD; DDXDDXDD; DDXDDXDD; DDXDDDXDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDXDXDD
  • the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DDDDXDDDD, DXDDDDD, DXXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDD, DDDDXDDDD, DDDDDXDDD, DDDDDDXDD, and DDDDDDDXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DDDDDDDD, DXDDDD, DDXDDDDD, DDDXDDDD, DDDDXDDD, DDDDDXDD, DDDDDDXD, DXDDDDXD, DXDDDDXDD, DXDDXDDDD, DDXXDDDD, DDXDDXDD, DDXDDXDD, DDXDDXDD, DDXDDXDD, DDXDDXDD, DXDDXD, DDDXXD, DDDXDXDD, DDDXDDXD, DDDDXXDD, DDDDXDXD, and DDDDDXXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DXDDDDD, DDXDDDD, DDDXDDD, DDDDXDD, DDDDDXD, DXDDDXD, DXDDXDD, DXDXDDDD, DDXXDDD, DDXDDXD, DDXDDXD, DDDXXDD, DDDXDXD, and DDDDXXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DXDDDD, DDXDDD, DDDXDD, DDDDXD, DXXDDD, DXDXDD, DXDDXD, DDXXDD, DDXDXD, and DDDXXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DXDDDD, DDXDDD, DDDXDD, DDDDXD, DXDDDDD, DDXDDDD, DDDDDXD, DXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDD, DDDXDDDD, DDDDXDDD, DDDDDXDD, DDDDDDXD, DXDDDDDDD; DDXDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDD, DDDDXDD, DDDDDXDD, DDDDXDD, DDDDDDDXD, DXDDDDDDDD, DDXDDDDD, DDDXDDDDDDDD, DDXDDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDDDDD, DDDDDXDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDDDDD, DDDDDXDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDDDDD, DDDDDXDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDDD
  • each X comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me.
  • each X comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each X comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an F-HNA. In certain embodiments, X represents the location of a single differentiating nucleobase.
  • a gapmer comprises a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′ wing, wherein the 5′-wing, gap, and 3′ wing are independently selected from among those discussed above.
  • a gapmer has a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′-wing having features selected from among any of those listed in the tables above and any 5′-wing may be paired with any gap and any 3′-wing.
  • a 5′-wing may comprise AAABB
  • a 3′-wing may comprise BBA
  • the gap may comprise DDDDDDD.
  • a gapmer has a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′-wing having features selected from among those listed in the following non-limiting table, wherein each motif is represented as (5′-wing)-(gap)-(3′-wing), wherein each number represents the number of linked nucleosides in each portion of the motif, for example, a 5-10-5 motif would have a 5′-wing comprising 5 nucleosides, a gap comprising 10 nucleosides, and a 3′-wing comprising 5 nucleosides:
  • a gapmer comprises a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′ wing, wherein the 5′-wing, gap, and 3′ wing are independently selected from among those discussed above.
  • a gapmer has a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′-wing having features selected from among those listed in the following non-limiting tables:
  • each A comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside.
  • each A comprises an HNA.
  • each A comprises an F-HNA.
  • each A comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me.
  • each B comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside.
  • each B comprises an HNA.
  • each B comprises an F-HNA.
  • each B comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me.
  • each C comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each C comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • each C comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine.
  • each C comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • each C comprises an HNA.
  • each C comprises an F-HNA.
  • each W comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • each W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • each W comprises a sugar surrogate selected from among HNA and F-HNA.
  • each W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • At least one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and the other comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • A is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • A is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • A is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • A is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • At least one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and C comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar HNA surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • At least two of A, B or W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and the other comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, at least two of A, B or W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and the other comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • a gapmer has a sugar motif other than: E-K-K-(D) 9 -K-K-E; E-E-E-E-K-(D) 9 -E-E-E-E; E-K-K-K-(D) 9 -K-K-E; K-E-E-K-(D) 9 -K-E-E-K; K-D-D-K-(D) 9 -K-D-D-K; K-E-K-E-K-(D) 9 -K-E-K-E-K; K-D-K-D-K-(D) 9 -K-D-K-D-K; E-K-E-K-(D) 9 -K-E-K-E; E-E-E-E-E-K-(D) 8 -E-E-E-E-E; or E-K-E-K-E-(D) 9 -E-K-E-K-E-E-(D) 9
  • a gapmer comprises a A-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -AA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a B-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -AA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a A-(D) 4 -B-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -AA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a A-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -B-(D) 4 -AA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a A-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -BA motif.
  • a gapmer comprises a A-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -A-(D) 4 -BB motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a K-(D) 4 -K-(D) 4 -K-(D) 4 -K-E motif.
  • oligonucleotides comprise modified internucleoside linkages arranged along the oligonucleotide or region thereof in a defined pattern or modified internucleoside linkage motif.
  • internucleoside linkages are arranged in a gapped motif, as described above for nucleoside motif.
  • the internucleoside linkages in each of two wing regions are different from the internucleoside linkages in the gap region.
  • the internucleoside linkages in the wings are phosphodiester and the internucleoside linkages in the gap are phosphorothioate.
  • the nucleoside motif is independently selected, so such oligonucleotides having a gapped internucleoside linkage motif may or may not have a gapped nucleoside motif and if it does have a gapped nucleoside motif, the wing and gap lengths may or may not be the same.
  • oligonucleotides comprise a region having an alternating internucleoside linkage motif. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise a region of uniformly modified internucleoside linkages. In certain such embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises a region that is uniformly linked by phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide is uniformly linked by phosphorothioate. In certain embodiments, each internucleoside linkage of the oligonucleotide is selected from phosphodiester and phosphorothioate. In certain embodiments, each internucleoside linkage of the oligonucleotide is selected from phosphodiester and phosphorothioate and at least one internucleoside linkage is phosphorothioate.
  • the oligonucleotide comprises at least 6 phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least 8 phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least 10 phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least one block of at least 6 consecutive phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least one block of at least 8 consecutive phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages.
  • the oligonucleotide comprises at least one block of at least 10 consecutive phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least block of at least one 12 consecutive phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain such embodiments, at least one such block is located at the 3′ end of the oligonucleotide. In certain such embodiments, at least one such block is located within 3 nucleosides of the 3′ end of the oligonucleotide.
  • oligonucleotides comprise one or more methylphosphonate linkages.
  • oligonucleotides having a gapmer nucleoside motif comprise a linkage motif comprising all phosphorothioate linkages except for one or two methylphosphonate linkages.
  • one methylphosphonate linkage is in the central gap of an oligonucleotide having a gapmer nucleoside motif.
  • Modification motifs define oligonucleotides by nucleoside motif (sugar motif and nucleobase motif) and linkage motif.
  • nucleoside motif sucrose motif and nucleobase motif
  • linkage motif For example, certain oligonucleotides have the following modification motif:
  • each A is a modified nucleoside comprising a 2′-substituted sugar moiety
  • each D is an unmodified 2′-deoxynucleoside
  • each B is a modified nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety
  • N D is a modified nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase
  • s is a phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage.
  • the sugar motif is a gapmer motif.
  • the nucleobase modification motif is a single modified nucleobase at 8 th nucleoside from the 5′-end.
  • the nucleoside motif is an interrupted gapmer where the gap of the sugar modified gapmer is interrupted by a nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase.
  • the linkage motif is uniform phosphorothioate.
  • each A comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside.
  • each B comprises a modified sugar moiety.
  • each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 .
  • each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each B comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside.
  • each A comprises an HNA.
  • each A comprises an F-HNA.
  • each W comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH 3 and O(CH 2 ) 2 —OCH 3 . In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • each W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • each W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • each W comprises a sugar surrogate selected from among HNA and F-HNA.
  • At least one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and the other comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • A is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • A is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • A is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • A is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • At least one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and C comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar HNA surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • one of A or B is an ⁇ -L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • At least two of A, B or W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and the other comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, at least two of A, B or W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and the other comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • the present invention provides oligomeric compounds including oligonucleotides of any of a variety of ranges of lengths.
  • the invention provides oligomeric compounds or oligonucleotides consisting of X to Y linked nucleosides, where X represents the fewest number of nucleosides in the range and Y represents the largest number of nucleosides in the range.
  • X and Y are each independently selected from 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, and 50; provided that X ⁇ Y.
  • the invention provides oligomeric compounds which comprise oligonucleotides consisting of 8 to 9, 8 to 10, 8 to 11, 8 to 12, 8 to 13, 8 to 14, 8 to 15, 8 to 16, 8 to 17, 8 to 18, 8 to 19, 8 to 20, 8 to 21, 8 to 22, 8 to 23, 8 to 24, 8 to 25, 8 to 26, 8 to 27, 8 to 28, 8 to 29, 8 to 30, 9 to 10, 9 to 11, 9 to 12, 9 to 13, 9 to 14, 9 to 15, 9 to 16, 9 to 17, 9 to 18, 9 to 19, 9 to 20, 9 to 21, 9 to 22, 9 to 23, 9 to 24, 9 to 25, 9 to 26, 9 to 27, 9 to 28, 9 to 29, 9 to 30, 10 to 11, 10 to 12, 10 to 13, 10 to 14, 10 to 15, 10 to 16, 10 to 17, 10 to 18, 10 to 19, 10 to 20, 10 to 21, 10 to 22, 10 to 23, 10 to 24, 10 to 25, 10 to 26, 10 to 27, 10 to 28, 10 to 29, 10 to 30, 11 to 12, 11 to 13, 11 to 14, 11 to 15, 11 to 16, 11 to 17, 11 to 18, 11 to 19, 11 to 20, 11 to 21, 11 to 22, 11 to 23, 11 to 15, 11 to 16, 11 to
  • the oligomeric compound or oligonucleotide may, nonetheless further comprise additional other substituents.
  • an oligonucleotide comprising 8-30 nucleosides excludes oligonucleotides having 31 nucleosides, but, unless otherwise indicated, such an oligonucleotide may further comprise, for example one or more conjugates, terminal groups, or other substituents.
  • a gapmer oligonucleotide has any of the above lengths.
  • an oligonucleotide is described by an overall length range and by regions having specified lengths, and where the sum of specified lengths of the regions is less than the upper limit of the overall length range, the oligonucleotide may have additional nucleosides, beyond those of the specified regions, provided that the total number of nucleosides does not exceed the upper limit of the overall length range.
  • oligonucleotides of the present invention are characterized by their modification motif and overall length. In certain embodiments, such parameters are each independent of one another.
  • each internucleoside linkage of an oligonucleotide having a gapmer sugar motif may be modified or unmodified and may or may not follow the gapmer modification pattern of the sugar modifications.
  • the internucleoside linkages within the wing regions of a sugar-gapmer may be the same or different from one another and may be the same or different from the internucleoside linkages of the gap region.
  • sugar-gapmer oligonucleotides may comprise one or more modified nucleobase independent of the gapmer pattern of the sugar modifications.
  • oligonucleotide motifs may be combined to create a variety of oligonucleotides.
  • oligonucleotide or oligomeric compound is silent with respect to one or more parameter, such parameter is not limited.
  • an oligomeric compound described only as having a gapmer sugar motif without further description may have any length, internucleoside linkage motif, and nucleobase modification motif. Unless otherwise indicated, all chemical modifications are independent of nucleobase sequence.
  • oligomeric compounds are modified by attachment of one or more conjugate groups.
  • conjugate groups modify one or more properties of the attached oligomeric compound including but not limited to pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, stability, binding, absorption, cellular distribution, cellular uptake, charge and clearance.
  • Conjugate groups are routinely used in the chemical arts and are linked directly or via an optional conjugate linking moiety or conjugate linking group to a parent compound such as an oligomeric compound, such as an oligonucleotide.
  • Conjugate groups includes without limitation, intercalators, reporter molecules, polyamines, polyamides, polyethylene glycols, thioethers, polyethers, cholesterols, thiocholesterols, cholic acid moieties, folate, lipids, phospholipids, biotin, phenazine, phenanthridine, anthraquinone, adamantane, acridine, fluoresceins, rhodamines, coumarins and dyes.
  • Certain conjugate groups have been described previously, for example: cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777-3783 a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14, 969-973), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229-237), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1996, 277, 923-937).
  • a conjugate group comprises an active drug substance, for example, aspirin, warfarin, phenylbutazone, ibuprofen, suprofen, fen-bufen, ketoprofen, (S)-(+)-pranoprofen, carprofen, dansylsarcosine, 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid, flufenamic acid, folinic acid, a benzothiadiazide, chlorothiazide, a diazepine, indo-methicin, a barbiturate, a cephalosporin, a sulfa drug, an antidiabetic, an antibacterial or an antibiotic.
  • active drug substance for example, aspirin, warfarin, phenylbutazone, ibuprofen, suprofen, fen-bufen, ketoprofen, (S)-(+)-pranoprofen, carprofen, dansyls
  • conjugate groups are directly attached to oligonucleotides in oligomeric compounds.
  • conjugate groups are attached to oligonucleotides by a conjugate linking group.
  • conjugate linking groups including, but not limited to, bifunctional linking moieties such as those known in the art are amenable to the compounds provided herein.
  • Conjugate linking groups are useful for attachment of conjugate groups, such as chemical stabilizing groups, functional groups, reporter groups and other groups to selective sites in a parent compound such as for example an oligomeric compound.
  • a bifunctional linking moiety comprises a hydrocarbyl moiety having two functional groups.
  • One of the functional groups is selected to bind to a parent molecule or compound of interest and the other is selected to bind essentially any selected group such as chemical functional group or a conjugate group.
  • the conjugate linker comprises a chain structure or an oligomer of repeating units such as ethylene glycol or amino acid units.
  • functional groups that are routinely used in a bifunctional linking moiety include, but are not limited to, electrophiles for reacting with nucleophilic groups and nucleophiles for reacting with electrophilic groups.
  • bifunctional linking moieties include amino, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, thiol, unsaturations (e.g., double or triple bonds), and the like.
  • conjugate linking moieties include pyrrolidine, 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (ADO), succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC) and 6-aminohexanoic acid (AHEX or AHA).
  • ADO 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid
  • SMCC succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate
  • AHEX or AHA 6-aminohexanoic acid
  • linking groups include, but are not limited to, substituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 10 alkenyl or substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, wherein a nonlimiting list of preferred substituent groups includes hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
  • Conjugate groups may be attached to either or both ends of an oligonucleotide (terminal conjugate groups) and/or at any internal position.
  • conjugate groups are at the 3′-end of an oligonucleotide of an oligomeric compound. In certain embodiments, conjugate groups are near the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, conjugates are attached at the 3′end of an oligomeric compound, but before one or more terminal group nucleosides. In certain embodiments, conjugate groups are placed within a terminal group. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides oligomeric compounds. In certain embodiments, oligomeric compounds comprise an oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, an oligomeric compound comprises an oligonucleotide and one or more conjugate and/or terminal groups.
  • conjugate and/or terminal groups may be added to oligonucleotides having any of the motifs discussed above.
  • an oligomeric compound comprising an oligonucleotide having region of alternating nucleosides may comprise a terminal group.
  • oligomeric compounds provided herein are antisense compounds. Such antisense compounds are capable of hybridizing to a target nucleic acid, resulting in at least one antisense activity. In certain embodiments, antisense compounds specifically hybridize to one or more target nucleic acid.
  • a specifically hybridizing antisense compound has a nucleobase sequence comprising a region having sufficient complementarity to a target nucleic acid to allow hybridization and result in antisense activity and insufficient complementarity to any non-target so as to avoid non-specific hybridization to any non-target nucleic acid sequences under conditions in which specific hybridization is desired (e.g., under physiological conditions for in vivo or therapeutic uses, and under conditions in which assays are performed in the case of in vitro assays).
  • the present invention provides antisense compounds comprising oligonucleotides that are fully complementary to the target nucleic acid over the entire length of the oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides are 99% complementary to the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides are 95% complementary to the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, such oligonucleotides are 90% complementary to the target nucleic acid.
  • such oligonucleotides are 85% complementary to the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, such oligonucleotides are 80% complementary to the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, an antisense compound comprises a region that is fully complementary to a target nucleic acid and is at least 80% complementary to the target nucleic acid over the entire length of the oligonucleotide. In certain such embodiments, the region of full complementarity is from 6 to 14 nucleobases in length.
  • hybridization of an antisense compound results in recruitment of a protein that cleaves of the target nucleic acid.
  • certain antisense compounds result in RNase H mediated cleavage of target nucleic acid.
  • RNase H is a cellular endonuclease that cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex.
  • the “DNA” in such an RNA:DNA duplex need not be unmodified DNA.
  • the invention provides antisense compounds that are sufficiently “DNA-like” to elicit RNase H activity.
  • DNA-like antisense compounds include, but are not limited to gapmers having unmodified deoxyfuronose sugar moieties in the nucleosides of the gap and modified sugar moieties in the nucleosides of the wings.
  • Antisense activities may be observed directly or indirectly.
  • observation or detection of an antisense activity involves observation or detection of a change in an amount of a target nucleic acid or protein encoded by such target nucleic acid; a change in the ratio of splice variants of a nucleic acid or protein; and/or a phenotypic change in a cell or animal.
  • compounds comprising oligonucleotides having a gapmer nucleoside motif described herein have desirable properties compared to non-gapmer oligonucleotides or to gapmers having other motifs. In certain circumstances, it is desirable to identify motifs resulting in a favorable combination of potent antisense activity and relatively low toxicity. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a favorable therapeutic index (measure of activity divided by measure of toxicity).
  • antisense compounds provided are selective for a target relative to a non-target nucleic acid.
  • the nucleobase sequences of the target and non-target nucleic acids differ by no more than 4 differentiating nucleobases in the targeted region.
  • the nucleobase sequences of the target and non-target nucleic acids differ by no more than 3 differentiating nucleobases in the targeted region.
  • the nucleobase sequences of the target and non-target nucleic acids differ by no more than 2 differentiating nucleobases in the targeted region.
  • the nucleobase sequences of the target and non-target nucleic acids differ by a single differentiating nucleobase in the targeted region.
  • the target and non-target nucleic acids are transcripts from different genes.
  • the target and non-target nucleic acids are different alleles for the same gene.
  • the introduction of a mismatch between an antisense compound and a non-target nucleic acid may alter the RNase H cleavage site of a target nucleic acid compared to a non-target nucleic acid.
  • the target and non-target nucleic acids are not functionally related to one another (e.g., are transcripts from different genes).
  • the target and not-target nucleic acids are allelic variants of one another.
  • the allelic variant contains a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP).
  • SNP single nucleotide polymorphism
  • a SNP is associated with a mutant allele.
  • a mutant SNP is associated with a disease.
  • a mutant SNP is associated with a disease, but is not causative of the disease.
  • mRNA and protein expression of a mutant allele is associated with disease.
  • antisense compounds are achieved, principally, by nucleobase complementarity. For example, if an antisense compound has no mismatches for a target nucleic acid and one or more mismatches for a non-target nucleic acid, some amount of selectivity for the target nucleic acid will result. In certain embodiments, provided herein are antisense compounds with enhanced selectivity (i.e. the ratio of activity for the target to the activity for non-target is greater).
  • a selective nucleoside comprises a particular feature or combination of features (e.g., chemical modification, motif, placement of selective nucleoside, and/or self-complementary region) that increases selectivity of an antisense compound compared to an antisense compound not having that feature or combination of features.
  • a feature or combination of features increases antisense activity for the target.
  • such feature or combination of features decreases activity for the target, but decreases activity for the non-target by a greater amount, thus resulting in an increase in selectivity.
  • a selective antisense compound comprises a modified nucleoside at that same position as a differentiating nucleobase (i.e., the selective nucleoside is modified). That modification may increase the difference in binding affinity of the antisense compound for the target relative to the non-target.
  • the chemical modification may increase the difference in RNAse H activity for the duplex formed by the antisense compound and its target compared to the RNase activity for the duplex formed by the antisense compound and the non-target.
  • the modification may exaggerate a structure that is less compatible for RNase H to bind, cleave and/or release the non-target.
  • an antisense compound binds its intended target to form a target duplex.
  • RNase H cleaves the target nucleic acid of the target duplex.
  • the same antisense compound hybridizes to a non-target to form a non-target duplex.
  • the non-target differs from the target by a single nucleobase within the target region, and so the antisense compound hybridizes with a single mismatch. Because of the mismatch, in certain embodiments, RNase H cleavage of the non-target may be reduced compared to cleavage of the target, but still occurs. In certain embodiments, though, the primary site of that cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid (primary non-target cleavage site) is different from that of the target. That is; the primary site is shifted due to the mismatch. In such a circumstance, one may use a modification placed in the antisense compound to disrupt RNase H cleavage at the primary non-target cleavage site. Such modification will result in reduced cleavage of the non-target, but will result little or no decrease in cleavage of the target. In certain embodiments, the modification is a modified sugar, nucleobase and/or linkage.
  • the primary non-target cleavage site is towards the 5′-end of the antisense compound, and the 5′-end of an antisense compound may be modified to prevent RNaseH cleavage.
  • the 5′-end of an antisense compound may be modified to prevent RNaseH cleavage.
  • one having skill in the art may modify the 5′-end of an antisense compound, or modify the nucleosides in the gap region of the 5′-end of the antisense compound, or modify the 3′-most 5′-region nucleosides of the antisense compound to selectively inhibit RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid duplex while retaining RNase H cleavage of the target nucleic acid duplex.
  • 1-3 of the 3′-most 5′-region nucleosides of the antisense compound comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • the target nucleic acid may have an allelic variant, e.g. a non-target nucleic acid, containing a single nucleotide polymorphism.
  • An antisense compound may be designed having a single nucleobase mismatch from the non-target nucleic acid, but which has full complementarity to the target nucleic acid. The mismatch between the antisense compound and the non-target nucleic acid may destabilize the antisense compound non-target nucleic acid duplex, and consequently the cleavage site of RNaseH may shift upstream towards the 5′-end of the antisense compound.
  • Modification of the 5′-end of the antisense compound or the gap region near the 5′-end of the antisense compound, or one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region, will then prevent RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid. Since the target nucleic acid is fully complementary to the antisense compound, the antisense compound and the target nucleic acid will form a more stabilized antisense compound-target nucleic acid duplex and the cleavage site of RnaseH will be more downstream, towards the 3′ end of the antisense compound.
  • one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from cEt and LNA. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region comprises cEt. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region comprises LNA.
  • the introduction of a mismatch between an antisense compound and a target nucleic acid may alter the RNase H cleavage site of a target nucleic acid compared to a non-target nucleic acid by shifting the RNaseH cleavage site downstream from the mismatch site and towards the 3′-end of the antisense compound.
  • the 3′-end of an antisense compound may be modified to prevent RNaseH cleavage.
  • the target nucleic acid may have an allelic variant, e.g. a non-target nucleic acid, containing a single nucleotide polymorphism.
  • An antisense compound may be designed having a single nucleobase mismatch from the non-target nucleic acid, but which has full complementarity to target nucleic acid. The mismatch between the antisense compound and the non-target nucleic acid may destabilize the antisense compound-non-target nucleic acid duplex, and consequently the cleavage site of RNaseH may shift downstream towards the 3′-end of the antisense compound.
  • Modification of the 3′-end of the antisense compound, or one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region, or the gap region of the antisense compound near the 3′-end will then prevent RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid. Since the target nucleic acid is fully complementary to the antisense compound, the antisense compound and the target nucleic acid will form a more stabilized antisense compound-target nucleic acid duplex and the cleavage site of RnaseH will be more upstream, towards the 5′ end of the antisense compound.
  • one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from cEt and LNA. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region comprises cEt. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region comprises LNA.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of two or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g.
  • gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer may be improved by the addition of one bicyclic nucleoside at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of two bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of three bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps e.g.
  • gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer may be improved by the addition of four bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of five bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside are selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprise cEt. In certain embodiments discussed above, the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprise LNA.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of two or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of one bicyclic nucleoside at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of two bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of three bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of four bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of four bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of two or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g.
  • gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter may be improved by the addition of one bicyclic nucleoside at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of two bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps may be improved by the addition of three bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps e.g.
  • gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter may be improved by the addition of four bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of five bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside.
  • the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside are selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, ⁇ -LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
  • the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprise cEt. In certain embodiments discussed above, the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprise LNA.
  • Antisense compounds having certain specified motifs have enhanced selectivity, including, but not limited to motifs described above.
  • enhanced selectivity is achieved by oligonucleotides comprising any one or more of:
  • a modification motif comprising a long 5′-wing (longer than 5, 6, or 7 nucleosides);
  • a modification motif comprising a long 3′-wing (longer than 5, 6, or 7 nucleosides);
  • a modification motif comprising a short gap region (shorter than 8, 7, or 6 nucleosides);
  • a modification motif comprising an interrupted gap region (having no uninterrupted stretch of unmodified 2′-deoxynucleosides longer than 7, 6 or 5).
  • selective antisense compounds comprise nucleobase sequence elements.
  • nucleobase sequence elements are independent of modification motifs. Accordingly, oligonucleotides having any of the motifs (modification motifs, nucleoside motifs, sugar motifs, nucleobase modification motifs, and/or linkage motifs) may also comprise one or more of the following nucleobase sequence elements.
  • a target region and a region of a non-target nucleic acid differ by 1-4 differentiating nucleobase.
  • selective antisense compounds have a nucleobase sequence that aligns with the non-target nucleic acid with 1-4 mismatches.
  • a nucleoside of the antisense compound that corresponds to a differentiating nucleobase of the target nucleic acid is referred to herein as a target-selective nucleoside.
  • selective antisense compounds having a gapmer motif align with a non-target nucleic acid, such that a target-selective nucleoside is positioned in the gap.
  • a target-selective nucleoside is the 1 st nucleoside of the gap from the 5′ end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 2 nd a nucleoside of the gap from the 5′ end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 3 rd nucleoside of the gap from the 5′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 4 th nucleoside of the gap from the 5′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 5 th nucleoside of the gap from the 5′-end.
  • a target-selective nucleoside is the 6 rd nucleoside of the gap from the 5′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 8 th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 7 th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 6 th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 5 th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end.
  • a target-selective nucleoside is the 4 th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 3 rd nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 2 nd a nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end.
  • a target-selective nucleoside comprises a modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a modified sugar. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a sugar surrogate selected from among HNA and F-HNA. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among MOE, F and (ara)-F.
  • a target-selective nucleoside comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from 5′-(R)-Me DNA. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, and ⁇ -L-LNA. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine.
  • selective antisense compounds comprise one or more mismatched nucleobases relative to the target nucleic acid.
  • antisense activity against the target is reduced by such mismatch, but activity against the non-target is reduced by a greater amount.
  • selectivity is improved.
  • Any nucleobase other than the differentiating nucleobase is suitable for a mismatch.
  • the mismatch is specifically positioned within the gap of an oligonucleotide having a gapmer motif.
  • a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid is at positions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 from the 5′-end of the gap region.
  • a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid is at positions 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 of the antisense compounds from the 3′-end of the gap region. In certain embodiments, a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid is at positions 1, 2, 3, or 4 of the antisense compounds from the 5′-end of the wing region. In certain embodiments, a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid is at positions 4, 3, 2, or 1 of the antisense compounds from the 3′-end of the wing region.
  • selective antisense compounds comprise a region that is not complementary to the target. In certain embodiments, such region is complementary to another region of the antisense compound. Such regions are referred to herein as self-complementary regions.
  • an antisense compound has a first region at one end that is complementary to a second region at the other end. In certain embodiments, one of the first and second regions is complementary to the target nucleic acid. Unless the target nucleic acid also includes a self-complementary region, the other of the first and second region of the antisense compound will not be complementary to the target nucleic acid.
  • certain antisense compounds have the following nucleobase motif:
  • each of A, B, and C are any nucleobase; A′, B′, and C′ are the complementary bases to A, B, and C, respectively; each X is a nucleobase complementary to the target nucleic acid; and two letters in parentheses (e.g., (X/C′)) indicates that the nucleobase is complementary to the target nucleic acid and to the designated nucleoside within the antisense oligonucleotide.
  • such antisense compounds are expected to form self-structure, which is disrupted upon contact with a target nucleic acid.
  • Contact with a non-target nucleic acid is expected to disrupt the self-structure to a lesser degree, thus increasing selectivity compared to the same antisense compound lacking the self-complementary regions.
  • a single antisense compound may include any one, two, three, or more of: self-complementary regions, a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid, a short nucleoside gap, an interrupted gap, and specific placement of the selective nucleoside.
  • antisense compounds comprise or consist of an oligonucleotide comprising a region that is complementary to a target nucleic acid.
  • the target nucleic acid is an endogenous RNA molecule.
  • the target nucleic acid is a non-coding RNA.
  • the target non-coding RNA is selected from: a long-non-coding RNA, a short non-coding RNA, an intronic RNA molecule, a snoRNA, a scaRNA, a microRNA (including pre-microRNA and mature microRNA), a ribosomal RNA, and promoter directed RNA.
  • the target nucleic acid encodes a protein.
  • the target nucleic acid is selected from: an mRNA and a pre-mRNA, including intronic, exonic and untranslated regions.
  • oligomeric compounds are at least partially complementary to more than one target nucleic acid.
  • antisense compounds of the present invention may mimic microRNAs, which typically bind to multiple targets.
  • the target nucleic acid is a nucleic acid other than a mature mRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a nucleic acid other than a mature mRNA or a microRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a non-coding RNA other than a microRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a non-coding RNA other than a microRNA or an intronic region of a pre-mRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a long non-coding RNA. In certain embodiments, the target RNA is an mRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a pre-mRNA.
  • the target region is entirely within an intron. In certain embodiments, the target region spans an intron/exon junction. In certain embodiments, the target region is at least 50% within an intron. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is selected from among non-coding RNA, including exonic regions of pre-mRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a ribosomal RNA (rRNA). In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a non-coding RNA associated with splicing of other pre-mRNAs. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a nuclear-retained non-coding RNA.
  • rRNA ribosomal RNA
  • antisense compounds described herein are complementary to a target nucleic acid comprising a single-nucleotide polymorphism.
  • the antisense compound is capable of modulating expression of one allele of the single-nucleotide polymorphism-containing-target nucleic acid to a greater or lesser extent than it modulates another allele.
  • an antisense compound hybridizes to a single-nucleotide polymorphism-containing-target nucleic acid at the single-nucleotide polymorphism site.
  • the target nucleic acid is a Huntingtin gene transcript.
  • the target nucleic acid is a single-nucleotide polymorphism-containing-target nucleic acid of a Huntingtin gene transcript. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is not a Huntingtin gene transcript. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a single-nucleotide polymorphism-containing-target nucleic acid of a gene transcript other than Huntingtin. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is any nucleic acid other than a Huntingtin gene transcript.
  • the invention provides selective antisense compounds that have greater activity for a target nucleic acid than for a homologous or partially homologous non-target nucleic acid.
  • the target and non-target nucleic acids are not functionally related to one another (e.g., are transcripts from different genes).
  • the target and not-target nucleic acids are allelic variants of one another.
  • Certain embodiments of the present invention provide methods, compounds, and compositions for selectively inhibiting mRNA and protein expression of an allelic variant of a particular gene or DNA sequence.
  • the allelic variant contains a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP).
  • SNP single nucleotide polymorphism
  • a mutant SNP is associated with a disease. In certain embodiments a mutant SNP is associated with a disease, but is not causative of the disease. In certain embodiments, mRNA and protein expression of a mutant allele is associated with disease.
  • the expressed gene product of a mutant allele results in aggregation of the mutant proteins causing disease. In certain embodiments, the expressed gene product of a mutant allele results in gain of function causing disease.
  • genes with an autosomal dominant mutation resulting in a toxic gain of function of the protein are the APP gene encoding amyloid precursor protein involved in Alzheimer's disease (Gene, 371: 68, 2006); the PrP gene encoding prion protein involved in Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease and in fatal familial insomnia (Nat. Med. 1997, 3: 1009); GFAP gene encoding glial fibrillary acidic protein involved in Alexander disease (J. Neurosci.
  • alpha-synuclein gene encoding alpha-synuclein protein involved in Parkinson's disease (J. Clin. Invest. 2003, 111: 145); SOD-1 gene encoding the SOD-1 protein involved in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Science 1998, 281: 1851); atrophin-1 gene encoding atrophin-1 protein involved in dentato-rubral and pallido-luysian atrophy (DRPA) (Trends Mol. Med. 2001, 7: 479); SCA1 gene encoding ataxin-1 protein involved in spino-cerebellar ataxia-1 (SCA1) (Protein Sci.
  • Ltk gene encoding leukocyte tyrosine kinase protein involved in systemic lupus erythematosus (Hum. Mol. Gen. 2004, 13: 171); PCSK9 gene encoding PCSK9 protein involved in hypercholesterolemia (Hum Mutat. 2009, 30: 520); prolactin receptor gene encoding prolactin receptor protein involved in breast tumors (Proc. Natl. Assoc. Sci. 2008, 105: 4533); CCL5 gene encoding the chemokine CCL5 involved in COPD and asthma (Eur. Respir. J.
  • PTPN22 gene encoding PTPN22 protein involved in Type 1 diabetes, Rheumatoid arthritis, Graves disease, and SLE (Proc. Natl. Assoc. Sci. 2007, 104: 19767); androgen receptor gene encoding the androgen receptor protein involved in spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy or Kennedy's disease (J Steroid Biochem. Mol. Biol. 2008, 108: 245); CHMP4B gene encoding chromatin modifying protein-4B involved in progressive childhood posterior subcapsular cataracts (Am. J. Hum.
  • FXR/NR1H4 gene encoding Farnesoid X receptor protein involved in cholesterol gallstone disease, arthrosclerosis and diabetes (Mol. Endocrinol. 2007, 21: 1769); ABCA1 gene encoding ABCA1 protein involved in cardiovascular disease (Transl. Res. 2007, 149: 205); CaSR gene encoding the calcium sensing receptor protein involved in primary hypercalciuria (Kidney Int. 2007, 71: 1155); alpha-globin gene encoding alpha-globin protein involved in alpha-thalassemia (Science 2006, 312: 1215); httlpr gene encoding HTTLPR protein involved in obsessive compulsive disorder (Am. J.
  • Hum. Genet. 2006, 78: 815 AVP gene encoding arginine vasopressin protein in stress-related disorders such as anxiety disorders and comorbid depression (CNS Neurol. Disord. Drug Targets 2006, 5: 167); GNAS gene encoding G proteins involved in congenital visual defects, hypertension, metabolic syndrome (Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 2006, 27: 260); APAF1 gene encoding APAF1 protein involved in a predisposition to major depression (Mol. Psychiatry 2006, 11: 76); TGF-beta1 gene encoding TGF-beta1 protein involved in breast cancer and prostate cancer (Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev.
  • AChR gene encoding acetylcholine receptor involved in congenital myasthenic syndrome (Neurology 2004, 62: 1090); P2Y12 gene encoding adenosine diphosphate (ADP) receptor protein involved in risk of peripheral arterial disease (Circulation 2003, 108: 2971); LQT1 gene encoding LQT1 protein involved in atrial fibrillation (Cardiology 2003, 100: 109); RET protooncogene encoding RET protein involved in sporadic pheochromocytoma (J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab.
  • CA4 gene encoding carbonic anhydrase 4 protein, CRX gene encoding cone-rod homeobox transcription factor protein, FSCN2 gene encoding retinal fascin homolog 2 protein, IMPDH1 gene encoding inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase 1 protein, NR2E3 gene encoding nuclear receptor subfamily 2 group E3 protein, NRL gene encoding neural retina leucine zipper protein, PRPF3 (RP18) gene encoding pre-mRNA splicing factor 3 protein, PRPF8 (RP13) gene encoding pre-mRNA splicing factor 8 protein, PRPF31 (RP11) gene encoding pre-mRNA splicing factor 31 protein, RDS gene encoding peripherin 2 protein, ROM1 gene encoding rod outer membrane protein 1 protein, RHO gene encoding rhodopsin protein, RP1 gene encoding RP1 protein, RPGR gene encoding retinitis pigmentosa GTP
  • the mutant allele is associated with any disease from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, fatal familial insomnia, Alexander disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, dentato-rubral and pallido-luysian atrophy DRPA, spino-cerebellar ataxia, Torsion dystonia, cardiomyopathy, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), liver disease, hepatocellular carcinoma, systemic lupus erythematosus, hypercholesterolemia, breast cancer, asthma, Type 1 diabetes, Rheumatoid arthritis, Graves disease, SLE, spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy, Kennedy's disease, progressive childhood posterior subcapsular cataracts, cholesterol gallstone disease, arthrosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, primary hypercalciuria, alpha-thalassemia, obsessive compulsive disorder, Anxiety, comorbid depression, congenital visual defects
  • an allelic variant of huntingtin is selectively reduced.
  • Nucleotide sequences that encode huntingtin include, without limitation, the following: GENBANK Accession No. NT_006081.18, truncated from nucleotides 1566000 to 1768000 (replaced by GENBANK Accession No. NT_006051), incorporated herein as SEQ ID NO: 1, and NM_002111.6, incorporated herein as SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • Table 14 provides SNPs found in the GM04022, GM04281, GM02171, and GM02173B cell lines. Also provided are the allelic variants found at each SNP position, the genotype for each of the cell lines, and the percentage of HD patients having a particular allelic variant. For example, the two allelic variants for SNP rs6446723 are T and C.
  • the GM04022 cell line is heterozygous TC
  • the GM02171 cell line is homozygous CC
  • the GM02173 cell line is heterozygous TC
  • the GM04281 cell line is homozygous TT.
  • Fifty percent of HD patients have a T at SNP position rs6446723.
  • provided herein are methods of treating an animal or individual comprising administering one or more pharmaceutical compositions as described herein.
  • the individual or animal has Huntington's disease.
  • compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may be administered to reduce the severity of physiological symptoms of Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may be administered to reduce the rate of degeneration in an individual or an animal having Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may be administered regeneration function in an individual or an animal having Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, symptoms of Huntingtin's disease may be reversed by treatment with a compound as described herein.
  • compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may be administered to ameliorate one or more symptoms of Huntington's disease.
  • administration of compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may improve the symptoms of Huntington's disease as measured by any metric known to those having skill in the art.
  • administration of compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may improve a rodent's rotarod assay performance.
  • administration of compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may improve a rodent's plus maze assay.
  • administration of compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may improve a rodent's open field assay performance.
  • provided herein are methods for ameliorating a symptom associated with Huntington's disease in a subject in need thereof.
  • a method for reducing the rate of onset of a symptom associated with Huntington's disease In certain embodiments, provided is a method for reducing the severity of a symptom associated with Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, provided is a method for regenerating neurological function as shown by an improvement of a symptom associated with Huntington's disease.
  • the methods comprise administering to an individual or animal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound targeted to a huntingtin nucleic acid.
  • Huntington's disease is characterized by numerous physical, neurological, psychiatric, and/or peripheral symptoms. Any symptom known to one of skill in the art to be associated with Huntington's disease can be ameliorated or otherwise modulated as set forth above in the methods described above.
  • the symptom is a physical symptom selected from the group consisting of restlessness, lack of coordination, unintentionally initiated motions, unintentionally uncompleted motions, unsteady gait, chorea, rigidity, writhing motions, abnormal posturing, instability, abnormal facial expressions, difficulty chewing, difficulty swallowing, difficulty speaking, seizure, and sleep disturbances.
  • the symptom is a cognitive symptom selected from the group consisting of impaired planning, impaired flexibility, impaired abstract thinking, impaired rule acquisition, impaired initiation of appropriate actions, impaired inhibition of inappropriate actions, impaired short-term memory, impaired long-term memory, paranoia, disorientation, confusion, hallucination and dementia.
  • the symptom is a psychiatric symptom selected from the group consisting of anxiety, depression, blunted affect, egocentrisms, aggression, compulsive behavior, irritability and suicidal ideation.
  • the symptom is a peripheral symptom selected from the group consisting of reduced brain mass, muscle atrophy, cardiac failure, impaired glucose tolerance, weight loss, osteoporosis, and testicular atrophy.
  • the symptom is restlessness. In certain embodiments, the symptom is lack of coordination. In certain embodiments, the symptom is unintentionally initiated motions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is unintentionally uncompleted motions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is unsteady gait. In certain embodiments, the symptom is chorea. In certain embodiments, the symptom is rigidity. In certain embodiments, the symptom is writhing motions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is abnormal posturing. In certain embodiments, the symptom is instability. In certain embodiments, the symptom is abnormal facial expressions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is difficulty chewing. In certain embodiments, the symptom is difficulty swallowing. In certain embodiments, the symptom is difficulty speaking. In certain embodiments, the symptom is seizures. In certain embodiments, the symptom is sleep disturbances.
  • the symptom is impaired planning. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired flexibility. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired abstract thinking. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired rule acquisition. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired initiation of appropriate actions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired inhibition of inappropriate actions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired short-term memory. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired long-term memory. In certain embodiments, the symptom is paranoia. In certain embodiments, the symptom is disorientation. In certain embodiments, the symptom is confusion. In certain embodiments, the symptom is hallucination. In certain embodiments, the symptom is dementia.
  • the symptom is anxiety. In certain embodiments, the symptom is depression. In certain embodiments, the symptom is blunted affect. In certain embodiments, the symptom is egocentrism. In certain embodiments, the symptom is aggression. In certain embodiments, the symptom is compulsive behavior. In certain embodiments, the symptom is irritability. In certain embodiments, the symptom is suicidal ideation.
  • the symptom is reduced brain mass. In certain embodiments, the symptom is muscle atrophy. In certain embodiments, the symptom is cardiac failure. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired glucose tolerance. In certain embodiments, the symptom is weight loss. In certain embodiments, the symptom is osteoporosis. In certain embodiments, the symptom is testicular atrophy.
  • symptoms of Huntington's disease may be quantifiable.
  • osteoporosis may be measured and quantified by, for example, bone density scans.
  • the symptom may be reduced by about 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 99%, or a range defined by any two of these values.
  • provided are methods of treating an individual comprising administering one or more pharmaceutical compositions as described herein.
  • the individual has Huntington's disease.
  • administering results in reduction of huntingtin expression by at least about 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 99%, or a range defined by any two of these values.
  • compositions comprising an antisense compound targeted to huntingtin are used for the preparation of a medicament for treating a patient suffering or susceptible to Huntington's disease.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more antisense compound.
  • such pharmaceutical composition comprises a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprises a sterile saline solution and one or more antisense compound.
  • such pharmaceutical composition consists of a sterile saline solution and one or more antisense compound.
  • the sterile saline is pharmaceutical grade saline.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprises one or more antisense compound and sterile water.
  • a pharmaceutical composition consists of one or more antisense compound and sterile water.
  • the sterile saline is pharmaceutical grade water.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprises one or more antisense compound and phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition consists of one or more antisense compound and sterile phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). In certain embodiments, the sterile saline is pharmaceutical grade PBS.
  • antisense compounds may be admixed with pharmaceutically acceptable active and/or inert substances for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions or formulations.
  • Compositions and methods for the formulation of pharmaceutical compositions depend on a number of criteria, including, but not limited to, route of administration, extent of disease, or dose to be administered.
  • compositions comprising antisense compounds encompass any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or salts of such esters.
  • pharmaceutical compositions comprising antisense compounds comprise one or more oligonucleotide which, upon administration to an animal, including a human, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) the biologically active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • the disclosure is also drawn to pharmaceutically acceptable salts of antisense compounds, prodrugs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such prodrugs, and other bioequivalents.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, sodium and potassium salts.
  • a prodrug can include the incorporation of additional nucleosides at one or both ends of an oligomeric compound which are cleaved by endogenous nucleases within the body, to form the active antisense oligomeric compound.
  • Lipid moieties have been used in nucleic acid therapies in a variety of methods.
  • the nucleic acid is introduced into preformed liposomes or lipoplexes made of mixtures of cationic lipids and neutral lipids.
  • DNA complexes with mono- or poly-cationic lipids are formed without the presence of a neutral lipid.
  • a lipid moiety is selected to increase distribution of a pharmaceutical agent to a particular cell or tissue.
  • a lipid moiety is selected to increase distribution of a pharmaceutical agent to fat tissue.
  • a lipid moiety is selected to increase distribution of a pharmaceutical agent to muscle tissue.
  • compositions provided herein comprise one or more modified oligonucleotides and one or more excipients.
  • excipients are selected from water, salt solutions, alcohol, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, lactose, amylase, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, hydroxymethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • a pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprises a delivery system.
  • delivery systems include, but are not limited to, liposomes and emulsions. Certain delivery systems are useful for preparing certain pharmaceutical compositions including those comprising hydrophobic compounds. In certain embodiments, certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide are used.
  • a pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprises one or more tissue-specific delivery molecules designed to deliver the one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention to specific tissues or cell types.
  • pharmaceutical compositions include liposomes coated with a tissue-specific antibody.
  • a pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprises a co-solvent system.
  • co-solvent systems comprise, for example, benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water-miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase.
  • co-solvent systems are used for hydrophobic compounds.
  • a non-limiting example of such a co-solvent system is the VPD co-solvent system, which is a solution of absolute ethanol comprising 3% w/v benzyl alcohol, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant Polysorbate 80TM and 65% w/v polyethylene glycol 300.
  • the proportions of such co-solvent systems may be varied considerably without significantly altering their solubility and toxicity characteristics.
  • co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other surfactants may be used instead of Polysorbate 80TM; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polyethylene glycol, e.g., polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars or polysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.
  • a pharmaceutical composition provided herein is prepared for oral administration. In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions are prepared for buccal administration.
  • a pharmaceutical composition is prepared for administration by injection (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, etc.).
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprises a carrier and is formulated in aqueous solution, such as water or physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • other ingredients are included (e.g., ingredients that aid in solubility or serve as preservatives).
  • injectable suspensions are prepared using appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like.
  • compositions for injection are suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • Certain solvents suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions for injection include, but are not limited to, lipophilic solvents and fatty oils, such as sesame oil, synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, and liposomes.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain.
  • the compounds and compositions as described herein are administered parenterally.
  • parenteral administration is by infusion. Infusion can be chronic or continuous or short or intermittent. In certain embodiments, infused pharmaceutical agents are delivered with a pump. In certain embodiments, parenteral administration is by injection.
  • compounds and compositions are delivered to the CNS. In certain embodiments, compounds and compositions are delivered to the cerebrospinal fluid. In certain embodiments, compounds and compositions are administered to the brain parenchyma. In certain embodiments, compounds and compositions are delivered to an animal by intrathecal administration, or intracerebroventricular administration. Broad distribution of compounds and compositions, described herein, within the central nervous system may be achieved with intraparenchymal administration, intrathecal administration, or intracerebroventricular administration.
  • parenteral administration is by injection.
  • the injection may be delivered with a syringe or a pump.
  • the injection is a bolus injection.
  • the injection is administered directly to a tissue, such as striatum, caudate, cortex, hippocampus and cerebellum.
  • delivery of a compound or composition described herein can affect the pharmacokinetic profile of the compound or composition.
  • injection of a compound or composition described herein, to a targeted tissue improves the pharmacokinetic profile of the compound or composition as compared to infusion of the compound or composition.
  • the injection of a compound or composition improves potency compared to broad diffusion, requiring less of the compound or composition to achieve similar pharmacology.
  • similar pharmacology refers to the amount of time that a target mRNA and/or target protein is down-regulated (e.g. duration of action).
  • methods of specifically localizing a pharmaceutical agent decreases median effective concentration (EC50) by a factor of about 50 (e.g. 50 fold less concentration in tissue is required to achieve the same or similar pharmacodynamic effect).
  • methods of specifically localizing a pharmaceutical agent decreases median effective concentration (EC50) by a factor of 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50.
  • the pharmaceutical agent in an antisense compound as further described herein.
  • the targeted tissue is brain tissue.
  • the targeted tissue is striatal tissue.
  • decreasing EC50 is desirable because it reduces the dose required to achieve a pharmacological result in a patient in need thereof.
  • an antisense oligonucleotide is delivered by injection or infusion once every month, every two months, every 90 days, every 3 months, every 6 months, twice a year or once a year.
  • one or more pharmaceutical compositions are co-administered with one or more other pharmaceutical agents.
  • such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat the same disease, disorder, or condition as the one or more pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
  • such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat a different disease, disorder, or condition as the one or more pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
  • such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat an undesired side effect of one or more pharmaceutical compositions as described herein.
  • one or more pharmaceutical compositions are co-administered with another pharmaceutical agent to treat an undesired effect of that other pharmaceutical agent.
  • one or more pharmaceutical compositions are co-administered with another pharmaceutical agent to produce a combinational effect. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions are co-administered with another pharmaceutical agent to produce a synergistic effect.
  • one or more pharmaceutical compositions and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are administered at the same time. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are administered at different times. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are prepared together in a single formulation. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are prepared separately.
  • pharmaceutical agents that may be co-administered with a pharmaceutical composition of include antipsychotic agents, such as, e.g., haloperidol, chlorpromazine, clozapine, quetapine, and olanzapine; antidepressant agents, such as, e.g., fluoxetine, sertraline hydrochloride, venlafaxine and nortriptyline; tranquilizing agents such as, e.g., benzodiazepines, clonazepam, paroxetine, venlafaxin, and beta-blockers; mood-stabilizing agents such as, e.g., lithium, valproate, lamotrigine, and carbamazepine; paralytic agents such as, e.g., Botulinum toxin; and/or other experimental agents including, but not limited to, tetrabenazine (Xenazine), creatine, conezyme Q10, trehalose, docosahexanoi
  • RNA nucleoside comprising a 2′-OH sugar moiety and a thymine base
  • RNA methylated uracil
  • nucleic acid sequences provided herein are intended to encompass nucleic acids containing any combination of natural or modified RNA and/or DNA, including, but not limited to such nucleic acids having modified nucleobases.
  • an oligomeric compound having the nucleobase sequence “ATCGATCG” encompasses any oligomeric compounds having such nucleobase sequence, whether modified or unmodified, including, but not limited to, such compounds comprising RNA bases, such as those having sequence “AUCGAUCG” and those having some DNA bases and some RNA bases such as “AUCGATCG” and oligomeric compounds having other modified or naturally occurring bases, such as “AT me CGAUCG,” wherein me C indicates a cytosine base comprising a methyl group at the 5-position.
  • oligomeric compounds are assigned a “Sequence Code.” Oligomeric compounds having the same Sequence Code have the same nucleobase sequence. Oligomeric compounds having different Sequence Codes have different nucleobase sequences.
  • SNPs Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs) in the Huntingtin (HTT) Gene Sequence
  • SNP positions (identified by Hayden et al, WO/2009/135322) associated with the HTT gene were mapped to the HTT genomic sequence, designated herein as SEQ ID NO: 1 (NT 006081.18 truncated from nucleotides 1566000 to 1768000).
  • Table 15 provides SNP positions associated with the HTT gene.
  • the ‘Reference SNP ID number’ or ‘RS number’ is the number designated to each SNP from the Entrez SNP database at NCBI, incorporated herein by reference.
  • SNP position refers to the nucleotide position of the SNP on SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • Polymorphism indicates the nucleotide variants at that SNP position.
  • Major allele indicates the nucleotide associated with the major allele, or the nucleotide present in a statistically significant proportion of individuals in the human population.
  • ‘Minor allele’ indicates the nucleotide associated with the minor allele, or the nucleotide present in a relatively small proportion of individuals in the human population.
  • modified oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing various chemical modifications in the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 16.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, “k”, “y”, or “z” are sugar modified nucleosides.
  • a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt)
  • a subscript “y” indicates an ⁇ -L-LNA bicyclic nucleoside
  • a subscript “z” indicates a F-HNA modified nucleoside.
  • p U indicates a 5-propyne uridine nucleoside and x T indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • the number in parentheses indicates the position on the modified oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented below.
  • the half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) of each oligonucleotide is presented in Table 17 and was calculated by plotting the concentrations of oligonucleotides used versus the percent inhibition of HTT mRNA expression achieved at each concentration, and noting the concentration of oligonucleotide at which 50% inhibition of HTT mRNA expression was achieved compared to the control.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • modified oligonucleotides having chemical modifications in the central gap region at the SNP position exhibited similar activity with an increase in selectivity comparing to the parent gapmer, wherein the central gap region contains full deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Additional modified oligonucleotides were designed in a similar manner as the antisense oligonucleotides described in Table 16. Various chemical modifications were introduced in the central gap region at the SNP position in an effort to improve selectivity while maintaining activity in reducing mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 18.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “a”, “e”, “f”, “h”, “k”, “1”, “R”, “w” are sugar modified nucleosides.
  • a subscript “a” indicates a 2′-(ara)-F modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “f” indicates a 2′-F modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “h” indicates a HNA modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g.
  • a subscript “1” indicates a LNA modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “R” indicates a 5′-(R)-Me DNA
  • a subscript “w” indicates an unlocked nucleic acid (UNA) modified nucleoside
  • x T indicates an N3-ethylcyano thymidine nucleoside
  • b N indicates an abasic nucleoside (e.g. 2′-deoxyribonucleoside comprising a H in place of a nucleobase).
  • Underlined nucleoside or the number in parentheses indicates the position on the modified oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated in thermal stability (T m ) assay.
  • T m thermal stability
  • the T m 's were measured using the method described herein.
  • a Cary 100 Bio spectrophotometer with the Cary Win UV Thermal program was used to measure absorbance vs. temperature.
  • oligonucleotides were prepared at a concentration of 8 ⁇ M in a buffer of 100 mM Na+, 10 mM phosphate, 0.1 mM EDTA, pH 7. Concentration of oligonucleotides were determined at 85° C. The oligonucleotide concentration was 4 ⁇ M with mixing of equal volumes of test oligonucleotide and mutant or wild-type RNA strand.
  • Oligonucleotides were hybridized with the mutant or wild-type RNA strand by heating duplex to 90° C. for 5 min and allowed to cool at room temperature. Using the spectrophotometer, T m measurements were taken by heating duplex solution at a rate of 0.5 C/min in cuvette starting @ 15° C. and heating to 85° C. T m values were determined using Vant Hoff calculations (A 260 vs temperature curve) using non self-complementary sequences where the minimum absorbance which relates to the duplex and the maximum absorbance which relates to the non-duplex single strand are manually integrated into the program.
  • T m for the modified oligonucleotides when duplexed to mutant or wild-type RNA complement.
  • the T m of the modified oligonucleotides duplexed with mutant RNA complement is denoted as “T m (° C.) mut”.
  • the T m of the modified oligonucleotides duplexed with wild-type RNA complement is denoted as “T m (° C.) wt”.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were also tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 ⁇ M concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 19 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity as was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • antisense oligonucleotides comprising chemical modifications in the central gap region at the SNP site such as 5′-(R)-Me (ISIS 539558), HNA (ISIS 539559), and 2′-(ara)-F (ISIS 539565) in comparison to the parent full deoxy gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • Modified oligonucleotides comprising LNA (ISIS 539553) or 2′-F (ISIS 539570) showed comparable selectivity while UNA modification (ISIS 539556 or 543909) showed no selectivity.
  • Modified oligonucleotides comprising modified nucleobase, N3-ethylcyano (ISIS 539564) or abasic nucleobase (ISIS 543525) showed little to no improvement in selectivity.
  • Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP) Chimeric oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209. These gapmers comprise self-complementary regions flanking the central gap region, wherein the central gap region contains nine deoxyribonucleosides and the self-complementary regions are complementary to one another. The underlined nucleosides indicate the portion of the 5′-end that is self-complement to the portion of the 3′-end.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 20.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 ⁇ M concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 21 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of the mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • Gapmers are designed based on the most selective gapmers from studies described in Tables 61 and 62 (ISIS 550912 and 550913). These gapmers are created such that they cannot form self-structure in the effort to evaluate if the increased activity simply is due to higher binding affinity. Gapmers are designed by deleting two or three nucleotides at the 3′-terminus and are created with 6-9-3 or 5-9-3 motif.
  • the chimeric oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 22.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • the gapmers, ISIS 550912 and ISIS 550913, from which the newly designed gapmers are derived from, are marked with an asterisk (*) in the table.
  • SNP Polymorphism
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 23.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underlined nucleosides indicate the mismatch position, as counted from the 5′-gap terminus.
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • k indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleo
  • T m thermal stability
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 ⁇ M concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 24 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides are designed based on two gapmers selected from studies described in Tables 64 and 65 (ISIS 476333 and ISIS 460209) wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers are designed by introducing a single mismatch, wherein the mismatch will be shifted throughout the antisense oligonucleotide (i.e. “microwalk”). Gapmers are also created with 4-9-4 or 3-9-3 motifs and with the SNP position opposite position 8 of the original gapmers, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 25.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underlined nucleosides indicate the mismatch position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • k indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e
  • the gapmers, ISIS 476333 and ISIS 460209, in which the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides are derived from, are marked with an asterisk (*) in the table.
  • Chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers were designed by shortening the central gap region to seven 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Gapmers were also created with 5-7-5 motif and with the SNP position opposite position 8 or 9 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 26.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underlined nucleoside or the number in parentheses indicates the position on the modified oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • the chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • ISIS 141923 was included in the study as a negative control and is denoted as “neg control”.
  • a non-allele specific antisense oligonucleotide, ISIS 387916 was used as a positive control and is denoted as “pos control”.
  • ISIS 460209 was included in the study for comparison.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3, and 10 ⁇ M concentration of the modified oligonucleotide.
  • RT-PCR method in short A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA.
  • HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 27.
  • IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 27, no improvement in potency and selectivity was observed for the chimeric antisense oligonucleotides as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers were designed with the central gap region shortened or interrupted by introducing various modifications either within the gap or by adding one or more modified nucleosides to the 3′-most 5′-region or to the 5′-most 3′-region. Gapmers were created with the SNP position opposite position 8 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 28.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 2 ⁇ M concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 29 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels. ISIS 460209 marked with an asterisk (*) in the table was included in the study for comparison.
  • a series of modified antisense oligonucleotides are designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides and is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table.
  • modified oligonucleotides are designed by shortening or interrupting the gap with a single mismatch or various chemical modifications within the central gap region.
  • the modified oligonucleotides are created with the SNP position opposite position 8 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 30.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages, except for the internucleoside linkage with a subscript “p”, “pz” or “pw”.
  • Subscript “p” indicates methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage.
  • Subscript “pz” indicates (R)-methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage.
  • Subscript “pw” indicates (S)-methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage.
  • All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. T indicates a 2-thio thymidine nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, “k” or “b” are sugar modified nucleosides.
  • a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt)
  • a subscript “b” indicates a 5′-Me DNA modified nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleosides indicate the position of modification.
  • Bold and underlined nucleosides indicate the mismatch position.
  • Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Comprising Modifications at the Wing Regions Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides. These gapmers were designed by shortening the central gap region to seven 2′-deoxynucleosides and introducing various modifications at the wing regions.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 31.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • the number in parentheses indicates the position on the chimeric oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • T m thermal stability
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 ⁇ M concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 32 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels. ISIS 460209 marked with an asterisk (*) in the table was included in the study for comparison.
  • Chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the SNP site aligns with position 5 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-gap terminus. These gapmers were designed by shifting the SNP site upstream or downstream (i.e. microwalk) within the central gap region of the parent gapmer.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 33.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underline nucleosides indicate the position on the chimeric oligonucleotide aligns with the SNP site.
  • P ⁇ S phosphorothioate
  • the SNP site indicates the position on the chimeric antisense oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-gap terminus and is denoted as “SNP site”.
  • IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using the methods previously described in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 34, chimeric oligonucleotides comprising 4-9-2 (ISIS 540082) or 2-9-4 (ISIS 540095) motif with the SNP site at position 1 or 3 showed comparable activity and 2.5 fold selectivity as compared to their counterparts.
  • Chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the SNP site aligns with position 8 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-terminus. These gapmers were designed by shifting the SNP site upstream or downstream (i.e. microwalk) of the original oligonucleotide.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 35.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underline nucleosides indicate the SNP site.
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • k indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • the SNP site indicates the position on the chimeric antisense oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus and is denoted as “SNP site”.
  • chimeric oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 36 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • a series of modified oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region comprises nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers were created with various motifs and modifications at the wings and/or the central gap region.
  • the modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 37.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, “k”, “y”, or “z” are sugar modified nucleosides.
  • a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt)
  • a subscript “y” indicates an ⁇ -L-LNA modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “z” indicates a F-HNA modified nucleoside.
  • p U indicates a 5-propyne uridine nucleoside and x T indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleosides indicate the mismatch position.
  • T m thermal stability
  • ISIS 141923 was included in the study as a negative control and is denoted as “neg control”.
  • the non-allele specific antisense oligonucleotides, ISIS 387916 was used as a positive control and is denoted as “pos control”.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 ⁇ M concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed.
  • RT-PCR method in short A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele.
  • HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. ISIS 460209 marked with an asterisk (*) in the table was included in the study for comparison. The results in Table 38 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • antisense oligonucleotides showed improvement in potency and/or selectivity in inhibiting mut HTT mRNA levels comparing to ISIS 460209.
  • Additional gapmers are designed based on the gapmer selected from studies described in Tables 73 and 74 (ISIS 540108) and is marked with an asterisk (*). These gapmers are designed by introducing modifications at the SNP site at position 9 of the oligonucleotides, as counted from the 5′-terminus and are created with a 5-7-5 motif.
  • the gapmers are described in Table 39.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “a”, “b”, “e”, or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides.
  • a subscript “a” indicates 2′-(ara)-F modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “b” indicates a 5′-Me DNA modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside
  • a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • x T indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • Underline nucleoside or the number in parentheses indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • Additional gapmers are designed based on the gapmer, ISIS 540107 selected from Example 11 and is marked with an asterisk (*). These gapmers are designed by introducing bicyclic modified nucleosides at the 3′ or 5′ terminus and are tested to evaluate if the addition of bicyclic modified nucleosides at the wing regions improves the activity and selectivity in inhibition of mutant HTT SNP.
  • the gapmers comprise a 5-7-5 motif and are described in Table 40.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • Additional gapmers are designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region comprises nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides and is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table. These gapmers were designed by introducing modifications at the wings or the central gap region and are created with a 3-9-3 motif.
  • the gapmers are described in Table 41.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • P T indicates a 5-propyne thymidine nucleoside.
  • P C indicates a 5-propyne cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underline nucleoside or the number in parentheses indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • modified oligonucleotides were designed based on ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by incorporating one or more F-HNA(s) modification within the central gap region or on the wing regions. The F-HNA containing oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 42.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P ⁇ S).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt).
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “z” indicate F-HNA modified nucleosides.
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted
  • the gap-interrupted antisense oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • the HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 43.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • the parent gapmer, 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the activity and selectivity of antisense oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • oligonucleotides comprising F-HNA modification(s) showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining activity as compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising cEt Modification(s) at the Central Gap Region Targeting HTT SNP
  • a series of modified oligonucleotides were designed in the same manner as described in Example 18.
  • modified oligonucleotides were designed by replacing F-HNA(s) with cEt modification(s) in the central gap region while maintaining the wing configuration.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact.
  • the activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 44.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P ⁇ S).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the gap-interrupted antisense oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented below.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • modified oligonucleotides were designed based on ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by incorporating one F-HNA modification at the 3′-end of the central gap region. The F-HNA containing oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 46.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P ⁇ S).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt).
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “z” indicate F-HNA modified nucleosides.
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • the HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 47.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • ISIS 575833 and 575834 a couple of the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • ISIS 575836 showed an increase in potency without improvement in selectivity while ISIS 575835 showed comparable selectivity without improvement in potency.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on ISIS 460209 and ISIS 540094 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides. These gapmers were designed with the central gap region shortened by introducing cEt modifications to the wing regions, or interrupted by introducing cEt modifications at the 3′-end of the central gap region. The modified oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209 and 540094.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 48.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P ⁇ S).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 4 or 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • the HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 49.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides (ISIS 575003) showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on 15-mer, ISIS 460209 and 17-mer, ISIS 476333 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides. These gapmers were designed with the central gap region shortened at the 5′-end of the central gap region. The gapmers were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the gapmers were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209 and ISIS 476333.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 50.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P ⁇ S).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • the HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 51.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on 15-mer, ISIS 460209 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides. These gapmers were designed by having the central gap region shortened to seven 2′-deoxynucleosides. The gapmers were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the gapmers were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 52.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P ⁇ S).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • the HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 53.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • each of the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides (ISIS 540108 and 571069) showed improvement in potency and/or selectivity in inhibiting mut HTT mRNA levels as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on 15-mer, ISIS 460209 and 17-mer, ISIS 540108 wherein the central gap region contains nine and seven 2′-deoxynucleosides, respectively. These gapmers were designed by introducing one or more cEt modification(s) at the 5′-end of the central gap region. The gapmers were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the gapmers were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209 and ISIS 540108.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 54.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P ⁇ S).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • the HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 55.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on 15-mer, ISIS 460209 and 17-mer, ISIS 540108 wherein the central gap region contains nine and seven 2′-deoxynucleosides, respectively. These gapmers were designed by introducing one or more cEt modification(s) at the 3′-end of the central gap region. The gapmers were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the gapmers were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209 and ISIS 540108.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 56.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P ⁇ S).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • the HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 57.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • each of the newly designed oligonucleotides showed improvement in selective inhibition of mutant HTT mRNA levels compared to ISIS 460209. Comparable potency was observed for ISIS 568879 and 568880 while a slight loss in potency was observed for ISIS 556875, 556876 and 556877.
  • modified oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing various chemical modifications in the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 58.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages, except for the internucleoside linkage having a subscript “p” which indicates a methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage (—O—P(CH 3 )( ⁇ O)—O—).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • x T indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute).
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 59.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed in the same manner as the antisense oligonucleotides described in Example 26. These gapmers were designed by introducing various modifications in the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 60.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages, except for the internucleoside linkage having a subscript “p” which indicates a methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage (—O—P(CH 3 )( ⁇ O)—O—).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • x T indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute).
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 61.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed in the same manner as the antisense oligonucleotides described in Example 26. These gapmers were designed by introducing various modifications to the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 62.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages, except for the internucleoside linkage having a subscript “p” which indicates a methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage (—O—P(CH 3 )( ⁇ O)—O—).
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • x T indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute).
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 63.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • modified oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing one or more modified nucleobase(s) in the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 64.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages.
  • Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • x T indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute).
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN.
  • the IC 50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC 50 ’.
  • the IC 50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC 50 ’.
  • Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC 50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC 50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • ISIS 556845 showed improvement in selectivity and potency as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • ISIS 556847 showed improvement in selectivity with comparable potency while ISIS 556846 showed improvement in potency with comparable selectivity.
  • the gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 66.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • MOE 2′-O-methoxyethyl
  • the gapmer, ISIS 460209 was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the potency and selectivity of the modified oligonuclotides could be compared.
  • Hu97/18 mice the first murine model of HD that fully genetically recapitulates human HD were used in the study. They were generated in Hayden's lab by cross bred BACHD, YAC18 and Hdh ( ⁇ / ⁇ ) mice.
  • Hu97/18 mice were treated with 300 ⁇ g of modified oligonucleotides by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection.
  • This treatment group consisted of 4 animals/oligonucleotide.
  • the control group received a 10 ⁇ l bolus injection of sterile PBS and consisted of 4 animals.
  • the HTT protein levels were analyzed by high molecular weight western blot (modified from Invitrogen's NuPAGE Bis-Tris System Protocol).
  • the tissue was homogenized in ice cold SDP lysis buffer.
  • 40 ⁇ g of total protein lysate was resolved on 10% low-BIS acrylamide gels (200:1 acrylamide:BIS) with tris-glycine running buffer (25 mM Tris, 190 mM Glycince, 0.1% SDS) containing 10.7 mM ⁇ -mercaptoethanol added fresh.
  • Gels were run at 90V for 40 min through the stack, then 190V for 2.5 h, or until the 75 kDa molecular weight marker band was at the bottom of the gel.
  • Proteins were transferred to nitrocellulose at 24V for 2 h with NuPage transfer buffer (Invitrogen: 25 mM Bicine, 25 mM Bis-Tris, 1.025 mM EDTA, 5% MeOH, pH 7.2). Membranes were blocked with 5% milk in PBS, and then blotted for HTT with MAB2166 (1:1000, millipore). Anti-calnexin (Sigma C4731) immunoblotting was used as loading control. Proteins were detected with IR dye 800CW goat anti-mouse (Rockland 610-131-007) and AlexaFluor 680 goat anti-rabbit (Molecular Probes A21076)-labeled secondary antibodies, and the LiCor Odyssey Infrared Imaging system.
  • Table 67 The results in Table 67 are presented as the average percent of HTT protein levels for each treatment group, normalized to PBS-treated control and is denoted as “% UTC”. The percent of mutant HTT protein levels is denoted as “mut”. The percent of wild-type HTT protein levels is denoted as “wt”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT protein levels vs. the percent of the mutant HTT protein levels.
  • a modified oligonucleotide from Example 29, ISIS 435871 was selected and tested for its effects on mutant and wild type HTT protein levels in the CNS in vivo targeting rs363088.
  • Hu97/18 mouse was treated with 300 ⁇ g of ISIS 435871 by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection. The animal was sacrificed at 4 weeks post-injection. Regional CNS structures were then micro-dissected including bilateral samples from the most anterior portion of cortex (Cortex 1), an intermediate section of cortex (Cortex 2), the most posterior section of cortex (Cortex 3), the striatum, the hippocampus, the cerebellum, and a 1 cm section of spinal cord directly below the brain stem. Tissue was homogenized and assessed for mutant and wild-type HTT levels by Western blotting using the procedures as described in Example 30. The results are presented below.
  • HTT intensity of each allele is expressed as a ratio of calnexin loading control intensity.
  • the ratio of the mutant HTT to the wt HTT in the treated animal was determined and is denoted as “wt/mut”. Having a ratio higher than 1 is indicative of allele-specific silencing.
  • the gapmer, ISIS 460209 was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the potency and selectivity of the modified oligonuclotides could be compared.
  • Hu97/18 mice were treated with 300 ⁇ g of modified oligonucleotides by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection.
  • This treatment group consisted of 4 animals/oligonucleotide.
  • the control group received a 10 ⁇ l bolus injection of sterile PBS and consisted of 4 animals.
  • Table 69 The results in Table 69 are presented as the average percent of HTT protein levels for each allele and treatment group, normalized to PBS-treated control and is denoted as “% UTC”. The percent of mutant HTT protein levels is denoted as “mut”. The percent of wild-type HTT protein levels is denoted as “wt”.
  • each of the newly designed oligonucleotides showed improvement in selective inhibition of mutant HTT protein levels as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • ISIS 550913 and 540095 showed improvement in potency while the remaining modified oligonucleotides showed comparable or a slight decrease in potency as compared to the parent gapmer.
  • Hu97/18 mice were treated with 300 ⁇ g of modified oligonucleotides by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection and the control group received a 10 ⁇ l bolus injection of sterile PBS. Each treatment group consisted of 4 animals.
  • ICV intracerebroventricular
  • Table 70 The results in Table 70 are presented as the average percent of HTT protein levels for each allele and treatment group, normalized to PBS-treated control and is denoted as “% UTC”. The percent of mutant HTT protein levels is denoted as “mut”. The percent of wild-type HTT protein levels is denoted as “wt”.
  • ISIS 476333, 435871, 540108, 575007 and 551429 from previous examples were selected and evaluated at various doses for their effect on mutant and wild type HTT protein levels in vivo targeting HTT rs7685686.
  • Hu97/18 mice were treated with various doses of modified oligonucleotides as presented in Table 71 by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection.
  • This treatment group consisted of 4 animals/oligonucleotide.
  • the control group received a 10 ⁇ l bolus injection of sterile PBS and consisted of 4 animals.
  • Table 71 The results in Table 71 are presented as the average percent of HTT protein levels for each allele and treatment group, normalized to PBS-treated control and is denoted as “% UTC”. The percent of mutant HTT protein levels is denoted as “mut”. The percent of wild-type HTT protein levels is denoted as “wt”.
  • a series of modified oligonucleotides was designed based on a parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing a 5′-(R)-Me DNA modification within the central gap region.
  • the 5′-(R)-Me DNA containing oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact.
  • the potency and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 72.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “d” are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “z” indicates a 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • “ m C” indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 ⁇ M concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN.
  • IC 50 s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 73, treatment with the newly designed oligonucleotides showed comparable or a slight increase in potency and/or selectivity as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • Gap-interrupted oligonucleotides comprising 5′-(R)-Me DNA targeting HTT SNP Wing SEQ ISIS Sequence Gap chemistry ID NO. (5′ to 3′) chemistry 5′ 3′ NO. 460209 T e A k A k A d T d T d G d T d Full ekk kke 10 m C d A d T d m C d A k m C k m C e deoxy 556848 T e A k A k A z T d T d G d T d Deoxy/5′- ekk kke 10 m C d A d T d m C d A k m C k m C e (R)-Me DNA 556849 T e A k A k A d T z T d G d T d Deoxy/5′- ekk kke 10 m C d A d T d T m
  • a series of modified oligonucleotides was designed based on a parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing 5′-(S)- or 5′-(R)-Me DNA modification slightly upstream or downstream (i.e. “microwalk”) within the central gap region.
  • the gapmers were created with a 3-9-3 motif and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression.
  • the potency and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8.
  • the modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 74.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “d” are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “v” indicates a 5′-(S)-Me DNA.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “z” indicates a 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • “ m C” indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used.
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.1, 0.4, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented below.
  • Additional modified oligonucleotides were designed in a similar manner as the antisense oligonucleotides described in Example 36. Various chemical modifications were introduced slightly upstream or downstream (i.e. “microwalk”) within the central gap region. The gapmers were created with a 3-9-3 motif and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression. The position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8. The potency and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 76.
  • the internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) linkages.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “d” are ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “b” indicates a 5′-(R)-allyl DNA.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “c” indicates a 5′-(S)-allyl DNA. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “g” indicates a 5′-(R)-hydroxyethyl DNA. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “i” indicates a hydroxyethyl DNA. “C” indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro using heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line.
  • the transfection method and analysis of HTT mRNA levels adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN were performed in the same manner as described in Example 37.
  • the IC 50 s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously and the results are shown below.
  • Table 77 several modified oligonucleotides achieved greater than 4.5 fold selectivity in inhibiting mutant HTT mRNA levels and, therefore, are more selective than ISIS 460209.
  • ISIS 558255 and 558256 from Example 10 were selected and evaluated for their effect on mutant and wild type HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686.
  • ISIS 46020 was included in the study for comparison. The position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used for the in vitro assay (from Coriell Institute). Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 ⁇ L 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 ⁇ L primers (300 ⁇ M from ABI), 1000 ⁇ L water and 40.4 ⁇ L RT MIX. To each well was added 15 ⁇ L of this mixture and 5 ⁇ L of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN.
  • IC 50 s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 78, improvement in selectivity and potency was achieved with the modified oligonucleotides comprising methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • a series of modified oligonucleotides were designed based on ISIS 460209 wherein the gap region contains nine ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were synthesized to include one or more methyl phosphonate or phosphonoacetate internucleoside linkage modifications within the gap region.
  • the oligonucleotides with modified phosphorus containing backbone were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact.
  • the potency and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8.
  • Each internucleoside linkage is a phosphorothioate (P ⁇ S) except for the internucleoside linkage having a subscript “x” or “y”.
  • Each nucleoside followed by a subscript “x” indicates a methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage (—P(CH 3 )( ⁇ O)—).
  • Each nucleoside followed by a subscript “y” indicates a phosphonoacetate internucleoside linkage (—P(CH 2 CO 2 —)( ⁇ O)—).
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “d” is a ⁇ -D-2′-deoxyribonucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside.
  • Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH 3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • m C indicates a 5-methyl cytosine modified nucleoside.
  • the modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute).
  • Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 ⁇ M concentrations of modified oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303.
  • RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 ⁇ L 2 ⁇ PCR buffer, 101 ⁇ L primers (300 ⁇ M from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 ⁇ L RT MIX. To each well was added 15 of this mixture and 5 of ⁇ L purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN.
  • IC 50 s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 80, most of the newly design oligonucleotides achieved improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to ISIS 460209.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides oligomeric compounds. Certain such oligomeric compounds are useful for hybridizing to a complementary nucleic acid, including but not limited, to nucleic acids in a cell. In certain embodiments, hybridization results in modulation of the amount activity or expression of the target nucleic acid in a cell.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention pertains generally to chemically-modified oligonucleotides for use in research, diagnostics, and/or therapeutics.
    • SEQUENCE LISTING
  • The present application is being filed along with a Sequence Listing in electronic format. The Sequence Listing is provided as a file entitled CORE0099USA2C1SEQ_ST25.txt, created Dec. 17, 2018 which is 300 Kb in size. The information in the electronic format of the sequence listing is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Antisense compounds have been used to modulate target nucleic acids. Antisense compounds comprising a variety of chemical modifications and motifs have been reported. In certain instances, such compounds are useful as research tools, diagnostic reagents, and as therapeutic agents. In certain instances antisense compounds have been shown to modulate protein expression by binding to a target messenger RNA (mRNA) encoding the protein. In certain instances, such binding of an antisense compound to its target mRNA results in cleavage of the mRNA. Antisense compounds that modulate processing of a pre-mRNA have also been reported. Such antisense compounds alter splicing, interfere with polyadenlyation or prevent formation of the 5′-cap of a pre-mRNA.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides oligomeric compounds comprising oligonucleotides. In certain embodiments, such oligonucleotides comprise a region having a gapmer motif.
  • In certain embodiments, such oligonucleotides consist of a region having a gapmer motif.
  • The present disclosure provides the following non-limiting numbered embodiments:
      • Embodiment 1: A oligomeric compound comprising a modified oligonucleotide consisting of 10 to 30 linked nucleosides, wherein the modified oligonucleotide has a modification motif comprising:
        • a 5′-region consisting of 2-8 linked 5′-region nucleosides, each independently selected from among a modified nucleoside and an unmodified deoxynucleoside, provided that at least one 5′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside and wherein the 3′-most 5′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside;
        • a 3′-region consisting of 2-8 linked 3′-region nucleosides, each independently selected from among a modified nucleoside and an unmodified deoxynucleoside, provided that at least one 3′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside and wherein the 5′-most 3′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside; and
        • a central region between the 5′-region and the 3′-region consisting of 6-12 linked central region nucleosides, each independently selected from among: a modified nucleoside and an unmodified deoxynucleoside, wherein the 5′-most central region nucleoside is an unmodified deoxynucleoside and the 3′-most central region nucleoside is an unmodified deoxynucleoside;
        • wherein the modified oligonucleotide has a nucleobase sequence complementary to the nucleobase sequence of a target region of a target nucleic acid.
      • Embodiment 2: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 1, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid differs from the nucleobase sequence of at least one non-target nucleic acid by 1-3 differentiating nucleobases.
      • Embodiment 3: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 1, the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid differs from the nucleobase sequence of at least one non-target nucleic acid by a single differentiating nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 4: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 2 or 3, wherein the target nucleic acid and the non-target nucleic acid are alleles of the same gene.
      • Embodiment 5: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 4, wherein the single differentiating nucleobase is a single-nucleotide polymorphism.
      • Embodiment 6: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 5, wherein the single-nucleotide polymorphism is associated with a disease.
      • Embodiment 7: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 6, wherein the disease is Huntington's disease.
      • Embodiment 8: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 6, wherein the single-nucleotide polymorphism is selected from among: rs6446723, rs3856973, rs2285086, rs363092, rs916171, rs6844859, rs7691627, rs4690073, rs2024115, rs11731237, rs362296, rs10015979, rs7659144, rs363096, rs362273, rs16843804, rs362271, rs362275, rs3121419, rs362272, rs3775061, rs34315806, rs363099, rs2298967, rs363088, rs363064, rs363102, rs2798235, rs363080, rs363072, rs363125, rs362303, rs362310, rs10488840, rs362325, rs35892913, rs363102, rs363096, rs11731237, rs10015979, rs363080, rs2798235, rs1936032, rs2276881, rs363070, rs35892913, rs12502045, rs6446723, rs7685686, rs3733217, rs6844859, and rs362331.
      • Embodiment 9: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 8, wherein the single-nucleotide polymorphism is selected from among: rs7685686, rs362303 rs4690072 and rs363088 Embodiment 10: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 2 or 3, wherein the target nucleic acid and the non-target nucleic acid are transcripts from different genes.
      • Embodiment 11: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-10, wherein the 3′-most 5′-region nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 12: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 11, wherein the 3′-most 5′-region nucleoside comprises a cEt sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 13: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 11, wherein the 3′-most 5′-region nucleoside comprises an LNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 14: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-13, wherein the central region consists of 6-10 linked nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 15: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein the central region consists of 6-9 linked nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 16: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 15, wherein the central region consists of 6 linked nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 17: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 15, wherein the central region consists of 7 linked nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 18: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 15, wherein the central region consists of 8 linked nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 19: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 15, wherein the central region consists of 9 linked nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 20: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-19, wherein each central region nucleoside is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
      • Embodiment 21: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-19, wherein at least one central region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 22: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 21, wherein one central region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside and each of the other central region nucleosides is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
      • Embodiment 23: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 21, wherein two central region nucleosides are modified nucleosides and each of the other central region nucleosides is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
      • Embodiment 24: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-23 wherein at least one modified central region nucleoside is an RNA-like nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 25: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-23 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a modified sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 26: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-25 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a 5′-methyl-2′-deoxy sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 27: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-26 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 28: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-27 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a cEt sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 29: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-28 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising an LNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 30: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-29 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising an α-LNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 31: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-29 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 32: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 31 wherein at least one modified central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2-O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2-C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl;
        • wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 33: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 32 wherein at least one modified central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCH2F, OCHF2, OCF3, OCH2CH3, O(CH2)2F, OCH2CHF2, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—SCH3, O(CH2)2—OCF3, O(CH2)3—N(R1)(R2), O(CH2)2—ON(R1)(R2), O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(R1)(R2), OCH2C(═O)—N(R1)(R2), OCH2C(═O)—N(R3)—(CH2)2—N(R1)(R2), and O(CH2)2—N(R3)—C(═NR4)[N(R1)(R2)]; wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each, independently, H or C1-C6 alkyl.
      • Embodiment 34: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 33 wherein the 2′ substituent is selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3 (MOE), O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 35: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-34 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 36: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-35 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a 2′-OMe sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 37: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-36 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a 2′-F sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 38: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-37 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 39: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-38 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a sugar surrogate.
      • Embodiment 40: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 39 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 41: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 39 or 40 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising an HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 42: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-41 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 43: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 42 comprising at least one modified central region nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase selected from a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine.
      • Embodiment 44: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-43, wherein the 2nd a nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 45: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-44, wherein the 3rd nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 46: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-45, wherein the 4th nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 47: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-46, wherein the 5th nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 48: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-47, wherein the 6th nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 49: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-48, wherein the 8th nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 50: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-49, wherein the 7th nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 51: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-50, wherein the 6th nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 52: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-51, wherein the 5th nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 53: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-52, wherein the 4th nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 54: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-53, wherein the 3rd nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 55: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-54, wherein the 2nd a nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 56: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-55, wherein the modified nucleoside is a 5′-methyl-2′-deoxy sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 57: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-55, wherein the modified nucleoside is a 2-thio pyrimidine.
      • Embodiment 58: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-55, wherein the central region comprises no region having more than 4 contiguous unmodified deoxynucleosides.
      • Embodiment 59: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-55, wherein the central region comprises no region having more than 5 contiguous unmodified deoxynucleosides.
      • Embodiment 60: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-55, wherein the central region comprises no region having more than 6 contiguous unmodified deoxynucleosides.
      • Embodiment 61: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 21-55, wherein the central region comprises no region having more than 7 contiguous unmodified deoxynucleosides.
      • Embodiment 62: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-14 or 21-59, wherein the central region has a nucleoside motif selected from among: DDDDDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDDD; DDDDDXDDDDD; DDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDDDDD; DDDDXDDDD; DDXDDDDDD; DDDXDDDDDD; DXDDDDDD; DDXDDDDDDD; DDXDDDDD; DDXDDDXDDD; DDDXDDDXDDD; DXDDDXDDD; DDXDDDXDD; DDXDDDDXDDD; DDXDDDDXDD; DXDDDDXDDD; DDDDXDDD; DDDXDDD; DXDDDDDDD; DDDDXXDDD; and DXXDXXDXX; wherein
        • each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 63: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-14 or 21-59, wherein the central region has a nucleoside motif selected from among: DDDDDDDDD; DXDDDDDDD; DDXDDDDDD; DDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDDD; DDDDDXDDD; DDDDDDXDD; DDDDDDDXD; DXXDDDDDD; DDDDDDXXD; DDXXDDDDD; DDDXXDDDD; DDDDXXDDD; DDDDDXXDD; DXDDDDDXD; DXDDDDXDD; DXDDDXDDD; DXDDXDDDD; DXDXDDDDD; DDXDDDDXD; DDXDDDXDD; DDXDDXDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDDXDDDXD; DDDXDDXDD; DDDXDXDDD; DDDDXDDXD; DDDDXDXDD; and DDDDDXDXD wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 64: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-14 or 21-59, wherein the central region has a nucleoside motif selected from among: DDDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDD, DXDDDDDDD, DXXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDD, DDDDXDDDD, DDDDDXDDD, DDDDDDXDD, and DDDDDDDXD.
      • Embodiment 65: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-14 or 21-59, wherein the central region has a nucleoside motif selected from among: DDDDDDDD, DXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDD, DDDXDDDD, DDDDXDDD, DDDDDXDD, DDDDDDXD, DXDDDDXD, DXDDDXDD, DXDDXDDD, DXDXDDDD, DXXDDDDD, DDXXDDDD, DDXDXDDD, DDXDDXDD, DXDDDDXD, DDDXXDDD, DDDXDXDD, DDDXDDXD, DDDDXXDD, DDDDXDXD, and DDDDDXXD.
      • Embodiment 66: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-14 or 21-59, wherein the central region has a nucleoside motif selected from among: DDDDDDD, DXDDDDD, DDXDDDD, DDDXDDD, DDDDXDD, DDDDDXD, DXDDDXD, DXDDXDD, DXDXDDD, DXXDDDD, DDXXDDD, DDXDXDD, DDXDDXD, DDDXXDD, DDDXDXD, and DDDDXXD.
      • Embodiment 67: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-14 or 21-59, wherein the central region has a nucleoside motif selected from among: DDDDDD, DXDDDD, DDXDDD, DDDXDD, DDDDXD, DXXDDD, DXDXDD, DXDDXD, DDXXDD, DDXDXD, and DDDXXD.
      • Embodiment 68: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-14 or 21-59, wherein the central region has a nucleoside motif selected from among: DDDDDD, DDDDDDD, DDDDDDDD, DDDDDDDDD, DDDDDDDDDD, DXDDDD, DDXDDD, DDDXDD, DDDDXD, DXDDDDD, DDXDDDD, DDDXDDD, DDDDXDD, DDDDDXD, DXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDD, DDDXDDDD, DDDDXDDD, DDDDDXDD, DDDDDDXD, DXDDDDDDD; DDXDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDD, DDDDXDDDD, DDDDDXDDD, DDDDDDXDD, DDDDDDDXD, DXDDDDDDDD, DDXDDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDDD, DDDDDXDDDD, DDDDDDXDDD, DDDDDDDXDD, and DDDDDDDDXD.
      • Embodiment 69: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 62-68, wherein each X comprises a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 70: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 62-68, wherein each X comprises a modified sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 71: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 62-68, wherein each X comprises 2-thio-thymidine.
      • Embodiment 72: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 62-68, wherein each X nucleoside comprises an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 73: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 62-68, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid differs from the nucleobase sequence of at least one non-target nucleic acid by a single differentiating nucleobase, and wherein the location of the single differentiating nucleobase is represented by X.
      • Embodiment 74: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 73, wherein the target nucleic acid and the non-target nucleic acid are alleles of the same gene.
      • Embodiment 75: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 73, wherein the single differentiating nucleobase is a single-nucleotide polymorphism.
      • Embodiment 76: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-75, wherein the 5′ region consists of 2 linked 5′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 77: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-75, wherein the 5′ region consists of 3 linked 5′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 78: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-75, wherein the 5′ region consists of 4 linked 5′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 79: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-75, wherein the 5′ region consists of 5 linked 5′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 80: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-75, wherein the 5′ region consists of 6 linked 5′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 81: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-80, wherein at least one 5′-region nucleoside is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
      • Embodiment 82: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-80, wherein each 5′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 83: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-80 wherein at least one 5′-region nucleoside is an RNA-like nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 84: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-80 wherein each 5′-region nucleoside is an RNA-like nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 85: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-80 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a modified sugar.
      • Embodiment 86: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 80 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 87: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 86 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a cEt sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 88: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 85 or 86 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising an LNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 89: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 76-80 comprising of at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 90: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 89 wherein at least one modified central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl;
        • wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 91: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 90 wherein at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCH2F, OCHF2, OCF3, OCH2CH3, O(CH2)2F, OCH2CHF2, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3 (MOE), O(CH2)2—SCH3, O(CH2)2—OCF3, O(CH2)3—N(R1)(R2), O(CH2)2—ON(R1)(R2), O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(R1)(R2), OCH2C(═O)—N(R1)(R2), OCH2C(═O)—N(R3)—(CH2)2—N(R1)(R2), and O(CH2)2—N(R3)—C(═NR4)[N(R1)(R2)]; wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each, independently, H or C1-C6 alkyl.
      • Embodiment 92: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 91, wherein the 2′-substituent is selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 93: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 89-92 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 94: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 89-92 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-OMe sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 95: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 89-92 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-F sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 96: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 89-92 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 97: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 82-96 comprising of at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a sugar surrogate.
      • Embodiment 98: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 97 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 99: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 97 or 98 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising an HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 100: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-99 comprising at least one modified 5′-region nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 101: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 100, wherein the modified nucleoside comprises 2-thio-thymidine.
      • Embodiment 102: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-101, wherein the 5′-region has a motif selected from among:
        • ADDA; ABDAA; ABBA; ABB; ABAA; AABAA; AAABAA; AAAABAA; AAAAABAA; AAABAA; AABAA; ABAB; ABADB; ABADDB; AAABB; AAAAA; ABBDC; ABDDC; ABBDCC; ABBDDC; ABBDCC; ABBC; AA; AAA; AAAA; AAAAB; AAAAAAA; AAAAAAAA; ABBB; AB; ABAB; AAAAB; AABBB; AAAAB; and AABBB,
        • wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, each C is a modified nucleoside of a third type, and each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
      • Embodiment 103: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-101, wherein the 5′-region has a motif selected from among: AB, ABB, AAA, BBB, BBBAA, AAB, BAA, BBAA, AABB, AAAB, ABBW, ABBWW, ABBB, ABBBB, ABAB, ABABAB, ABABBB, ABABAA, AAABB, AAAABB, AABB, AAAAB, AABBB, ABBBB, BBBBB, AAABW, AAAAA, BBBBAA, and AAABW wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of a third type.
      • Embodiment 104: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-101, wherein the 5′-region has a motif selected from among: ABB; ABAA; AABAA; AAABAA; ABAB; ABADB; AAABB; AAAAA; AA; AAA; AAAA; AAAAB; ABBB; AB; and ABAB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of a third type.
      • Embodiment 105: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 102-104, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 106: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 105 wherein at least one central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl; wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 107: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-106, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 108: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 107, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3.
      • Embodiment 109: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 102-106, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 110: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 109, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
      • Embodiment 111: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-110, wherein each A comprises a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 112: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 111, wherein each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine.
      • Embodiment 113: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 112, wherein each A comprises 2-thio-thymidine.
      • Embodiment 114: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-106, wherein each A nucleoside comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 115: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-106, wherein each A nucleoside comprises an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 116: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-115, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 117: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 116, wherein at least one central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl; wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 118: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 117, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 119: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 118, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3.
      • Embodiment 120: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-115, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 121: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 120, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
      • Embodiment 122: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-115, wherein each B comprises a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 123: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 122, wherein each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine.
      • Embodiment 124: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 123, wherein each B comprises 2-thio-thymidine.
      • Embodiment 125: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-106, wherein each B nucleoside comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 126: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-115, wherein each B nucleoside comprises an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 127: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-126, wherein each C nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 128: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 127, wherein at least one central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl; wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 129: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 128, wherein each C nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 130: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 129, wherein each C nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3.
      • Embodiment 131: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-126, wherein each C nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 132: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 131, wherein each C nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
      • Embodiment 133: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-126, wherein each C comprises a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 134: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 133, wherein each C comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine.
      • Embodiment 135: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 134, wherein each C comprises 2-thio-thymidine.
      • Embodiment 136: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-126, wherein each C comprises an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 137: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-126, wherein each C nucleoside comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 138: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-138, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 139: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 138, wherein at least one central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl; wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 140: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 139, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 141: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 139, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3.
      • Embodiment 142: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-137, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 143: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 142, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
      • Embodiment 144: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 102-137, wherein each W comprises a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 145: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 144, wherein each W comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine.
      • Embodiment 146: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 145, wherein each W comprises 2-thio-thymidine.
      • Embodiment 147: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-137, wherein each W comprises an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 148: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 102-137, wherein each W nucleoside comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 149: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-148, wherein the 3′ region consists of 2 linked 3′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 150: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-148, wherein the 3′ region consists of 3 linked 3′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 151: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-148, wherein the 3′ region consists of 4 linked 3′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 152: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-148, wherein the 3′ region consists of 5 linked 3′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 153: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-148, wherein the 3′ region consists of 6 linked 3′-region nucleosides.
      • Embodiment 154: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-153, wherein at least one 3′-region nucleoside is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
      • Embodiment 155: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-154, wherein each 3′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 156: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-153, wherein at least one 3′-region nucleoside is an RNA-like nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 157: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-154, wherein each 3′-region nucleoside is an RNA-like nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 158: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-153, comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a modified sugar.
      • Embodiment 159: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 158, comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 160: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 159, comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a cEt sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 161: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 159, comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising an LNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 162: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-162 comprising of at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 163: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 162, wherein at least one central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl; wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 164: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 163 wherein at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCH2F, OCHF2, OCF3, OCH2CH3, O(CH2)2F, OCH2CHF2, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3 (MOE), O(CH2)2—SCH3, O(CH2)2—OCF3, O(CH2)3—N(R1)(R2), O(CH2)2—ON(R1)(R2), O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(R1)(R2), OCH2C(═O)—N(R1)(R2), OCH2C(═O)—N(R3)—(CH2)2—N(R1)(R2), and O(CH2)2—N(R3)—C(═NR4)[N(R1)(R2)]; wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each, independently, H or C1-C6 alkyl.
      • Embodiment 165: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 164, wherein the 2′-substituent is selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 166: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 162-165 comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 167: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 162-166 comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-OMe sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 168: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 162-167 comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-F sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 169: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 162-168 comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 170: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 162-169 comprising of at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a sugar surrogate.
      • Embodiment 171: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 170 comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 172: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 170 comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising an HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 173: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-172 comprising at least one modified 3′-region nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 174: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-173, wherein each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3, and each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: LNA and cEt.
      • Embodiment 175: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 174, wherein each A comprises O(CH2)2—OCH3 and each B comprises cEt.
      • Embodiment 176: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-175, wherein the 3′-region has a motif selected from among: ABB, ABAA, AAABAA, AAAAABAA, AABAA, AAAABAA, AAABAA, ABAB, AAAAA, AAABB, AAAAAAAA, AAAAAAA, AAAAAA, AAAAB, AAAA, AAA, AA, AB, ABBB, ABAB, AABBB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type.
      • Embodiment 177: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 1-175, wherein the 3′-region has a motif selected from among: ABB; AAABAA; AABAA; AAAABAA; AAAAA; AAABB; AAAAAAAA; AAAAAAA; AAAAAA; AAAAB; AB; ABBB; and ABAB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type.
      • Embodiment 178: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 1-175, wherein the 3′-region has a motif selected from among: BBA, AAB, AAA, BBB, BBAA, AABB, WBBA, WAAB, BBBA, BBBBA, BBBB, BBBBBA, ABBBBB, BBAAA, AABBB, BBBAA, BBBBA, BBBBB, BABA, AAAAA, BBAAAA, AABBBB, BAAAA, and ABBBB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of a first type, a second type, or a third type.
      • Embodiment 179: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 176-178, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 180: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 176-178, wherein at least one central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl;
        • wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 181: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 180, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 182: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 181, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3.
      • Embodiment 183: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 176-178, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 184: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 183, wherein each A nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
      • Embodiment 185: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 176-178, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 186: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 185, wherein at least one modified central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl;
        • wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 187: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 185, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 188: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 187, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3.
      • Embodiment 189: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 176-178, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 190: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 189, wherein each B nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
      • Embodiment 191: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 176-190, wherein each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3, and each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: LNA and cEt.
      • Embodiment 192: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 191, wherein each A comprises O(CH2)2—OCH3 and each B comprises cEt.
      • Embodiment 193: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 176-192, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 194: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 193, wherein at least one central region nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′ substituent selected from among: halogen, optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; optionally substituted O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted O-alkaryl, optionally substituted O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl; wherein each optionally substituted group is optionally substituted with a substituent group independently selected from among: hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
      • Embodiment 195: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 193, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: a halogen, OCH3, OCF3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CF3, OCH2—CH═CH2, O(CH2)2—OCH3, O(CH2)2—O(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)CH3, OCH2C(═O)—N(H)—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, and OCH2—N(H)—C(═NH)NH2.
      • Embodiment 196: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 195, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent selected from among: F, OCH3, O(CH2)2—OCH3.
      • Embodiment 197: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 176-192, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 198: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 197, wherein each W nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among: cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA.
      • Embodiment 199: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 176-192, wherein each W comprises a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 200: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 199, wherein each W comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine.
      • Embodiment 201: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 200, wherein each W comprises 2-thio-thymidine.
      • Embodiment 202: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 176-192, wherein each W comprises an F-HNA sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 203: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 202, wherein each W nucleoside comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety.
      • Embodiment 204: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 1-203, wherein the 5′-region has a motif selected from among: AB, ABB, AAA, BBB, BBBAA, AAB, BAA, BBAA, AABB, AAAB, ABBW, ABBWW, ABBB, ABBBB, ABAB, ABABAB, ABABBB, ABABAA, AAABB, AAAABB, AABB, AAAAB, AABBB, ABBBB, BBBBB, AAABW, AAAAA, and BBBBAA;
        • wherein the 3′-region has a motif selected from among: BBA, AAB, AAA, BBB, BBAA, AABB, WBBA, WAAB, BBBA, BBBBA, BBBB, BBBBBA, ABBBBB, BBAAA, AABBB, BBBAA, BBBBA, BBBBB, BABA, AAAAA, BBAAAA, AABBBB, BAAAA, and ABBBB;
        • wherein the central region has a nucleoside motif selected from among: DDDDDD, DDDDDDD, DDDDDDDD, DDDDDDDDD, DDDDDDDDDD, DXDDDDDDD, DDXDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDD, DDDDXDDDD, DDDDDXDDD, DDDDDDXDD, DDDDDDDXD, DXXDDDDDD, DDDDDDXXD, DDXXDDDDD, DDDXXDDDD, DDDDXXDDD, DDDDDXXDD, DXDDDDDXD, DXDDDDXDD, DXDDDXDDD, DXDDXDDDD, DXDXDDDDD, DDXDDDDXD, DDXDDDXDD, DDXDDXDDD, DDXDXDDDD, DDDXDDDXD, DDDXDDXDD, DDDXDXDDD, DDDDXDDXD, DDDDXDXDD, and DDDDDXDXD, DDDDDDDD, DXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDD, DDDXDDDD, DDDDXDDD, DDDDDXDD, DDDDDDXD, DXDDDDXD, DXDDDXDD, DXDDXDDD, DXDXDDDD, DXXDDDDD, DDXXDDDD, DDXDXDDD, DDXDDXDD, DXDDDDXD, DDDXXDDD, DDDXDXDD, DDDXDDXD, DDDDXXDD, DDDDXDXD, and DDDDDXXD, DXDDDDD, DDXDDDD, DDDXDDD, DDDDXDD, DDDDDXD, DXDDDXD, DXDDXDD, DXDXDDD, DXXDDDD, DDXXDDD, DDXDXDD, DDXDDXD, DDDXXDD, DDDXDXD, and DDDDXXD, DXDDDD, DDXDDD, DDDXDD, DDDDXD, DXXDDD, DXDXDD, DXDDXD, DDXXDD, DDXDXD, and DDDXXD; and
        • wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, each W is a modified nucleoside of a first type, a second type, or a third type, each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside, and each X is a modified nucleoside or a modified nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 205: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204, wherein the 5′-region has a motif selected from among: AB, ABB, AAA, BBB, BBBAA, AAB, BAA, BBAA, AABB, ABBW, ABBWW, ABBB, ABBBB, ABAB, ABABAB, ABABBB, ABABAA, AAABB, AAAABB, AABB, AAAAB, AABBB, ABBBB, BBBBB, AAABW, and BBBBAA; and wherein the 3′-region has a BBA motif.
      • Embodiment 206: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204 or 205, wherein one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 207: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204 or 205, wherein one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises FHNA.
      • Embodiment 208: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204 or 205, wherein one of A or B comprises cEt, another of A or B comprises a 2′-modified sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
      • Embodiment 209: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204 or 205, wherein one of A or B comprises cEt, another of A or B comprises a 2′-modified sugar moiety, and W comprises FHNA.
      • Embodiment 210: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204 or 205, wherein each A comprises MOE, each B comprises cEt, and each W is selected from among cEt or FHNA.
      • Embodiment 211: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204 or 205, wherein each W comprises cEt.
      • Embodiment 212: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204 or 205, wherein each W comprises 2-thio-thymidine.
      • Embodiment 213: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 204 or 205, wherein each W comprises FHNA.
      • Embodiment 214: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-213 comprising at least one modified internucleoside linkage.
      • Embodiment 215: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 214, wherein each internucleoside linkage is a modified internucleoside linkage.
      • Embodiment 216: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 214 or 215 comprising at least one phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage.
      • Embodiment 217: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 214 or 215 comprising at least one methylphosphonate internucleoside linkage.
      • Embodiment 218: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 214 or 215 comprising one methylphosphonate internucleoside linkage.
      • Embodiment 219: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 214 or 215 comprising two methylphosphonate internucleoside linkages.
      • Embodiment 220: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 217, wherein at least one of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and/or 7th internucleoside from the 5′-end is a methylphosphonate internucleoside linkage.
      • Embodiment 221: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 217, wherein at least one of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and/or 7th internucleoside from the 3′-end is a methylphosphonate internucleoside linkage.
      • Embodiment 222: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 217, wherein at least one of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, and/or 12th internucleoside from the 5′-end is a methylphosphonate internucleoside linkage, and wherein at least one of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, and/or 12th internucleoside from the 5′-end is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 223: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 217, wherein at least one of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, and/or 12th internucleoside from the 3′-end is a methylphosphonate internucleoside linkage, and wherein at least one of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, and/or 12th internucleoside from the 3′-end is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 224: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-223 comprising at least one conjugate group.
      • Embodiment 225: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 1-223, wherein the conjugate group consists of a conjugate.
      • Embodiment 226: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 225, wherein the conjugate group consists of a conjugate and a conjugate linker.
      • Embodiment 227: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-226, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the modified oligonucleotide is 100% complementary to the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid.
      • Embodiment 228: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-226, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the modified oligonucleotide contains one mismatch relative to the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid.
      • Embodiment 229: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-226, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the modified oligonucleotide contains two mismatches relative to the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid.
      • Embodiment 230: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-226, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the modified oligonucleotide comprises a hybridizing region and at least one non-targeting region, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the hybridizing region is complementary to the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid.
      • Embodiment 231: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 230, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the hybridizing region is 100% complementary to the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid.
      • Embodiment 232: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 230, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the hybridizing region contains one mismatch relative to the nucleobase sequence of the target region of the target nucleic acid.
      • Embodiment 233: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 230-232, wherein the nucleobase sequence of at least one non-targeting region is complementary to a portion of the hybridizing region of the modified oligonucleotide.
      • Embodiment 234: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 233, wherein the nucleobase sequence of at least one non-targeting region is 100% complementary to a portion of the hybridizing region of the modified oligonucleotide.
      • Embodiment 235: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 1-234 wherein the nucleobase sequence of the modified oligonucleotide comprises two non-targeting regions flanking a central hybridizing region.
      • Embodiment 236: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 235, wherein the two non-targeting regions are complementary to one another.
      • Embodiment 237: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 236, wherein the two non-targeting regions are 100% complementary to one another.
      • Embodiment 238: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 2-237, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the modified oligonucleotide aligns with the nucleobase of the target region of the target nucleic acid such that a distinguishing nucleobase of the target region of the target nucleic acid aligns with a target-selective nucleoside within the central region of the modified oligonucleotide.
      • Embodiment 239: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 3-237, wherein the nucleobase sequence of the modified oligonucleotide aligns with the nucleobase of the target region of the target nucleic acid such that the single distinguishing nucleobase of the target region of the target nucleic acid aligns with a target-selective nucleoside within the central region of the modified oligonucleotide.
      • Embodiment 240: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 238 or 239, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is the 5′-most nucleoside of the central region.
      • Embodiment 241: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 238 or 239, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is the 2nd a nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region.
      • Embodiment 242: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 238 or 239, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is at the 3rd nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region.
      • Embodiment 243: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 238 or 239, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is at the 5th nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region.
      • Embodiment 244: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 238 or 239, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is at the 7th nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region.
      • Embodiment 245: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 238 or 239, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is at the 9th nucleoside from the 5′-end of the central region.
      • Embodiment 246: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 238 or 239, or 241-245, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is at the 2nd a nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region.
      • Embodiment 247: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 238 or 239, or 241-245, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is at the 5th nucleoside from the 3′-end of the central region.
      • Embodiment 248: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-247, wherein target-selective nucleoside is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
      • Embodiment 249: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-247, wherein target-selective nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 250: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 249, wherein the target-selective nucleoside is a sugar modified nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 251: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 250, wherein the target-selective nucleoside comprises a sugar modification selected from among: 2′-MOE, 2′-F, 2′-(ara)-F, HNA, FHNA, cEt, and α-L-LNA.
      • Embodiment 252: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-251, wherein the target-selective nucleoside comprises a nucleobase modification.
      • Embodiment 253: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 252, wherein the modified nucleobase is selected from among: a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine.
      • Embodiment 254: The oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-253, wherein the oligomeric compound is an antisense compound.
      • Embodiment 255: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 254, wherein the oligomeric compound selectively reduces expression of the target relative to the non-target.
      • Embodiment 256: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 255, wherein the oligomeric compound reduces expression of target at least two-fold more than it reduces expression of the non-target.
      • Embodiment 257: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 256, having an EC50 for reduction of expression of target that is at least two-fold lower than its EC50 for reduction of expression of the non-target, when measured in cells.
      • Embodiment 258: The oligomeric compound of embodiment 256, having an ED50 for reduction of expression of target that is at least two-fold lower than its ED50 for reduction of expression of the non-target, when measured in an animal.
      • Embodiment 259: The oligomeric compound of embodiments 1-10, having an E-E-E-K-K-(D)7-E-E-K motif, wherein each E is a 2′-MOE nucleoside and each K is a cEt nucleoside.
      • Embodiment 260: A method comprising contacting a cell with an oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-259.
      • Embodiment 261: The method of embodiment 260, wherein the cell is in vitro.
      • Embodiment 262: The method of embodiment 260, wherein the cell is in an animal.
      • Embodiment 263: The method of embodiment 262, wherein the animal is a human.
      • Embodiment 264: The method of embodiment 263, wherein the animal is a mouse.
      • Embodiment 265: A pharmaceutical composition comprising an oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-259 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
      • Embodiment 266: A method of administering a pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 265 to an animal.
      • Embodiment 267: The method of embodiment 266, wherein the animal is a human.
      • Embodiment 268: The method of embodiment 266, wherein the animal is a mouse.
      • Embodiment 269: Use of an oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-259 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or amelioration of Huntington's disease.
      • Embodiment 270: A method of ameliorating a symptom of Huntington's disease, comprising administering an oligomeric compound of any of embodiments 1-259 to an animal in need thereof.
      • Embodiment 271: The method of embodiment 270, wherein the animal is a human.
      • Embodiment 272: The method of embodiment 270, wherein the animal is a mouse.
  • In certain embodiments, including but not limited to any of the above numbered embodiments, oligomeric compounds including oligonucleotides described herein are capable of modulating expression of a target RNA. In certain embodiments, the target RNA is associated with a disease or disorder, or encodes a protein that is associated with a disease or disorder. In certain embodiments, the oligomeric compounds or oligonucleotides provided herein modulate the expression of function of such RNA to alleviate one or more symptom of the disease or disorder.
  • In certain embodiments, oligomeric compounds including oligonucleotides describe herein are useful in vitro. In certain embodiments such oligomeric compounds are used in diagnostics and/or for target validation experiments.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed. Herein, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. As used herein, the use of “or” means “and/or” unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, the use of the term “including” as well as other forms, such as “includes” and “included”, is not limiting. Also, terms such as “element” or “component” encompass both elements and components comprising one unit and elements and components that comprise more than one subunit, unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described. All documents, or portions of documents, cited in this application, including, but not limited to, patents, patent applications, articles, books, and treatises, are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety for any purpose.
    • A. Definitions
  • Unless specific definitions are provided, the nomenclature used in connection with, and the procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those well known and commonly used in the art. Standard techniques may be used for chemical synthesis, and chemical analysis. Certain such techniques and procedures may be found for example in “Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research” Edited by Sangvi and Cook, American Chemical Society, Washington D.C., 1994; “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences,” Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 21st edition, 2005; and “Antisense Drug Technology, Principles, Strategies, and Applications” Edited by Stanley T. Crooke, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla.; and Sambrook et al., “Molecular Cloning, A laboratory Manual,” 2nd a Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989, which are hereby incorporated by reference for any purpose. Where permitted, all patents, applications, published applications and other publications and other data referred to throughout in the disclosure are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the following terms have the following meanings: As used herein, “nucleoside” means a compound comprising a nucleobase moiety and a sugar moiety. Nucleosides include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring nucleosides (as found in DNA and RNA) and modified nucleosides. Nucleosides may be linked to a phosphate moiety.
  • As used herein, “chemical modification” means a chemical difference in a compound when compared to a naturally occurring counterpart. Chemical modifications of oligonucleotides include nucleoside modifications (including sugar moiety modifications and nucleobase modifications) and internucleoside linkage modifications. In reference to an oligonucleotide, chemical modification does not include differences only in nucleobase sequence.
  • As used herein, “furanosyl” means a structure comprising a 5-membered ring comprising four carbon atoms and one oxygen atom.
  • As used herein, “naturally occurring sugar moiety” means a ribofuranosyl as found in naturally occurring RNA or a deoxyribofuranosyl as found in naturally occurring DNA.
  • As used herein, “sugar moiety” means a naturally occurring sugar moiety or a modified sugar moiety of a nucleoside.
  • As used herein, “modified sugar moiety” means a substituted sugar moiety or a sugar surrogate.
  • As used herein, “substituted sugar moiety” means a furanosyl that is not a naturally occurring sugar moiety. Substituted sugar moieties include, but are not limited to furanosyls comprising substituents at the 2′-position, the 3′-position, the 5′-position and/or the 4′-position. Certain substituted sugar moieties are bicyclic sugar moieties.
  • As used herein, “2′-substituted sugar moiety” means a furanosyl comprising a substituent at the 2′-position other than H or OH. Unless otherwise indicated, a 2′-substituted sugar moiety is not a bicyclic sugar moiety (i.e., the 2′-substituent of a 2′-substituted sugar moiety does not form a bridge to another atom of the furanosyl ring.
  • As used herein, “MOE” means —OCH2CH2OCH3.
  • As used herein, “2′-F nucleoside” refers to a nucleoside comprising a sugar comprising fluorine at the 2′ position. Unless otherwise indicated, the fluorine in a 2′-F nucleoside is in the ribo position (replacing the OH of a natural ribose).
  • As used herein, “2′-(ara)-F” refers to a 2′-F substituted nucleoside, wherein the fluoro group is in the arabino position.
  • Figure US20230113863A1-20230413-C00001
  • As used herein the term “sugar surrogate” means a structure that does not comprise a furanosyl and that is capable of replacing the naturally occurring sugar moiety of a nucleoside, such that the resulting nucleoside sub-units are capable of linking together and/or linking to other nucleosides to form an oligomeric compound which is capable of hybridizing to a complementary oligomeric compound. Such structures include rings comprising a different number of atoms than furanosyl (e.g., 4, 6, or 7-membered rings); replacement of the oxygen of a furanosyl with a non-oxygen atom (e.g., carbon, sulfur, or nitrogen); or both a change in the number of atoms and a replacement of the oxygen. Such structures may also comprise substitutions corresponding to those described for substituted sugar moieties (e.g., 6-membered carbocyclic bicyclic sugar surrogates optionally comprising additional substituents). Sugar surrogates also include more complex sugar replacements (e.g., the non-ring systems of peptide nucleic acid). Sugar surrogates include without limitation morpholinos, cyclohexenyls and cyclohexitols.
  • As used herein, “bicyclic sugar moiety” means a modified sugar moiety comprising a 4 to 7 membered ring (including but not limited to a furanosyl) comprising a bridge connecting two atoms of the 4 to 7 membered ring to form a second ring, resulting in a bicyclic structure. In certain embodiments, the 4 to 7 membered ring is a sugar ring. In certain embodiments the 4 to 7 membered ring is a furanosyl. In certain such embodiments, the bridge connects the 2′-carbon and the 4′-carbon of the furanosyl.
  • As used herein, “nucleotide” means a nucleoside further comprising a phosphate linking group. As used herein, “linked nucleosides” may or may not be linked by phosphate linkages and thus includes, but is not limited to “linked nucleotides.” As used herein, “linked nucleosides” are nucleosides that are connected in a continuous sequence (i.e. no additional nucleosides are present between those that are linked).
  • As used herein, “nucleobase” means a group of atoms that can be linked to a sugar moiety to create a nucleoside that is capable of incorporation into an oligonucleotide, and wherein the group of atoms is capable of bonding with a complementary naturally occurring nucleobase of another oligonucleotide or nucleic acid. Nucleobases may be naturally occurring or may be modified.
  • As used herein the terms, “unmodified nucleobase” or “naturally occurring nucleobase” means the naturally occurring heterocyclic nucleobases of RNA or DNA: the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T), cytosine (C) (including 5-methyl C), and uracil (U).
  • As used herein, “modified nucleobase” means any nucleobase that is not a naturally occurring nucleobase.
  • As used herein, “modified nucleoside” means a nucleoside comprising at least one chemical modification compared to naturally occurring RNA or DNA nucleosides. Modified nucleosides comprise a modified sugar moiety and/or a modified nucleobase.
  • As used herein, “bicyclic nucleoside” or “BNA” means a nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • As used herein, “constrained ethyl nucleoside” or “cEt” means a nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety comprising a 4′-CH(CH3)—O-2′bridge.
  • As used herein, “locked nucleic acid nucleoside” or “LNA” means a nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety comprising a 4′-CH2—O-2′bridge.
  • As used herein, “2′-substituted nucleoside” means a nucleoside comprising a substituent at the 2′-position other than H or OH. Unless otherwise indicated, a 2′-substituted nucleoside is not a bicyclic nucleoside.
  • As used herein, “2′-deoxynucleoside” means a nucleoside comprising 2′-H furanosyl sugar moiety, as found in naturally occurring deoxyribonucleosides (DNA). In certain embodiments, a 2′-deoxynucleoside may comprise a modified nucleobase or may comprise an RNA nucleobase (e.g., uracil).
  • As used herein, “RNA-like nucleoside” means a modified nucleoside that adopts a northern configuration and functions like RNA when incorporated into an oligonucleotide. RNA-like nucleosides include, but are not limited to 3′-endo furanosyl nucleosides and RNA surrogates.
  • As used herein, “3′-endo-furanosyl nucleoside” means an RNA-like nucleoside that comprises a substituted sugar moiety that has a 3′-endo conformation. 3′-endo-furanosyl nucleosides include, but are not limited to: 2′-MOE, 2′-F, 2′-OMe, LNA, ENA, and cEt nucleosides.
  • As used herein, “RNA-surrogate nucleoside” means an RNA-like nucleoside that does not comprise a furanosyl. RNA-surrogate nucleosides include, but are not limited to hexitols and cyclopentanes.
  • As used herein, “oligonucleotide” means a compound comprising a plurality of linked nucleosides.
  • In certain embodiments, an oligonucleotide comprises one or more unmodified ribonucleosides (RNA) and/or unmodified deoxyribonucleosides (DNA) and/or one or more modified nucleosides.
  • As used herein “oligonucleoside” means an oligonucleotide in which none of the internucleoside linkages contains a phosphorus atom. As used herein, oligonucleotides include oligonucleosides.
  • As used herein, “modified oligonucleotide” means an oligonucleotide comprising at least one modified nucleoside and/or at least one modified internucleoside linkage.
  • As used herein “internucleoside linkage” means a covalent linkage between adjacent nucleosides in an oligonucleotide.
  • As used herein “naturally occurring internucleoside linkage” means a 3′ to 5′ phosphodiester linkage.
  • As used herein, “modified internucleoside linkage” means any internucleoside linkage other than a naturally occurring internucleoside linkage.
  • As used herein, “oligomeric compound” means a polymeric structure comprising two or more sub-structures. In certain embodiments, an oligomeric compound comprises an oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, an oligomeric compound comprises one or more conjugate groups and/or terminal groups. In certain embodiments, an oligomeric compound consists of an oligonucleotide.
  • As used herein, “terminal group” means one or more atom attached to either, or both, the 3′ end or the 5′ end of an oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments a terminal group is a conjugate group. In certain embodiments, a terminal group comprises one or more terminal group nucleosides.
  • As used herein, “conjugate” means an atom or group of atoms bound to an oligonucleotide or oligomeric compound. In general, conjugate groups modify one or more properties of the compound to which they are attached, including, but not limited to pharmacodynamic, pharmacokinetic, binding, absorption, cellular distribution, cellular uptake, charge and/or clearance properties.
  • As used herein, “conjugate linking group” means any atom or group of atoms used to attach a conjugate to an oligonucleotide or oligomeric compound.
  • As used herein, “antisense compound” means a compound comprising or consisting of an oligonucleotide at least a portion of which is complementary to a target nucleic acid to which it is capable of hybridizing, resulting in at least one antisense activity.
  • As used herein, “antisense activity” means any detectable and/or measurable change attributable to the hybridization of an antisense compound to its target nucleic acid.
  • As used herein, “detecting” or “measuring” means that a test or assay for detecting or measuring is performed. Such detection and/or measuring may result in a value of zero. Thus, if a test for detection or measuring results in a finding of no activity (activity of zero), the step of detecting or measuring the activity has nevertheless been performed.
  • As used herein, “detectable and/or measureable activity” means a measurable activity that is not zero.
  • As used herein, “essentially unchanged” means little or no change in a particular parameter, particularly relative to another parameter which changes much more. In certain embodiments, a parameter is essentially unchanged when it changes less than 5%. In certain embodiments, a parameter is essentially unchanged if it changes less than two-fold while another parameter changes at least ten-fold. For example, in certain embodiments, an antisense activity is a change in the amount of a target nucleic acid. In certain such embodiments, the amount of a non-target nucleic acid is essentially unchanged if it changes much less than the target nucleic acid does, but the change need not be zero.
  • As used herein, “expression” means the process by which a gene ultimately results in a protein. Expression includes, but is not limited to, transcription, post-transcriptional modification (e.g., splicing, polyadenlyation, addition of 5′-cap), and translation.
  • As used herein, “target nucleic acid” means a nucleic acid molecule to which an antisense compound is intended to hybridize.
  • As used herein, “non-target nucleic acid” means a nucleic acid molecule to which hybridization of an antisense compound is not intended or desired. In certain embodiments, antisense compounds do hybridize to a non-target, due to homology between the target (intended) and non-target (un-intended).
  • As used herein, “mRNA” means an RNA molecule that encodes a protein.
  • As used herein, “pre-mRNA” means an RNA transcript that has not been fully processed into mRNA. Pre-RNA includes one or more intron.
  • As used herein, “object RNA” means an RNA molecule other than a target RNA, the amount, activity, splicing, and/or function of which is modulated, either directly or indirectly, by a target nucleic acid.
  • In certain embodiments, a target nucleic acid modulates splicing of an object RNA. In certain such embodiments, an antisense compound modulates the amount or activity of the target nucleic acid, resulting in a change in the splicing of an object RNA and ultimately resulting in a change in the activity or function of the object RNA.
  • As used herein, “microRNA” means a naturally occurring, small, non-coding RNA that represses gene expression of at least one mRNA. In certain embodiments, a microRNA represses gene expression by binding to a target site within a 3′ untranslated region of an mRNA. In certain embodiments, a microRNA has a nucleobase sequence as set forth in miRBase, a database of published microRNA sequences found at http://microma.sanger.ac.uk/sequences/. In certain embodiments, a microRNA has a nucleobase sequence as set forth in miRBase version 12.0 released September 2008, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • As used herein, “microRNA mimic” means an oligomeric compound having a sequence that is at least partially identical to that of a microRNA. In certain embodiments, a microRNA mimic comprises the microRNA seed region of a microRNA. In certain embodiments, a microRNA mimic modulates translation of more than one target nucleic acids. In certain embodiments, a microRNA mimic is double-stranded.
  • As used herein, “differentiating nucleobase” means a nucleobase that differs between two nucleic acids. In certain instances, a target region of a target nucleic acid differs by 1-4 nucleobases from a non-target nucleic acid. Each of those differences is referred to as a differentiating nucleobase. In certain instances, a differentiating nucleobase is a single-nucleotide polymorphism.
  • As used herein, “target-selective nucleoside” means a nucleoside of an antisense compound that corresponds to a differentiating nucleobase of a target nucleic acid.
  • As used herein, “allele” means one of a pair of copies of a gene existing at a particular locus or marker on a specific chromosome, or one member of a pair of nucleobases existing at a particular locus or marker on a specific chromosome, or one member of a pair of nucleobase sequences existing at a particular locus or marker on a specific chromosome. For a diploid organism or cell or for autosomal chromosomes, each allelic pair will normally occupy corresponding positions (loci) on a pair of homologous chromosomes, one inherited from the mother and one inherited from the father. If these alleles are identical, the organism or cell is said to be “homozygous” for that allele; if they differ, the organism or cell is said to be “heterozygous” for that allele. “Wild-type allele” refers to the genotype typically not associated with disease or dysfunction of the gene product. “Mutant allele” refers to the genotype associated with disease or dysfunction of the gene product.
  • As used herein, “allelic variant” means a particular identity of an allele, where more than one identity occurs. For example, an allelic variant may refer to either the mutant allele or the wild-type allele.
  • As used herein, “single nucleotide polymorphism” or “SNP” means a single nucleotide variation between the genomes of individuals of the same species. In some cases, a SNP may be a single nucleotide deletion or insertion. In general, SNPs occur relatively frequently in genomes and thus contribute to genetic diversity. The location of a SNP is generally flanked by highly conserved sequences. An individual may be homozygous or heterozygous for an allele at each SNP site.
  • As used herein, “single nucleotide polymorphism site” or “SNP site” refers to the nucleotides surrounding a SNP contained in a target nucleic acid to which an antisense compound is targeted.
  • As used herein, “targeting” or “targeted to” means the association of an antisense compound to a particular target nucleic acid molecule or a particular region of a target nucleic acid molecule. An antisense compound targets a target nucleic acid if it is sufficiently complementary to the target nucleic acid to allow hybridization under physiological conditions.
  • As used herein, “nucleobase complementarity” or “complementarity” when in reference to nucleobases means a nucleobase that is capable of base pairing with another nucleobase. For example, in DNA, adenine (A) is complementary to thymine (T). For example, in RNA, adenine (A) is complementary to uracil (U). In certain embodiments, complementary nucleobase means a nucleobase of an antisense compound that is capable of base pairing with a nucleobase of its target nucleic acid. For example, if a nucleobase at a certain position of an antisense compound is capable of hydrogen bonding with a nucleobase at a certain position of a target nucleic acid, then the position of hydrogen bonding between the oligonucleotide and the target nucleic acid is considered to be complementary at that nucleobase pair. Nucleobases comprising certain modifications may maintain the ability to pair with a counterpart nucleobase and thus, are still capable of nucleobase complementarity.
  • As used herein, “non-complementary” in reference to nucleobases means a pair of nucleobases that do not form hydrogen bonds with one another.
  • As used herein, “complementary” in reference to oligomeric compounds (e.g., linked nucleosides, oligonucleotides, or nucleic acids) means the capacity of such oligomeric compounds or regions thereof to hybridize to another oligomeric compound or region thereof through nucleobase complementarity under stringent conditions. Complementary oligomeric compounds need not have nucleobase complementarity at each nucleoside. Rather, some mismatches are tolerated. In certain embodiments, complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are complementary at 70% of the nucleobases (70% complementary). In certain embodiments, complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are 80% complementary. In certain embodiments, complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are 90% complementary. In certain embodiments, complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are 95% complementary. In certain embodiments, complementary oligomeric compounds or regions are 100% complementary.
  • As used herein, “mismatch” means a nucleobase of a first oligomeric compound that is not capable of pairing with a nucleobase at a corresponding position of a second oligomeric compound, when the first and second oligomeric compound are aligned. Either or both of the first and second oligomeric compounds may be oligonucleotides.
  • As used herein, “hybridization” means the pairing of complementary oligomeric compounds (e.g., an antisense compound and its target nucleic acid). While not limited to a particular mechanism, the most common mechanism of pairing involves hydrogen bonding, which may be Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary nucleobases.
  • As used herein, “specifically hybridizes” means the ability of an oligomeric compound to hybridize to one nucleic acid site with greater affinity than it hybridizes to another nucleic acid site. In certain embodiments, an antisense oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to more than one target site.
  • As used herein, “fully complementary” in reference to an oligonucleotide or portion thereof means that each nucleobase of the oligonucleotide or portion thereof is capable of pairing with a nucleobase of a complementary nucleic acid or contiguous portion thereof. Thus, a fully complementary region comprises no mismatches or unhybridized nucleobases in either strand.
  • As used herein, “percent complementarity” means the percentage of nucleobases of an oligomeric compound that are complementary to an equal-length portion of a target nucleic acid. Percent complementarity is calculated by dividing the number of nucleobases of the oligomeric compound that are complementary to nucleobases at corresponding positions in the target nucleic acid by the total length of the oligomeric compound.
  • As used herein, “percent identity” means the number of nucleobases in a first nucleic acid that are the same type (independent of chemical modification) as nucleobases at corresponding positions in a second nucleic acid, divided by the total number of nucleobases in the first nucleic acid.
  • As used herein, “modulation” means a change of amount or quality of a molecule, function, or activity when compared to the amount or quality of a molecule, function, or activity prior to modulation. For example, modulation includes the change, either an increase (stimulation or induction) or a decrease (inhibition or reduction) in gene expression. As a further example, modulation of expression can include a change in splice site selection of pre-mRNA processing, resulting in a change in the absolute or relative amount of a particular splice-variant compared to the amount in the absence of modulation.
  • As used herein, “modification motif” means a pattern of chemical modifications in an oligomeric compound or a region thereof. Motifs may be defined by modifications at certain nucleosides and/or at certain linking groups of an oligomeric compound.
  • As used herein, “nucleoside motif” means a pattern of nucleoside modifications in an oligomeric compound or a region thereof. The linkages of such an oligomeric compound may be modified or unmodified. Unless otherwise indicated, motifs herein describing only nucleosides are intended to be nucleoside motifs. Thus, in such instances, the linkages are not limited.
  • As used herein, “sugar motif” means a pattern of sugar modifications in an oligomeric compound or a region thereof.
  • As used herein, “linkage motif” means a pattern of linkage modifications in an oligomeric compound or region thereof. The nucleosides of such an oligomeric compound may be modified or unmodified. Unless otherwise indicated, motifs herein describing only linkages are intended to be linkage motifs. Thus, in such instances, the nucleosides are not limited.
  • As used herein, “nucleobase modification motif” means a pattern of modifications to nucleobases along an oligonucleotide. Unless otherwise indicated, a nucleobase modification motif is independent of the nucleobase sequence.
  • As used herein, “sequence motif” means a pattern of nucleobases arranged along an oligonucleotide or portion thereof. Unless otherwise indicated, a sequence motif is independent of chemical modifications and thus may have any combination of chemical modifications, including no chemical modifications.
  • As used herein, “type of modification” in reference to a nucleoside or a nucleoside of a “type” means the chemical modification of a nucleoside and includes modified and unmodified nucleosides. Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, a “nucleoside having a modification of a first type” may be an unmodified nucleoside.
  • As used herein, “differently modified” mean chemical modifications or chemical substituents that are different from one another, including absence of modifications. Thus, for example, a MOE nucleoside and an unmodified DNA nucleoside are “differently modified,” even though the DNA nucleoside is unmodified. Likewise, DNA and RNA are “differently modified,” even though both are naturally-occurring unmodified nucleosides. Nucleosides that are the same but for comprising different nucleobases are not differently modified. For example, a nucleoside comprising a 2′-OMe modified sugar and an unmodified adenine nucleobase and a nucleoside comprising a 2′-OMe modified sugar and an unmodified thymine nucleobase are not differently modified.
  • As used herein, “the same type of modifications” refers to modifications that are the same as one another, including absence of modifications. Thus, for example, two unmodified DNA nucleoside have “the same type of modification,” even though the DNA nucleoside is unmodified. Such nucleosides having the same type modification may comprise different nucleobases.
  • As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent” means any substance suitable for use in administering to an animal. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent is sterile saline. In certain embodiments, such sterile saline is pharmaceutical grade saline.
  • As used herein, “substituent” and “substituent group,” means an atom or group that replaces the atom or group of a named parent compound. For example a substituent of a modified nucleoside is any atom or group that differs from the atom or group found in a naturally occurring nucleoside (e.g., a modified 2′-substituent is any atom or group at the 2′-position of a nucleoside other than H or OH). Substituent groups can be protected or unprotected. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have substituents at one or at more than one position of the parent compound. Substituents may also be further substituted with other substituent groups and may be attached directly or via a linking group such as an alkyl or hydrocarbyl group to a parent compound.
  • Likewise, as used herein, “substituent” in reference to a chemical functional group means an atom or group of atoms differs from the atom or a group of atoms normally present in the named functional group. In certain embodiments, a substituent replaces a hydrogen atom of the functional group (e.g., in certain embodiments, the substituent of a substituted methyl group is an atom or group other than hydrogen which replaces one of the hydrogen atoms of an unsubstituted methyl group). Unless otherwise indicated, groups amenable for use as substituents include without limitation, halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, acyl (—C(O)Raa), carboxyl (—C(O)O—Raa), aliphatic groups, alicyclic groups, alkoxy, substituted oxy (—O—Raa), aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclic radical, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino (—N(Rbb)(Rcc)), imino(=NRbb), amido (—C(O)N(Rbb)(Rcc) or —N(Rb)C(O)Raa), azido (—N3), nitro (—NO2), cyano (—CN), carbamido (—OC(O)N(Rbb)(Rcc) or —N(Rbb)C(O)ORaa), ureido (—N(Rbb)C(O)N(Rbb)(Rcc)), thioureido (—N(Rbb)C(S)N(Rbb)—(Rcc)), guanidinyl (—N(Rbb)C(═NRbb)N(Rbb)(Rcc)), amidinyl (—C(═NRbb)N(Rbb)(Rcc) or —N(Rbb)C(═NRbb)(Raa)), thiol (—SRbb), sulfinyl (—S(O)Rbb), sulfonyl (—S(O)2Rbb) and sulfonimidoyl (—S(O)2N(Rbb)(Rcc) or —N(Rbb)S—(O)2Rbb). Wherein each Raa, Rbb and Rcc is, independently, H, an optionally linked chemical functional group or a further substituent group with a preferred list including without limitation, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aliphatic, alkoxy, acyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic and heteroarylalkyl. Selected substituents within the compounds described herein are present to a recursive degree.
  • As used herein, “alkyl,” as used herein, means a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, n-hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl and the like. Alkyl groups typically include from 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms (C1-C12 alkyl) with from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred.
  • As used herein, “alkenyl,” means a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Examples of alkenyl groups include without limitation, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, 1-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, dienes such as 1,3-butadiene and the like. Alkenyl groups typically include from 2 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred. Alkenyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substituent groups.
  • As used herein, “alkynyl,” means a straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples of alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, and the like. Alkynyl groups typically include from 2 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred. Alkynyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substituent groups.
  • As used herein, “acyl,” means a radical formed by removal of a hydroxyl group from an organic acid and has the general Formula —C(O)—X where X is typically aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic. Examples include aliphatic carbonyls, aromatic carbonyls, aliphatic sulfonyls, aromatic sulfinyls, aliphatic sulfinyls, aromatic phosphates, aliphatic phosphates and the like. Acyl groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • As used herein, “alicyclic” means a cyclic ring system wherein the ring is aliphatic. The ring system can comprise one or more rings wherein at least one ring is aliphatic. Preferred alicyclics include rings having from about 5 to about 9 carbon atoms in the ring. Alicyclic as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • As used herein, “aliphatic” means a straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms wherein the saturation between any two carbon atoms is a single, double or triple bond. An aliphatic group preferably contains from 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred. The straight or branched chain of an aliphatic group may be interrupted with one or more heteroatoms that include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus. Such aliphatic groups interrupted by heteroatoms include without limitation, polyalkoxys, such as polyalkylene glycols, polyamines, and polyimines. Aliphatic groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • As used herein, “alkoxy” means a radical formed between an alkyl group and an oxygen atom wherein the oxygen atom is used to attach the alkoxy group to a parent molecule. Examples of alkoxy groups include without limitation, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy and the like. Alkoxy groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • As used herein, “aminoalkyl” means an amino substituted C1-C12 alkyl radical. The alkyl portion of the radical forms a covalent bond with a parent molecule. The amino group can be located at any position and the aminoalkyl group can be substituted with a further substituent group at the alkyl and/or amino portions.
  • As used herein, “aralkyl” and “arylalkyl” mean an aromatic group that is covalently linked to a C1-C12 alkyl radical. The alkyl radical portion of the resulting aralkyl (or arylalkyl) group forms a covalent bond with a parent molecule. Examples include without limitation, benzyl, phenethyl and the like. Aralkyl groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups attached to the alkyl, the aryl or both groups that form the radical group.
  • As used herein, “aryl” and “aromatic” mean a mono- or polycyclic carbocyclic ring system radicals having one or more aromatic rings. Examples of aryl groups include without limitation, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, idenyl and the like. Preferred aryl ring systems have from about 5 to about 20 carbon atoms in one or more rings. Aryl groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • As used herein, “halo” and “halogen,” mean an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • As used herein, “heteroaryl,” and “heteroaromatic,” mean a radical comprising a mono- or poly-cyclic aromatic ring, ring system or fused ring system wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic and includes one or more heteroatoms. Heteroaryl is also meant to include fused ring systems including systems where one or more of the fused rings contain no heteroatoms. Heteroaryl groups typically include one ring atom selected from sulfur, nitrogen or oxygen. Examples of heteroaryl groups include without limitation, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl and the like. Heteroaryl radicals can be attached to a parent molecule directly or through a linking moiety such as an aliphatic group or hetero atom. Heteroaryl groups as used herein may optionally include further substituent groups.
  • As used herein, “huntingtin transcript” means a transcript transcribed from a huntingtin gene.
    • B. Oligomeric Compounds
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides oligomeric compounds. In certain embodiments, such oligomeric compounds comprise oligonucleotides optionally comprising one or more conjugate and/or terminal groups. In certain embodiments, an oligomeric compound consists of an oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise one or more chemical modifications. Such chemical modifications include modifications of one or more nucleoside (including modifications to the sugar moiety and/or the nucleobase) and/or modifications to one or more internucleoside linkage.
  • a. Certain Modified Nucleosides
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein are oligomeric compounds comprising or consisting of oligonucleotides comprising at least one modified nucleoside. Such modified nucleosides comprise a modified sugar moeity, a modified nucleobase, or both a modified sugar moiety and a modified nucleobase.
  • i. Certain Modified Sugar Moieties
  • In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention comprise one or more modified nucleosides comprising a modified sugar moiety. Such compounds comprising one or more sugar-modified nucleosides may have desirable properties, such as enhanced nuclease stability or increased binding affinity with a target nucleic acid relative to an oligonucleotide comprising only nucleosides comprising naturally occurring sugar moieties. In certain embodiments, modified sugar moieties are substituted sugar moieties. In certain embodiments, modified sugar moieties are sugar surrogates. Such sugar surrogates may comprise one or more substitutions corresponding to those of substituted sugar moieties.
  • In certain embodiments, modified sugar moieties are substituted sugar moieties comprising one or more non-bridging sugar substituent, including but not limited to substituents at the 2′ and/or 5′ positions. Examples of sugar substituents suitable for the 2′-position, include, but are not limited to: 2′-F, 2′-OCH3 (“OMe” or “O-methyl”), and 2′-O(CH2)2OCH3 (“MOE”). In certain embodiments, sugar substituents at the 2′ position is selected from allyl, amino, azido, thio, O-allyl, O—C1-C10 alkyl, O—C1-C10 substituted alkyl; OCF3, O(CH2)2SCH3, O(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn), and O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl. Examples of sugar substituents at the 5′-position, include, but are not limited to: 5′-methyl (R or S); 5′-vinyl, and 5′-methoxy. In certain embodiments, substituted sugars comprise more than one non-bridging sugar substituent, for example, 2′-F-5′-methyl sugar moieties (see, e.g., PCT International Application WO 2008/101157, for additional 5′,2′-bis substituted sugar moieties and nucleosides).
  • Nucleosides comprising 2′-substituted sugar moieties are referred to as 2′-substituted nucleosides. In certain embodiments, a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituent group selected from halo, allyl, amino, azido, SH, CN, OCN, CF3, OCF3, O, S, or N(Rm)-alkyl; O, S, or N(Rm)-alkenyl; O, S or N(Rm)-alkynyl; O-alkylenyl-O-alkyl, alkynyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl, O-aralkyl, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn) or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl. These 2′-substituent groups can be further substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro (NO2), thiol, thioalkoxy (S-alkyl), halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
  • In certain embodiments, a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituent group selected from F, NH2, N3, OCF3, O—CH3, O(CH2)3NH2, CH2—CH═CH2, O—CH2—CH═CH2, OCH2CH2OCH3, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn), O(CH2)2O(CH2)2N(CH3)2, and N-substituted acetamide (O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn) where each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, an amino protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl.
  • In certain embodiments, a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent group selected from F, OCF3, O—CH3, OCH2CH2OCH3, O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(CH3)2, —O(CH2)2O(CH2)2N(CH3)2, and O—CH2—C(═O)—N(H)CH3.
  • In certain embodiments, a 2′-substituted nucleoside comprises a sugar moiety comprising a 2′-substituent group selected from F, O—CH3, and OCH2CH2OCH3.
  • Certain modified sugar moieties comprise a bridging sugar substituent that forms a second ring resulting in a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain such embodiments, the bicyclic sugar moiety comprises a bridge between the 4′ and the 2′ furanose ring atoms. Examples of such 4′ to 2′ sugar substituents, include, but are not limited to: —[C(Ra)(Rb)]n—, —[C(Ra)(Rb)]n—O—, —C(RaRb)—N(R)—O— or, —C(RaRb)—O—N(R)—; 4′- CH2-2′, 4′-(CH2)2-2′, 4′-(CH2)3-2′, 4′-(CH2)—O-2′ (LNA); 4′-(CH2)—S-2′; 4′-(CH2)2—O-2′ (ENA); 4′-CH(CH3)—O-2′ (cEt) and 4′-CH(CH2OCH3)—O-2′, and analogs thereof (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,399,845, issued on Jul. 15, 2008); 4′-C(CH3)(CH3)—O-2′ and analogs thereof, (see, e.g., WO2009/006478, published Jan. 8, 2009); 4′-CH2—N(OCH3)-2′ and analogs thereof (see, e.g., WO2008/150729, published Dec. 11, 2008); 4′-CH2—O—N(CH3)-2′ (see, e.g., US2004/0171570, published Sep. 2, 2004); 4′-CH2—O—N(R)-2′, and 4′-CH2—N(R)—O-2′-, wherein each R is, independently, H, a protecting group, or C1-C12 alkyl; 4′-CH2—N(R)—O-2′, wherein R is H, C1-C12 alkyl, or a protecting group (see, U.S. Pat. No. 7,427,672, issued on Sep. 23, 2008); 4′-CH2—C(H)(CH3)-2′ (see, e.g., Chattopadhyaya, et al., J. Org. Chem., 2009, 74, 118-134); and 4′-CH2—C(═CH2)-2′ and analogs thereof (see, published PCT International Application WO 2008/154401, published on Dec. 8, 2008).
  • In certain embodiments, such 4′ to 2′ bridges independently comprise from 1 to 4 linked groups independently selected from —[C(Ra)(Rb)]n, —C(Ra)═C(Rb)—, —C(Ra)═N—, —C(═NRa)—, —C(═O)—, —C(═S)—, —O—, —Si(Ra)2—, —S(═O)x—, and —N(Ra)—;
  • wherein:
  • x is 0, 1, or 2;
  • n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • each Ra and Rb is, independently, H, a protecting group, hydroxyl, C1-C12 alkyl, substituted C1-C12 alkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, C5-C20 aryl, substituted C5-C20 aryl, heterocycle radical, substituted heterocycle radical, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, C5-C7 alicyclic radical, substituted C5-C7 alicyclic radical, halogen, OJ1, NJ1J2, SJ1, N3, COOJ1, acyl (C(═O)—H), substituted acyl, CN, sulfonyl (S(═O)2-J1), or sulfoxyl (S(═O)-J1); and each J1 and J2 is, independently, H, C1-C12 alkyl, substituted C1-C12 alkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, C5-C20 aryl, substituted C5-C20 aryl, acyl (C(═O)—H), substituted acyl, a heterocycle radical, a substituted heterocycle radical, C1-C12 aminoalkyl, substituted C1-C12 aminoalkyl, or a protecting group.
  • Nucleosides comprising bicyclic sugar moieties are referred to as bicyclic nucleosides or BNAs. Bicyclic nucleosides include, but are not limited to, (A) α-L-Methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) BNA, (B) β-D-Methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) BNA (also referred to as locked nucleic acid or LNA), (C) Ethyleneoxy (4′-(CH2)2—O-2′) BNA, (D) Aminooxy (4′-CH2—O—N(R)-2′) BNA, (E) Oxyamino (4′-CH2—N(R)—O-2′) BNA, (F) Methyl(methyleneoxy) (4′-CH(CH3)—O-2′) BNA (also referred to as constrained ethyl or cEt), (G) methylene-thio (4′-CH2—S-2′) BNA, (H) methylene-amino (4′-CH2—N(R)-2′) BNA, (I) methyl carbocyclic (4′-CH2—CH(CH3)-2′) BNA, (J) propylene carbocyclic (4′-(CH2)3-2′) BNA, and (K) Ethylene(methoxy) (4′-(CH(CH2OMe)-O-2′) BNA (also referred to as constrained MOE or cMOE) as depicted below.
  • Figure US20230113863A1-20230413-C00002
    Figure US20230113863A1-20230413-C00003
  • wherein Bx is a nucleobase moiety and R is, independently, H, a protecting group, or C1-C12 alkyl.
  • Additional bicyclic sugar moieties are known in the art, for example: Singh et al., Chem. Commun., 1998, 4, 455-456; Koshkin et al., Tetrahedron, 1998, 54, 3607-3630; Wahlestedt et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A, 2000, 97, 5633-5638; Kumar et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 1998, 8, 2219-2222; Singh et al., J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 10035-10039; Srivastava et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 129(26) 8362-8379 (Jul. 4, 2007); Elayadi et al., Curr. Opinion Invens. Drugs, 2001, 2, 558-561; Braasch et al., Chem. Biol., 2001, 8, 1-7; Orum et al., Curr. Opinion Mol. Ther., 2001, 3, 239-243; U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,053,207, 6,268,490, 6,770,748, 6,794,499, 7,034,133, 6,525,191, 6,670,461, and 7,399,845; WO 2004/106356, WO 1994/14226, WO 2005/021570, and WO 2007/134181; U.S. Patent Publication Nos. US2004/0171570, US2007/0287831, and US2008/0039618; U.S. patent Ser. Nos. 12/129,154, 60/989,574, 61/026,995, 61/026,998, 61/056,564, 61/086,231, 61/097,787, and 61/099,844; and PCT International Applications Nos. PCT/US2008/064591, PCT/US2008/066154, and PCT/US2008/068922.
  • In certain embodiments, bicyclic sugar moieties and nucleosides incorporating such bicyclic sugar moieties are further defined by isomeric configuration. For example, a nucleoside comprising a 4′-2′ methylene-oxy bridge, may be in the α-L configuration or in the β-D configuration. Previously, α-L-methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) bicyclic nucleosides have been incorporated into antisense oligonucleotides that showed antisense activity (Frieden et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 2003, 21, 6365-6372).
  • In certain embodiments, substituted sugar moieties comprise one or more non-bridging sugar substituent and one or more bridging sugar substituent (e.g., 5′-substituted and 4′-2′ bridged sugars). (see, PCT International Application WO 2007/134181, published on Nov. 22, 2007, wherein LNA is substituted with, for example, a 5′-methyl or a 5′-vinyl group).
  • In certain embodiments, modified sugar moieties are sugar surrogates. In certain such embodiments, the oxygen atom of the naturally occurring sugar is substituted, e.g., with a sulfur, carbon or nitrogen atom. In certain such embodiments, such modified sugar moiety also comprises bridging and/or non-bridging substituents as described above. For example, certain sugar surrogates comprise a 4′-sulfur atom and a substitution at the 2′-position (see, e.g., published U.S. Patent Application US2005/0130923, published on Jun. 16, 2005) and/or the 5′ position. By way of additional example, carbocyclic bicyclic nucleosides having a 4′-2′ bridge have been described (see, e.g., Freier et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 1997, 25(22), 4429-4443 and Albaek et al., J. Org. Chem., 2006, 71, 7731-7740).
  • In certain embodiments, sugar surrogates comprise rings having other than 5-atoms. For example, in certain embodiments, a sugar surrogate comprises a six-membered tetrahydropyran. Such tetrahydropyrans may be further modified or substituted. Nucleosides comprising such modified tetrahydropyrans include, but are not limited to, hexitol nucleic acid (HNA), anitol nucleic acid (ANA), manitol nucleic acid (MNA) (see Leumann, C J. Bioorg. & Med. Chem. (2002) 10:841-854), fluoro HNA (F-HNA), and those compounds having Formula VII:
  • Figure US20230113863A1-20230413-C00004
  • wherein independently for each of said at least one tetrahydropyran nucleoside analog of Formula VII:
  • Bx is a nucleobase moiety;
  • T3 and T4 are each, independently, an internucleoside linking group linking the tetrahydropyran nucleoside analog to the antisense compound or one of T3 and T4 is an internucleoside linking group linking the tetrahydropyran nucleoside analog to the antisense compound and the other of T3 and T4 is H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a linked conjugate group, or a 5′ or 3′-terminal group;
  • q1, q2, q3, q4, q5, q6 and q7 are each, independently, H, C1-C6 alkyl, substituted C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; and each of R1 and R2 is independently selected from among: hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, NJ1J2, SJ1, N3, OC(═X)J1, OC(═X)NJ1J2, NJ3C(═X)NJ1J2, and CN, wherein X is O, S or NJ1, and each J1, J2, and J3 is, independently, H or C1-C6 alkyl.
  • In certain embodiments, the modified THP nucleosides of Formula VII are provided wherein q1, q2, q3, q4, q5, q6 and q7 are each H. In certain embodiments, at least one of q1, q2, q3, q4, q5, q6 and q7 is other than H. In certain embodiments, at least one of q1, q2, q3, q4, q5, q6 and q7 is methyl. In certain embodiments, THP nucleosides of Formula VII are provided wherein one of R1 and R2 is F. In certain embodiments, R1 is fluoro and R2 is H, R1 is methoxy and R2 is H, and R1 is methoxyethoxy and R2 is H.
  • Many other bicyclo and tricyclo sugar surrogate ring systems are also known in the art that can be used to modify nucleosides for incorporation into antisense compounds (see, e.g., review article: Leumann, J. C, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry, 2002, 10, 841-854).
  • Combinations of modifications are also provided without limitation, such as 2′-F-5′-methyl substituted nucleosides (see PCT International Application WO 2008/101157 Published on Aug. 21, 2008 for other disclosed 5′, 2′-bis substituted nucleosides) and replacement of the ribosyl ring oxygen atom with S and further substitution at the 2′-position (see published U.S. Patent Application US2005-0130923, published on Jun. 16, 2005) or alternatively 5′-substitution of a bicyclic nucleic acid (see PCT International Application WO 2007/134181, published on Nov. 22, 2007 wherein a 4′-CH2—O-2′ bicyclic nucleoside is further substituted at the 5′ position with a 5′-methyl or a 5′-vinyl group). The synthesis and preparation of carbocyclic bicyclic nucleosides along with their oligomerization and biochemical studies have also been described (see, e.g., Srivastava et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129(26), 8362-8379).
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides oligonucleotides comprising modified nucleosides. Those modified nucleotides may include modified sugars, modified nucleobases, and/or modified linkages. The specific modifications are selected such that the resulting oligonucleotides possess desirable characteristics. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise one or more RNA-like nucleosides. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise one or more DNA-like nucleotides.
  • ii. Certain Modified Nucleobases
  • In certain embodiments, nucleosides of the present invention comprise one or more unmodified nucleobases. In certain embodiments, nucleosides of the present invention comprise one or more modified nucleobases.
  • In certain embodiments, modified nucleobases are selected from: universal bases, hydrophobic bases, promiscuous bases, size-expanded bases, and fluorinated bases as defined herein. 5-substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N-2, N-6 and O-6 substituted purines, including 2-aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil; 5-propynylcytosine; 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl (—C≡C—CH3) uracil and cytosine and other alkynyl derivatives of pyrimidine bases, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo, 8-amino, 8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8-substituted adenines and guanines, 5-halo particularly 5-bromo, 5-trifluoromethyl and other 5-substituted uracils and cytosines, 7-methylguanine and 7-methyladenine, 2-F-adenine, 2-amino-adenine, 8-azaguanine and 8-azaadenine, 7-deazaguanine and 7-deazaadenine, 3-deazaguanine and 3-deazaadenine, universal bases, hydrophobic bases, promiscuous bases, size-expanded bases, and fluorinated bases as defined herein. Further modified nucleobases include tricyclic pyrimidines such as phenoxazine cytidine([5,4-b][1,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), phenothiazine cytidine (1H-pyrimido[5,4-b][1,4]benzothiazin-2(3H)-one), G-clamps such as a substituted phenoxazine cytidine (e.g. 9-(2-aminoethoxy)-H-pyrimido[5,4-b][1,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), carbazole cytidine (2H-pyrimido[4,5-b]indol-2-one), pyridoindole cytidine (H-pyrido[3′,2′:4,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one). Modified nucleobases may also include those in which the purine or pyrimidine base is replaced with other heterocycles, for example 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deazaguanosine, 2-aminopyridine and 2-pyridone. Further nucleobases include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808, those disclosed in The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering, Kroschwitz, J. I., Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1990, 858-859; those disclosed by Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 1991, 30, 613; and those disclosed by Sanghvi, Y. S., Chapter 15, Antisense Research and Applications, Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., Eds., CRC Press, 1993, 273-288.
  • Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of certain of the above noted modified nucleobases as well as other modified nucleobases include without limitation, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,687,808; 4,845,205; 5,130,302; 5,134,066; 5,175,273; 5,367,066; 5,432,272; 5,457,187; 5,459,255; 5,484,908; 5,502,177; 5,525,711; 5,552,540; 5,587,469; 5,594,121; 5,596,091; 5,614,617; 5,645,985; 5,681,941; 5,750,692; 5,763,588; 5,830,653 and 6,005,096, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • b. Certain Internucleoside Linkages
  • In certain embodiments, nucleosides may be linked together using any internucleoside linkage to form oligonucleotides. The two main classes of internucleoside linking groups are defined by the presence or absence of a phosphorus atom. Representative phosphorus containing internucleoside linkages include, but are not limited to, phosphodiesters (P═O), phosphotriesters, methylphosphonates, phosphoramidate, and phosphorothioates (P═S). Representative non-phosphorus containing internucleoside linking groups include, but are not limited to, methylenemethylimino (—CH2—N(CH3)—O—CH2—), thiodiester (—O—C(O)—S—), thionocarbamate (—O—C(O)(NH)—S—); siloxane (—O—Si(H)2—O—); and N,N′-dimethylhydrazine (—CH2—N(CH3)—N(CH3)—). Modified linkages, compared to natural phosphodiester linkages, can be used to alter, typically increase, nuclease resistance of the oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, internucleoside linkages having a chiral atom can be prepared as a racemic mixture, or as separate enantiomers. Representative chiral linkages include, but are not limited to, alkylphosphonates and phosphorothioates. Methods of preparation of phosphorous-containing and non-phosphorous-containing internucleoside linkages are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • The oligonucleotides described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric configurations that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R) or (S), a or p such as for sugar anomers, or as (D) or (L) such as for amino acids etc. Included in the antisense compounds provided herein are all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms.
  • Neutral internucleoside linkages include without limitation, phosphotriesters, methylphosphonates, MMI (3′-CH2—N(CH3)—O-5′), amide-3 (3′-CH2—C(═O)—N(H)-5′), amide-4 (3′-CH2—N(H)—C(═O)-5′), formacetal (3′-O—CH2—O-5′), and thioformacetal (3′-S—CH2—O-5′). Further neutral internucleoside linkages include nonionic linkages comprising siloxane (dialkylsiloxane), carboxylate ester, carboxamide, sulfide, sulfonate ester and amides (See for example: Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research; Y. S. Sanghvi and P. D. Cook, Eds., ACS Symposium Series 580; Chapters 3 and 4, 40-65). Further neutral internucleoside linkages include nonionic linkages comprising mixed N, O, S and CH2 component parts.
  • i. 3′-Endo Modifications
  • In one aspect of the present disclosure, oligomeric compounds include nucleosides synthetically modified to induce a 3′-endo sugar conformation. A nucleoside can incorporate synthetic modifications of the heterocyclic base moiety, the sugar moiety or both to induce a desired 3′-endo sugar conformation. These modified nucleosides are used to mimic RNA like nucleosides so that particular properties of an oligomeric compound can be enhanced while maintaining the desirable 3′-endo conformational geometry. There is an apparent preference for an RNA type duplex (A form helix, predominantly 3′-endo) as a requirement of RNA interference which is supported in part by the fact that duplexes composed of 2′-deoxy-2′-F-nucleosides appear efficient in triggering RNAi response in the C. elegans system. Properties that are enhanced by using more stable 3′-endo nucleosides include but aren't limited to modulation of pharmacokinetic properties through modification of protein binding, protein off-rate, absorption and clearance; modulation of nuclease stability as well as chemical stability; modulation of the binding affinity and specificity of the oligomer (affinity and specificity for enzymes as well as for complementary sequences); and increasing efficacy of RNA cleavage. The present invention provides oligomeric compounds having one or more nucleosides modified in such a way as to favor a C3′-endo type conformation.
  • Figure US20230113863A1-20230413-C00005
  • Nucleoside conformation is influenced by various factors including substitution at the 2′, 3′ or 4′-positions of the pentofuranosyl sugar. Electronegative substituents generally prefer the axial positions, while sterically demanding substituents generally prefer the equatorial positions (Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure, Wolfgang Sanger, 1984, Springer-Verlag.) Modification of the 2′ position to favor the 3′-endo conformation can be achieved while maintaining the 2′-OH as a recognition element, as exemplified in Example 35, below (Gallo et al., Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 5707-5713. Harry-O'kuru et al., J. Org. Chem., (1997), 62(6), 1754-1759 and Tang et al., J. Org. Chem. (1999), 64, 747-754.) Alternatively, preference for the 3′-endo conformation can be achieved by deletion of the 2′-OH as exemplified by 2′deoxy-2′F-nucleosides (Kawasaki et al., J. Med. Chem. (1993), 36, 831-841), which adopts the 3′-endo conformation positioning the electronegative fluorine atom in the axial position. Other modifications of the ribose ring, for example substitution at the 4′-position to give 4′-F modified nucleosides (Guillerm et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters (1995), 5, 1455-1460 and Owen et al., J. Org. Chem. (1976), 41, 3010-3017), or for example modification to yield methanocarba nucleoside analogs (Jacobson et al., J. Med. Chem. Lett. (2000), 43, 2196-2203 and Lee et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2001), 11, 1333-1337) also induce preference for the 3′-endo conformation. Some modifications actually lock the conformational geometry by formation of a bicyclic sugar moiety e.g. locked nucleic acid (LNA, Singh et al, Chem. Commun. (1998), 4, 455-456), and ethylene bridged nucleic acids (ENA, Morita et al, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2002), 12, 73-76.)
  • c. Certain Motifs
  • In certain embodiments, oligomeric compounds comprise or consist of oligonucleotides. In certain embodiments, such oligonucleotides comprise one or more chemical modification. In certain embodiments, chemically modified oligonucleotides comprise one or more modified sugars. In certain embodiments, chemically modified oligonucleotides comprise one or more modified nucleobases. In certain embodiments, chemically modified oligonucleotides comprise one or more modified internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the chemical modifications (sugar modifications, nucleobase modifications, and/or linkage modifications) define a pattern or motif. In certain embodiments, the patterns of chemical modifications of sugar moieties, internucleoside linkages, and nucleobases are each independent of one another. Thus, an oligonucleotide may be described by its sugar modification motif, internucleoside linkage motif and/or nucleobase modification motif (as used herein, nucleobase modification motif describes the chemical modifications to the nucleobases independent of the sequence of nucleobases).
  • i. Certain Sugar Motifs
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise one or more type of modified sugar moieties and/or naturally occurring sugar moieties arranged along an oligonucleotide or region thereof in a defined pattern or sugar motif Such sugar motifs include but are not limited to any of the sugar modifications discussed herein.
  • In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotides comprise or consist of a region having a gapmer sugar motif, which comprises two external regions or “wings” and a central or internal region or “gap.” The three regions of a gapmer sugar motif (the 5′-wing, the gap, and the 3′-wing) form a contiguous sequence of nucleosides wherein at least some of the sugar moieties of the nucleosides of each of the wings differ from at least some of the sugar moieties of the nucleosides of the gap. Specifically, at least the sugar moieties of the nucleosides of each wing that are closest to the gap (the 3′-most nucleoside of the 5′-wing and the 5′-most nucleoside of the 3′-wing) differ from the sugar moiety of the neighboring gap nucleosides, thus defining the boundary between the wings and the gap. In certain embodiments, the sugar moieties within the gap are the same as one another. In certain embodiments, the gap includes one or more nucleoside having a sugar moiety that differs from the sugar moiety of one or more other nucleosides of the gap. In certain embodiments, the sugar motifs of the two wings are the same as one another (symmetric sugar gapmer). In certain embodiments, the sugar motifs of the 5′-wing differs from the sugar motif of the 3′-wing (asymmetric sugar gapmer).
  • ii. Certain Nucleobase Modification Motifs
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise chemical modifications to nucleobases arranged along the oligonucleotide or region thereof in a defined pattern or nucleobases modification motif. In certain embodiments, each nucleobase is modified. In certain embodiments, none of the nucleobases is chemically modified.
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise a block of modified nucleobases. In certain such embodiments, the block is at the 3′-end of the oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments the block is within 3 nucleotides of the 3′-end of the oligonucleotide. In certain such embodiments, the block is at the 5′-end of the oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments the block is within 3 nucleotides of the 5′-end of the oligonucleotide.
  • In certain embodiments, nucleobase modifications are a function of the natural base at a particular position of an oligonucleotide. For example, in certain embodiments each purine or each pyrimidine in an oligonucleotide is modified. In certain embodiments, each adenine is modified. In certain embodiments, each guanine is modified. In certain embodiments, each thymine is modified. In certain embodiments, each cytosine is modified. In certain embodiments, each uracil is modified.
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise one or more nucleosides comprising a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides having a gapmer sugar motif comprise a nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase. In certain such embodiments, one nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobases is in the central gap of an oligonucleotide having a gapmer sugar motif. In certain embodiments, the sugar is an unmodified 2′deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the modified nucleobase is selected from: a 2-thio pyrimidine and a 5-propyne pyrimidine
  • In certain embodiments, some, all, or none of the cytosine moieties in an oligonucleotide are 5-methyl cytosine moieties. Herein, 5-methyl cytosine is not a “modified nucleobase.” Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, unmodified nucleobases include both cytosine residues having a 5-methyl and those lacking a 5 methyl. In certain embodiments, the methylation state of all or some cytosine nucleobases is specified.
  • iii. Certain Nucleoside Motifs
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise nucleosides comprising modified sugar moieties and/or nucleosides comprising modified nucleobases. Such motifs can be described by their sugar motif and their nucleobase motif separately or by their nucleoside motif, which provides positions or patterns of modified nucleosides (whether modified sugar, nucleobase, or both sugar and nucleobase) in an oligonucleotide.
  • In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotides comprise or consist of a region having a gapmer nucleoside motif, which comprises two external regions or “wings” and a central or internal region or “gap.” The three regions of a gapmer nucleoside motif (the 5′-wing, the gap, and the 3′-wing) form a contiguous sequence of nucleosides wherein at least some of the sugar moieties and/or nucleobases of the nucleosides of each of the wings differ from at least some of the sugar moieties and/or nucleobase of the nucleosides of the gap. Specifically, at least the nucleosides of each wing that are closest to the gap (the 3′-most nucleoside of the 5′-wing and the 5′-most nucleoside of the 3′-wing) differ from the neighboring gap nucleosides, thus defining the boundary between the wings and the gap. In certain embodiments, the nucleosides within the gap are the same as one another. In certain embodiments, the gap includes one or more nucleoside that differs from one or more other nucleosides of the gap. In certain embodiments, the nucleoside motifs of the two wings are the same as one another (symmetric gapmer). In certain embodiments, the nucleoside motifs of the 5′-wing differs from the nucleoside motif of the 3′-wing (asymmetric gapmer).
  • iv. Certain 5′-Wings
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 6 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 4 or 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 or 2 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 to 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 or 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 or 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer consists of 6 linked nucleosides.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least two bicyclic nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least three bicyclic nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least four bicyclic nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a bicyclic nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a constrained ethyl nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a LNA nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-OMe nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-deoxynucleoside. In a certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one ribonucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 5′-wing of a gapmer is a ribonucleoside. In certain embodiments, one, more than one, or each of the nucleosides of the 5′-wing is an RNA-like nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: ADDA; ABDAA; ABBA; ABB; ABAA; AABAA; AAABAA; AAAABAA; AAAAABAA; AAABAA; AABAA; ABAB; ABADB; ABADDB; AAABB; AAAAA; ABBDC; ABDDC; ABBDCC; ABBDDC; ABBDCC; ABBC; AA; AAA; AAAA; AAAAB; AAAAAAA; AAAAAAAA; ABBB; AB; ABAB; AAAAB; AABBB; AAAAB; and AABBB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, each C is a modified nucleoside of a third type, and each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: AB, ABB, AAA, BBB, BBBAA, AAB, BAA, BBAA, AABB, AAAB, ABBW, ABBWW, ABBB, ABBBB, ABAB, ABABAB, ABABBB, ABABAA, AAABB, AAAABB, AABB, AAAAB, AABBB, ABBBB, BBBBB, AAABW, AAAAA, BBBBAA, and AAABW; wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: ABB; ABAA; AABAA; AAABAA; ABAB; ABADB; AAABB; AAAAA; AA; AAA; AAAA; AAAAB; ABBB; AB; and ABAB; wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type.
  • In certain embodiments, an oligonucleotide comprises any 5′-wing motif provided herein. In certain such embodiments, the oligonucleotide is a 5′-hemimer (does not comprise a 3′-wing). In certain embodiments, such an oligonucleotide is a gapmer. In certain such embodiments, the 3′-wing of the gapmer may comprise any nucleoside motif.
  • In certain embodiments, the 5′-wing of a gapmer has a sugar motif selected from among those listed in the following non-limiting tables:
  • TABLE 1
    Certain 5’-Wing Sugar Motifs
    Certain 5’-Wing Sugar Motifs
    AAAAA ABCBB BABCC BCBBA CBACC
    AAAAB ABCBC BACAA BCBBB CBBAA
    AAAAC ABCCA BACAB BCBBC CBBAB
    AAABA ABCCB BACAC BCBCA CBBAC
    AAABB ABCCC BACBA BCBCB CBBBA
    AAABC ACAAA BACBB BCBCC CBBBB
    AAACA ACAAB BACBC BCCAA CBBBC
    AAACB ACAAC BACCA BCCAB CBBCA
    AAACC ACABA BACCB BCCAC CBBCB
    AABAA ACABB BACCC BCCBA CBBCC
    AABAB ACABC BBAAA BCCBB CBCAA
    AABAC ACACA BBAAB BCCBC CBCAB
    AABBA ACACB BBAAC BCCCA CBCAC
    AABBB ACACC BBABA BCCCB CBCBA
    AABBC ACBAA BBABB BCCCC CBCBB
    AABCA ACBAB BBABC CAAAA CBCBC
    AABCB ACBAC BBACA CAAAB CBCCA
    AABCC ACBBA BBACB CAAAC CBCCB
    AACAA ACBBB BBACC CAABA CBCCC
    AACAB ACBBC BBBAA CAABB CCAAA
    AACAC ACBCA BBBAB CAABC CCAAB
    AACBA ACBCB BBBAC CAACA CCAAC
    AACBB ACBCC BBBBA CAACB CCABA
    AACBC ACCAA BBBBB CAACC CCABB
    AACCA ACCAB BBBBC CABAA CCABC
    AACCB ACCAC BBBCA CABAB CCACA
    AACCC ACCBA BBBCB CABAC CCACB
    ABAAA ACCBB BBBCC CABBA CCACC
    ABAAB ACCBC BBCAA CABBB CCBAA
    ABAAC ACCCA BBCAB CABBC CCBAB
    ABABA ACCCB BBCAC CABCA CCBAC
    ABABB ACCCC BBCBA CABCB CCBBA
    ABABC BAAAA BBCBB CABCC CCBBB
    ABACA BAAAB BBCBC CACAA CCBBC
    ABACB BAAAC BBCCA CACAB CCBCA
    ABACC BAABA BBCCB CACAC CCBCB
    ABBAA BAABB BBCCC CACBA CCBCC
    ABBAB BAABC BCAAA CACBB CCCAA
    ABBAC BAACA BCAAB CACBC CCCAB
    ABBBA BAACB BCAAC CACCA CCCAC
    ABBBB BAACC BCABA CACCB CCCBA
    ABBBC BABAA BCABB CACCC CCCBB
    ABBCA BABAB BCABC CBAAA CCCBC
    ABBCB BABAC BCACA CBAAB CCCCA
    ABBCC BABBA BCACB CBAAC CCCCB
    ABCAA BABBB BCACC CBABA CCCCC
    ABCAB BABBC BCBAA CBABB
    ABCAC BABCA BCBAB CBABC
    ABCBA BABCB BCBAC CBACA
  • TABLE 2
    Certain 5’-Wing Sugar Motifs
    Certain 5’-Wing Sugar Motifs
    AAAAA BABC CBAB ABBB BAA
    AAAAB BACA CBAC BAAA BAB
    AAABA BACB CBBA BAAB BBA
    AAABB BACC CBBB BABA BBB
    AABAA BBAA CBBC BABB AA
    AABAB BBAB CBCA BBAA AB
    AABBA BBAC CBCB BBAB AC
    AABBB BBBA CBCC BBBA BA
    ABAAA BBBB CCAA BBBB BB
    ABAAB BBBC CCAB AAA BC
    ABABA BBCA CCAC AAB CA
    ABABB BBCB CCBA AAC CB
    ABBAA BBCC CCBB ABA CC
    ABBAB BCAA CCBC ABB AA
    ABBBA BCAB CCCA ABC AB
    ABBBB BCAC CCCB ACA BA
    BAAAA ABCB BCBA ACB
    BAAAB ABCC BCBB ACC
    BAABA ACAA BCBC BAA
    BAABB ACAB BCCA BAB
    BABAA ACAC BCCB BAC
    BABAB ACBA BCCC BBA
    BABBA ACBB CAAA BBB
    BABBB ACBC CAAB BBC
    BBAAA ACCA CAAC BCA
    BBAAB ACCB CABA BCB
    BBABA ACCC CABB BCC
    BBABB BAAA CABC CAA
    BBBAA BAAB CACA CAB
    BBBAB BAAC CACB CAC
    BBBBA BABA CACC CBA
    BBBBB BABB CBAA CBB
    AAAA AACC CCCC CBC
    AAAB ABAA AAAA CCA
    AAAC ABAB AAAB CCB
    AABA ABAC AABA CCC
    AABB ABBA AABB AAA
    AABC ABBB ABAA AAB
    AACA ABBC ABAB ABA
    AACB ABCA ABBA ABB
  • In certain embodiments, each A, each B, and each C located at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside is a modified nucleoside. For example, in certain embodiments the 5′-wing motif is selected from among ABB, BBB, and CBB, wherein the underlined nucleoside represents the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and wherein the underlined nucleoside is a modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt and LNA. In certain embodiments, the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprises cEt. In certain embodiments, the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprises LNA.
  • In certain embodiments, each A comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each A comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • In certain embodiments, each B comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each B comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3 and each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises O(CH2)2—OCH3 and each B comprises cEt.
  • In certain embodiments, each C comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an F-HNA.
  • v. Certain 3′-Wings
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 6 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 to 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 4 or 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 to 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 or 2 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 to 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 or 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 or 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 1 nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 2 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 3 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 4 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 5 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer consists of 6 linked nucleosides.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a bicyclic nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a constrained ethyl nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a LNA nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least two non-bicyclic modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least three non-bicyclic modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least four non-bicyclic modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-OMe nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a 2′-deoxynucleoside. In a certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one ribonucleoside. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the 3′-wing of a gapmer is a ribonucleoside. In certain embodiments, one, more than one, or each of the nucleosides of the 5′-wing is an RNA-like nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside, at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside, at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside, at least one non-bicyclic modified nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside, at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside, at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside, at least one 2′-substituted nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside, at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside, at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside, at least one 2′-MOE nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one bicyclic nucleoside, at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one constrained ethyl nucleoside, at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer comprises at least one LNA nucleoside, at least one 2′-OMe nucleoside, and at least one 2′-deoxynucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: ABB, ABAA, AAABAA, AAAAABAA, AABAA, AAAABAA, AAABAA, ABAB, AAAAA, AAABB, AAAAAAAA, AAAAAAA, AAAAAA, AAAAB, AAAA, AAA, AA, AB, ABBB, ABAB, AABBB; wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type. In certain embodiments, an oligonucleotide comprises any 3′-wing motif provided herein. In certain such embodiments, the oligonucleotide is a 3′-hemimer (does not comprise a 5′-wing). In certain embodiments, such an oligonucleotide is a gapmer. In certain such embodiments, the 5′-wing of the gapmer may comprise any nucleoside motif.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: BBA, AAB, AAA, BBB, BBAA, AABB, WBBA, WAAB, BBBA, BBBBA, BBBB, BBBBBA, ABBBBB, BBAAA, AABBB, BBBAA, BBBBA, BBBBB, BABA, AAAAA, BBAAAA, AABBBB, BAAAA, and ABBBB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer has a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: ABB; AAABAA; AABAA; AAAABAA; AAAAA; AAABB; AAAAAAAA; AAAAAAA; AAAAAA; AAAAB; AB; ABBB; and ABAB, wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type, and each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type.
  • In certain embodiments, the 3′-wing of a gapmer has a sugar motif selected from among those listed in the following non-limiting tables:
  • TABLE 3
    Certain 3’-Wing Sugar Motifs
    Certain 3’-Wing Sugar Motifs
    AAAAA ABCBB BABCC BCBBA CBACC
    AAAAB ABCBC BACAA BCBBB CBBAA
    AAAAC ABCCA BACAB BCBBC CBBAB
    AAABA ABCCB BACAC BCBCA CBBAC
    AAABB ABCCC BACBA BCBCB CBBBA
    AAABC ACAAA BACBB BCBCC CBBBB
    AAACA ACAAB BACBC BCCAA CBBBC
    AAACB ACAAC BACCA BCCAB CBBCA
    AAACC ACABA BACCB BCCAC CBBCB
    AABAA ACABB BACCC BCCBA CBBCC
    AABAB ACABC BBAAA BCCBB CBCAA
    AABAC ACACA BBAAB BCCBC CBCAB
    AABBA ACACB BBAAC BCCCA CBCAC
    AABBB ACACC BBABA BCCCB CBCBA
    AABBC ACBAA BBABB BCCCC CBCBB
    AABCA ACBAB BBABC CAAAA CBCBC
    AABCB ACBAC BBACA CAAAB CBCCA
    AABCC ACBBA BBACB CAAAC CBCCB
    AACAA ACBBB BBACC CAABA CBCCC
    AACAB ACBBC BBBAA CAABB CCAAA
    AACAC ACBCA BBBAB CAABC CCAAB
    AACBA ACBCB BBBAC CAACA CCAAC
    AACBB ACBCC BBBBA CAACB CCABA
    AACBC ACCAA BBBBB CAACC CCABB
    AACCA ACCAB BBBBC CABAA CCABC
    AACCB ACCAC BBBCA CABAB CCACA
    AACCC ACCBA BBBCB CABAC CCACB
    ABAAA ACCBB BBBCC CABBA CCACC
    ABAAB ACCBC BBCAA CABBB CCBAA
    ABAAC ACCCA BBCAB CABBC CCBAB
    ABABA ACCCB BBCAC CABCA CCBAC
    ABABB ACCCC BBCBA CABCB CCBBA
    ABABC BAAAA BBCBB CABCC CCBBB
    ABACA BAAAB BBCBC CACAA CCBBC
    ABACB BAAAC BBCCA CACAB CCBCA
    ABACC BAABA BBCCB CACAC CCBCB
    ABBAA BAABB BBCCC CACBA CCBCC
    ABBAB BAABC BCAAA CACBB CCCAA
    ABBAC BAACA BCAAB CACBC CCCAB
    ABBBA BAACB BCAAC CACCA CCCAC
    ABBBB BAACC BCABA CACCB CCCBA
    ABBBC BABAA BCABB CACCC CCCBB
    ABBCA BABAB BCABC CBAAA CCCBC
    ABBCB BABAC BCACA CBAAB CCCCA
    ABBCC BABBA BCACB CBAAC CCCCB
    ABCAA BABBB BCACC CBABA CCCCC
    ABCAB BABBC BCBAA CBABB
    ABCAC BABCA BCBAB CBABC
    ABCBA BABCB BCBAC CBACA
  • TABLE 4
    Certain 3’-Wing Sugar Motifs
    Certain 3’-Wing Sugar Motifs
    AAAAA BABC CBAB ABBB BAA
    AAAAB BACA CBAC BAAA BAB
    AAABA BACB CBBA BAAB BBA
    AAABB BACC CBBB BABA BBB
    AABAA BBAA CBBC BABB AA
    AABAB BBAB CBCA BBAA AB
    AABBA BBAC CBCB BBAB AC
    AABBB BBBA CBCC BBBA BA
    ABAAA BBBB CCAA BBBB BB
    ABAAB BBBC CCAB AAA BC
    ABABA BBCA CCAC AAB CA
    ABABB BBCB CCBA AAC CB
    ABBAA BBCC CCBB ABA CC
    ABBAB BCAA CCBC ABB AA
    ABBBA BCAB CCCA ABC AB
    ABBBB BCAC CCCB ACA BA
    BAAAA ABCB BCBA ACB
    BAAAB ABCC BCBB ACC
    BAABA ACAA BCBC BAA
    BAABB ACAB BCCA BAB
    BABAA ACAC BCCB BAC
    BABAB ACBA BCCC BBA
    BABBA ACBB CAAA BBB
    BABBB ACBC CAAB BBC
    BBAAA ACCA CAAC BCA
    BBAAB ACCB CABA BCB
    BBABA ACCC CABB BCC
    BBABB BAAA CABC CAA
    BBBAA BAAB CACA CAB
    BBBAB BAAC CACB CAC
    BBBBA BABA CACC CBA
    BBBBB BABB CBAA CBB
    AAAA AACC CCCC CBC
    AAAB ABAA AAAA CCA
    AAAC ABAB AAAB CCB
    AABA ABAC AABA CCC
    AABB ABBA AABB AAA
    AABC ABBB ABAA AAB
    AACA ABBC ABAB ABA
    AACB ABCA ABBA ABB
  • In certain embodiments, each A, each B, and each C located at the 5′-most 3′-wing region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside. For example, in certain embodiments the 3′-wing motif is selected from among ABB, BBB, and CBB, wherein the underlined nucleoside represents the 5′-most 3′-wing region nucleoside and wherein the underlined nucleoside is a modified nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, each A comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • In certain embodiments, each B comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each B comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises an F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me DNA, and 5′-(R)-Me DNA.
  • In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3 and each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises O(CH2)2—OCH3 and each B comprises cEt.
  • In certain embodiments, each C comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an F-HNA.
  • vi. Certain Central Regions (Gaps)
  • In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 20 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 15 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 12 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 10 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 9 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 to 8 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 or 7 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 7 to 10 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 7 to 9 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 7 or 8 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 8 to 10 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 8 or 9 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 6 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 7 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 8 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 9 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 10 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 11 linked nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap of a gapmer consists of 12 linked nucleosides.
  • In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the gap of a gapmer is a 2′-deoxynucleoside. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, each nucleoside of the gap of a gapmer is a 2′-deoxynucleoside or is a modified nucleoside that is “DNA-like.” In such embodiments, “DNA-like” means that the nucleoside has similar characteristics to DNA, such that a duplex comprising the gapmer and an RNA molecule is capable of activating RNase H. For example, under certain conditions, 2′-(ara)-F have been shown to support RNase H activation, and thus is DNA-like. In certain embodiments, one or more nucleosides of the gap of a gapmer is not a 2′-deoxynucleoside and is not DNA-like. In certain such embodiments, the gapmer nonetheless supports RNase H activation (e.g., by virtue of the number or placement of the non-DNA nucleosides).
  • In certain embodiments, gaps comprise a stretch of unmodified 2′-deoxynucleoside interrupted by one or more modified nucleosides, thus resulting in three sub-regions (two stretches of one or more 2′-deoxynucleosides and a stretch of one or more interrupting modified nucleosides). In certain embodiments, no stretch of unmodified 2′-deoxynucleosides is longer than 5, 6, or 7 nucleosides. In certain embodiments, such short stretches is achieved by using short gap regions. In certain embodiments, short stretches are achieved by interrupting a longer gap region.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more modified nucleosides selected from among cEt, FHNA, LNA, and 2-thio-thymidine. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises two modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises three modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises four modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises two or more modified nucleosides and each modified nucleoside is the same. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises two or more modified nucleosides and each modified nucleoside is different.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more modified linkages. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more methyl phosphonate linkages. In certain embodiments the gap comprises two or more modified linkages. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one or more modified linkages and one or more modified nucleosides. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises one modified linkage and one modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the gap comprises two modified linkages and two or more modified nucleosides.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DDDDXDDDDD; DDDDDXDDDDD; DDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDDDDD; DDDDXDDDD; DDXDDDDDD; DDDXDDDDDD; DXDDDDDD; DDXDDDDDDD; DDXDDDDD; DDXDDDXDDD; DDDXDDDXDDD; DXDDDXDDD; DDXDDDXDD; DDXDDDDXDDD; DDXDDDDXDD; DXDDDDXDDD; DDDDXDDD; DDDXDDD; DXDDDDDDD; DDDDXXDDD; and DXXDXXDXX; wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DDDDDDDDD; DXDDDDDDD; DDXDDDDDD; DDDXDDDDD; DDDDXDDDD; DDDDDXDDD; DDDDDDXDD; DDDDDDDXD; DXXDDDDDD; DDDDDDXXD; DDXXDDDDD; DDDXXDDDD; DDDDXXDDD; DDDDDXXDD; DXDDDDDXD; DXDDDDXDD; DXDDDXDDD; DXDDXDDDD; DXDXDDDDD; DDXDDDDXD; DDXDDDXDD; DDXDDXDDD; DDXDXDDDD; DDDXDDDXD; DDDXDDXDD; DDDXDXDDD; DDDDXDDXD; DDDDXDXDD; and DDDDDXDXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DDDDXDDDD, DXDDDDDDD, DXXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDD, DDDDXDDDD, DDDDDXDDD, DDDDDDXDD, and DDDDDDDXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DDDDDDDD, DXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDD, DDDXDDDD, DDDDXDDD, DDDDDXDD, DDDDDDXD, DXDDDDXD, DXDDDXDD, DXDDXDDD, DXDXDDDD, DXXDDDDD, DDXXDDDD, DDXDXDDD, DDXDDXDD, DXDDDDXD, DDDXXDDD, DDDXDXDD, DDDXDDXD, DDDDXXDD, DDDDXDXD, and DDDDDXXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DXDDDDD, DDXDDDD, DDDXDDD, DDDDXDD, DDDDDXD, DXDDDXD, DXDDXDD, DXDXDDD, DXXDDDD, DDXXDDD, DDXDXDD, DDXDDXD, DDDXXDD, DDDXDXD, and DDDDXXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DXDDDD, DDXDDD, DDDXDD, DDDDXD, DXXDDD, DXDXDD, DXDDXD, DDXXDD, DDXDXD, and DDDXXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, the gap comprises a nucleoside motif selected from among the following: DXDDDD, DDXDDD, DDDXDD, DDDDXD, DXDDDDD, DDXDDDD, DDDXDDD, DDDDXDD, DDDDDXD, DXDDDDDD, DDXDDDDD, DDDXDDDD, DDDDXDDD, DDDDDXDD, DDDDDDXD, DXDDDDDDD; DDXDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDD, DDDDXDDDD, DDDDDXDDD, DDDDDDXDD, DDDDDDDXD, DXDDDDDDDD, DDXDDDDDDD, DDDXDDDDDD, DDDDXDDDDD, DDDDDXDDDD, DDDDDDXDDD, DDDDDDDXDD, and DDDDDDDDXD, wherein each D is an unmodified deoxynucleoside; and each X is a modified nucleoside or a substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, each X comprises an unmodified 2′-deoxyfuranose sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine. In certain embodiments, each X comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each X comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an F-HNA. In certain embodiments, X represents the location of a single differentiating nucleobase.
  • vii. Certain Gapmer Motifs
  • In certain embodiments, a gapmer comprises a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′ wing, wherein the 5′-wing, gap, and 3′ wing are independently selected from among those discussed above. For example, in certain embodiments, a gapmer has a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′-wing having features selected from among any of those listed in the tables above and any 5′-wing may be paired with any gap and any 3′-wing. For example, in certain embodiments, a 5′-wing may comprise AAABB, a 3′-wing may comprise BBA, and the gap may comprise DDDDDDD. For example, in certain embodiments, a gapmer has a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′-wing having features selected from among those listed in the following non-limiting table, wherein each motif is represented as (5′-wing)-(gap)-(3′-wing), wherein each number represents the number of linked nucleosides in each portion of the motif, for example, a 5-10-5 motif would have a 5′-wing comprising 5 nucleosides, a gap comprising 10 nucleosides, and a 3′-wing comprising 5 nucleosides:
  • TABLE 5
    Certain Gapmer Sugar Motifs
    Certain Gapmer Sugar Motifs
    2-10-2 3-10-2 4-10-2 5-10-2
    2-10-3 3-10-3 4-10-3 5-10-3
    2-10-4 3-10-4 4-10-4 5-10-4
    2-10-5 3-10-5 4-10-5 5-10-5
    2-9-2 3-9-2 4-9-2 5-9-2
    2-9-3 3-9-3 4-9-3 5-9-3
    2-9-4 3-9-4 4-9-4 5-9-4
    2-9-5 3-9-5 4-9-5 5-9-5
    2-11-2 3-11-2 4-11-2 5-11-2
    2-11-3 3-11-3 4-11-3 5-11-3
    2-11-4 3-11-4 4-11-4 5-11-4
    2-11-5 3-11-5 4-11-5 5-11-5
    2-8-2 3-8-2 4-8-2 5-8-2
    2-8-3 3-8-3 4-8-3 5-8-3
    2-8-4 3-8-4 4-8-4 5-8-4
    2-8-5 3-8-5 4-8-5 5-8-5
  • In certain embodiments, a gapmer comprises a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′ wing, wherein the 5′-wing, gap, and 3′ wing are independently selected from among those discussed above. For example, in certain embodiments, a gapmer has a 5′-wing, a gap, and a 3′-wing having features selected from among those listed in the following non-limiting tables:
  • TABLE 6
    Certain Gapmer Nucleoside Motifs
    5’-wing region Central gap region 3’-wing region
    ADDA DDDDDD ABB
    ABBA DDDADDDD ABAA
    AAAAAA DDDDDDDDDDD AAA
    AAAAABB DDDDDDDD BBAAAAA
    ABB DDDDADDDD ABB
    ABB DDDDBDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDDDD BBA
    AABAA DDDDDDDDD AABAA
    ABB DDDDDD AABAA
    AAABAA DDDDDDDDD AAABAA
    AAABAA DDDDDDDDD AAB
    ABAB DDDDDDDDD ABAB
    AAABB DDDDDDD BBA
    ABADB DDDDDDD BBA
    ABA DBDDDDDDD BBA
    ABA DADDDDDDD BBA
    ABAB DDDDDDDD BBA
    AA DDDDDDDD BBBBBBBB
    ABB DDDDDD ABADB
    AAAAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABBB DDDDDDDDD AB
    AB DDDDDDDDD BBBA
    ABBB DDDDDDDDD BBBA
    AB DDDDDDDD ABA
    ABB DDDDWDDDD BBA
    AAABB DDDWDDD BBAAA
    ABB DDDDWWDDD BBA
    ABADB DDDDDDD BBA
    ABBDC DDDDDDD BBA
    ABBDDC DDDDDD BBA
    ABBDCC DDDDDD BBA
    ABB DWWDWWDWW BBA
    ABB DWDDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDWDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DWWDDDDDD BBA
    AAABB DDWDDDDDD AA
    BB DDWDWDDDD BBABBBB
    ABB DDDD(ND)DDDD BBA
    AAABB DDD(ND)DDD BBAAA
    ABB DDDD(ND)(ND)DDD BBA
    ABB D(ND)(ND)D(ND)(ND)D(ND)(ND) BBA
    ABB D(ND)DDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DD(ND)DDDDDD BBA
    ABB D(ND)(ND)DDDDDD BBA
    AAABB DD(ND)DDDDDD AA
    BB DD(ND)D(ND)DDDD BBABBBB
    ABAB DDDDDDDDD BABA
  • TABLE 7
    Certain Gapmer Nucleoside Motifs
    5’-wing region Central gap region 3’-wing region
    ABBW DDDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DWDDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDWDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDWDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDWDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDWDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDWDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDDWD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDDD WBBA
    ABBWW DDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DWWDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDWWDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDWWDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDWWDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDWWDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDWWD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDD WWBBA
    ABBW DDDDDDD WBBA
    ABBW DDDDDDWD BBA
    ABBW DDDDDWDD BBA
    ABBW DDDDWDDD BBA
    ABBW DDDWDDDD BBA
    ABBW DDWDDDDD BBA
    ABBW DWDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DWDDDDDD WBBA
    ABB DWDDDDDWD BBA
    ABB DWDDDDWDD BBA
    ABB DWDDDWDDD BBA
    ABB DWDDWDDDD BBA
    ABB DWDWDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDWDDDDD WBBA
    ABB DDWDDDDWD BBA
    ABB DDWDDDWDD BBA
    ABB DDWDDWDDD BBA
    ABB DDWDWDDDD BBA
    ABB DDWWDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDWDDDD WBBA
    ABB DDDWDDDWD BBA
    ABB DDDWDDWDD BBA
    ABB DDDWDWDDD BBA
    ABB DDDWWDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDWDDD WBBA
    ABB DDDDWDDWD BBA
    ABB DDDDWDWDD BBA
    ABB DDDDWWDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDWDD WBBA
    ABB DDDDDWDWD BBA
    ABB DDDDDWWDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDWD WBBA
  • TABLE 8
    Certain Gapmer Nucleoside Motifs
    5’-wing region Central gap region 3’-wing region
    ABBB DDDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DBDDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDBDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDBDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDBDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDBDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDBDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDDBD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDDD BBBA
    ABBBB DDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DBBDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDBBDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDBBDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDBBDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDBBDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDBBD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABBB DDDDDDD BBBA
    ABB DDDDDDBD BBA
    ABBB DDDDDBDD BBA
    ABBB DDDDBDDD BBA
    ABBB DDDBDDDD BBA
    ABBB DDBDDDDD BBA
    ABBB DBDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DBDDDDDD BBBA
    ABB DBDDDDDBD BBA
    ABB DBDDDDBDD BBA
    ABB DBDDDBDDD BBA
    ABB DBDDBDDDD BBA
    ABB DBDBDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDBDDDDD BBBA
    ABB DDBDDDDBD BBA
    ABB DDBDDDBDD BBA
    ABB DDBDDBDDD BBA
    ABB DDBDBDDDD BBA
    ABB DDBBDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDBDDDD BBBA
    ABB DDDBDDDBD BBA
    ABB DDDBDDBDD BBA
    ABB DDDBDBDDD BBA
    ABB DDDBBDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDBDDD BBBA
    ABB DDDDBDDBD BBA
    ABB DDDDBDBDD BBA
    ABB DDDDBBDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDBDD BBBA
    ABB DDDDDBDBD BBA
    ABB DDDDDBBDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDBD BBBA
  • TABLE 9
    Certain Gapmer Nucleoside Motifs
    5’-wing region Central gap region 3’-wing region
    ABB DDDDDDDDD BBA
    AB DBDDDDDDDD BBA
    AB DDBDDDDDDD BBA
    AB DDDBDDDDDD BBA
    AB DDDDBDDDDD BBA
    AB DDDDDBDDDD BBA
    AB DDDDDDBDDD BBA
    AB DDDDDDDBDD BBA
    AB DDDDDDDDBD BBA
    AB DDDDDDDDD BBBA
    ABBB DDDDDDDD BBA
    AB DBBDDDDDDD BBA
    AB DDBBDDDDDD BBA
    AB DDDBBDDDDD BBA
    AB DDDDBBDDDD BBA
    AB DDDDDBBDDD BBA
    AB DDDDDDBBDD BBA
    AB DDDDDDDBBD BBA
    AB DDDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABBBB DDDDDDD BBA
    AB DBBBDDDDDD BBA
    AB DDBBBDDDDD BBA
    AB DDDBBBDDDD BBA
    AB DDDDBBBDDD BBA
    AB DDDDDBBBDD BBA
    AB DDDDDDBBBD BBA
    AB DDDDDDD BBBBBA
    AB DDDDDDDDD BBBA
    AB DDDDDDDBD BBBA
    AB DDDDDBDD BBBA
    AB DDDDBDDD BBBA
    AB DDDBDDDD BBBA
    AB DDBDDDDD BBBA
    AB DBDDDDDD BBBA
    AB DDDDDBD BBBBA
    AB DDDDBDD BBBBA
    AB DDDBDDD BBBBA
    AB DDBDDDD BBBBA
    AB DBDDDDD BBBBA
    AB DDDDBD BBBBBA
    AB DDDBDD BBBBBA
    AB DDBDDD BBBBBA
    AB DBDDDD BBBBBA
  • TABLE 10
    Certain Gapmer Nucleoside Motifs
    5’-wing region Central gap region 3’-wing region
    AAAAAA DDDDDDD BABA
    AAAAAB DDDDDDD BABA
    AAAABA DDDDDDD BABA
    AAABAA DDDDDDD BABA
    AABAAA DDDDDDD BABA
    ABAAAA DDDDDDD BABA
    BAAAAA DDDDDDD BABA
    ABAAAB DDDDDDD BABA
    ABAABA DDDDDDD BABA
    ABABAA DDDDDDD BABA
    ABBAAA DDDDDDD BABA
    AABAAB DDDDDDD BABA
    AABABA DDDDDDD BABA
    AABBAA DDDDDDD BABA
    AAABAB DDDDDDD BABA
    AAABBA DDDDDDD BABA
    AAAABB DDDDDDD BABA
    BAAAAB DDDDDDD BABA
    BAAABA DDDDDDD BABA
    BAABAA DDDDDDD BABA
    BABAAA DDDDDDD BABA
    BBAAAA DDDDDDD BABA
    BBBAAA DDDDDDD BABA
    BBABAA DDDDDDD BABA
    BBAABA DDDDDDD BABA
    BBAAAB DDDDDDD BABA
    ABABAB DDDDDDD BABA
    BBBBAA DDDDDDD BABA
    BBBABA DDDDDDD BABA
    BBBAAB DDDDDDD BABA
    BBBBBA DDDDDDD BABA
    BBBBAB DDDDDDD BABA
    AAABBB DDDDDDD BABA
    AABABB DDDDDDD BABA
    ABAABB DDDDDDD BABA
    BAAABB DDDDDDD BABA
    AABBBB DDDDDDD BABA
    ABABBB DDDDDDD BABA
    BAABBB DDDDDDD BABA
    ABBBBB DDDDDDD BABA
    BABBBB DDDDDDD BABA
    BBBBBB DDDDDDD BABA
  • TABLE 11
    Certain Gapmer Nucleoside Motifs
    5’-wing region Central gap region 3’-wing region
    AAAAA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    AAAAB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    AAABA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    AAABB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    AABAA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    AABAB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    AABBA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    AABBB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    ABAAA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    ABAAB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    ABABA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    ABABB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    ABBAA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    ABBAB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    ABBBA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    ABBBB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BAAAA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BAAAB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BAABA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BAABB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BABAA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BABAB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BABBA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BABBB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BBAAA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BBAAB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BBABA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BBABB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BBBAA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BBBAB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BBBBA DDDDDDD AAAAA
    BBBBB DDDDDDD AAAAA
    AAAAA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    AAAAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    AAABA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    AAABB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    AABAA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    AABAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    AABBA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    AABBB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABAAA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABAAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABABA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABABB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABBAA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABBAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABBBA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    ABBBB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BAAAA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BAAAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BAABA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BAABB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BABAA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BABAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BABBA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BABBB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BBAAA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BBAAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BBABA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BBABB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BBBAA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BBBAB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BBBBA DDDDDDD BAAAA
    BBBBB DDDDDDD BAAAA
    AAAAA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    AAAAB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    AAABA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    AAABB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    AABAA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    AABAB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    AABBA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    AABBB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    ABAAA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    ABAAB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    ABABA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    ABABB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    ABBAA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    ABBAB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    ABBBA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    ABBBB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BAAAA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BAAAB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BAABA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BAABB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BABAA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BABAB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BABBA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BABBB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BBAAA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BBAAB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BBABA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BBABB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BBBAA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BBBAB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BBBBA DDDDDDD BBAAA
    BBBBB DDDDDDD BBAAA
    AAAAA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    AAAAB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    AAABA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    AAABB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    AABAA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    AABAB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    AABBA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    AABBB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    ABAAA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    ABAAB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    ABABA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    ABABB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    ABBAA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    ABBAB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    ABBBA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    ABBBB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BAAAA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BAAAB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BAABA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BAABB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BABAA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BABAB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BABBA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BABBB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BBAAA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BBAAB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BBABA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BBABB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BBBAA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BBBAB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BBBBA DDDDDDD BBBAA
    BBBBB DDDDDDD BBBAA
    AAAAA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    AAAAB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    AAABA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    AAABB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    AABAA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    AABAB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    AABBA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    AABBB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABAAA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABAAB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABABA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABABB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABBAA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABBAB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABBBA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    ABBBB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BAAAA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BAAAB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BAABA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BAABB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BABAA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BABAB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BABBA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BABBB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BBAAA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BBAAB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BBABA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BBABB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BBBAA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BBBAB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BBBBA DDDDDDD BBBBA
    BBBBB DDDDDDD BBBBA
    AAAAA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    AAAAB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    AAABA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    AAABB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    AABAA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    AABAB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    AABBA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    AABBB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    ABAAA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    ABAAB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    ABABA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    ABABB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    ABBAA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    ABBAB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    ABBBA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    ABBBB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BAAAA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BAAAB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BAABA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BAABB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BABAA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BABAB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BABBA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BABBB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BBAAA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BBAAB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BBABA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BBABB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BBBAA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BBBAB DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BBBBA DDDDDDD BBBBB
    BBBBB DDDDDDD BBBBB
  • TABLE 12
    Certain Gapmer Nucleoside Motifs
    5’-wing region Central gap region 3’-wing region
    AAAW DDDDDDDD BBA
    AABW DDDDDDDD BBA
    ABAW DDDDDDDD BBA
    ABBW DDDDDDDD BBA
    BAAW DDDDDDDD BBA
    BABW DDDDDDDD BBA
    BBAW DDDDDDDD BBA
    BBBW DDDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDDD WAAA
    ABB DDDDDDDD WAAB
    ABB DDDDDDDD WABA
    ABB DDDDDDDD WABB
    ABB DDDDDDDD WBAA
    ABB DDDDDDDD WBAB
    ABB DDDDDDDD WBBA
    ABB DDDDDDDD WBBB
    AAAWW DDDDDDD BBA
    AABWW DDDDDDD BBA
    ABAWW DDDDDDD BBA
    ABBWW DDDDDDD BBA
    BAAWW DDDDDDD BBA
    BABWW DDDDDDD BBA
    BBAWW DDDDDDD BBA
    BBBWW DDDDDDD BBA
    ABB DDDDDDD WWAAA
    ABB DDDDDDD WWAAB
    ABB DDDDDDD WWABA
    ABB DDDDDDD WWABB
    ABB DDDDDDD WWBAA
    ABB DDDDDDD WWBAB
    ABB DDDDDDD WWBBA
    ABB DDDDDDD WWBBB
    AAAAW DDDDDDD BBA
    AAABW DDDDDDD BBA
    AABAW DDDDDDD BBA
    AABBW DDDDDDD BBA
    ABAAW DDDDDDD BBA
    ABABW DDDDDDD BBA
    ABBAW DDDDDDD BBA
    ABBBW DDDDDDD BBA
    BAAAW DDDDDDD BBA
    BAABW DDDDDDD BBA
    BABAW DDDDDDD BBA
    BABBW DDDDDDD BBA
    BBAAW DDDDDDD BBA
    BBABW DDDDDDD BBA
    BBBAW DDDDDDD BBA
    BBBBW DDDDDDD WAAAA
    ABB DDDDDDD WAAAB
    ABB DDDDDDD WAABA
    ABB DDDDDDD WAABB
    ABB DDDDDDD WABAA
    ABB DDDDDDD WABAB
    ABB DDDDDDD WABBA
    ABB DDDDDDD WABBB
    ABB DDDDDDD WBAAA
    ABB DDDDDDD WBAAB
    ABB DDDDDDD WBABA
    ABB DDDDDDD WBABB
    ABB DDDDDDD WBBAA
    ABB DDDDDDD WBBAB
    ABB DDDDDDD WBBBA
    ABB DDDDDDD WBBBB

    wherein each A is a modified nucleoside of a first type, each B is a modified nucleoside of a second type and each W is a modified nucleoside or nucleobase of either the first type, the second type or a third type, each D is a nucleoside comprising an unmodified 2′deoxy sugar moiety and unmodified nucleobase, and ND is modified nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase and an unmodified 2′deoxy sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, ara-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each A comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises an F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me.
  • In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each B comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises an F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me.
  • In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine. In certain embodiments, each C comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each C comprises an F-HNA.
  • In certain embodiments, each W comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a sugar surrogate selected from among HNA and F-HNA. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, at least one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and the other comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, at least one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and C comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar HNA surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, at least two of A, B or W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and the other comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, at least two of A, B or W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and the other comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, a gapmer has a sugar motif other than: E-K-K-(D)9-K-K-E; E-E-E-E-K-(D)9-E-E-E-E-E; E-K-K-K-(D)9-K-K-K-E; K-E-E-K-(D)9-K-E-E-K; K-D-D-K-(D)9-K-D-D-K; K-E-K-E-K-(D)9-K-E-K-E-K; K-D-K-D-K-(D)9-K-D-K-D-K; E-K-E-K-(D)9-K-E-K-E; E-E-E-E-E-K-(D)8-E-E-E-E-E; or E-K-E-K-E-(D)9-E-K-E-K-E, E-E-E-K-K-(D)7-E-E-K, E-K-E-K-K-K-(D)7-K-E-K-E, E-K-E-K-E-K-(D)7-K-E-K-E, wherein K is a nucleoside comprising a cEt sugar moiety and E is a nucleoside comprising a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a A-(D)4-A-(D)4-A-(D)4-AA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a B-(D)4-A-(D)4-A-(D)4-AA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a A-(D)4-B-(D)4-A-(D)4-AA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a A-(D)4-A-(D)4-B-(D)4-AA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a A-(D)4-A-(D)4-A-(D)4-BA motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a A-(D)4-A-(D)4-A-(D)4-BB motif. In certain embodiments a gapmer comprises a K-(D)4-K-(D)4-K-(D)4-K-E motif.
  • viii. Certain Internucleoside Linkage Motifs
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise modified internucleoside linkages arranged along the oligonucleotide or region thereof in a defined pattern or modified internucleoside linkage motif. In certain embodiments, internucleoside linkages are arranged in a gapped motif, as described above for nucleoside motif. In such embodiments, the internucleoside linkages in each of two wing regions are different from the internucleoside linkages in the gap region. In certain embodiments the internucleoside linkages in the wings are phosphodiester and the internucleoside linkages in the gap are phosphorothioate. The nucleoside motif is independently selected, so such oligonucleotides having a gapped internucleoside linkage motif may or may not have a gapped nucleoside motif and if it does have a gapped nucleoside motif, the wing and gap lengths may or may not be the same.
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise a region having an alternating internucleoside linkage motif. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise a region of uniformly modified internucleoside linkages. In certain such embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises a region that is uniformly linked by phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide is uniformly linked by phosphorothioate. In certain embodiments, each internucleoside linkage of the oligonucleotide is selected from phosphodiester and phosphorothioate. In certain embodiments, each internucleoside linkage of the oligonucleotide is selected from phosphodiester and phosphorothioate and at least one internucleoside linkage is phosphorothioate.
  • In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least 6 phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least 8 phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least 10 phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least one block of at least 6 consecutive phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least one block of at least 8 consecutive phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least one block of at least 10 consecutive phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises at least block of at least one 12 consecutive phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. In certain such embodiments, at least one such block is located at the 3′ end of the oligonucleotide. In certain such embodiments, at least one such block is located within 3 nucleosides of the 3′ end of the oligonucleotide.
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides comprise one or more methylphosphonate linkages. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides having a gapmer nucleoside motif comprise a linkage motif comprising all phosphorothioate linkages except for one or two methylphosphonate linkages. In certain embodiments, one methylphosphonate linkage is in the central gap of an oligonucleotide having a gapmer nucleoside motif.
  • ix. Certain Modification Motifs
  • Modification motifs define oligonucleotides by nucleoside motif (sugar motif and nucleobase motif) and linkage motif. For example, certain oligonucleotides have the following modification motif:
  • AsAsAsDsDsDsDs(ND)sDsDsDsDsBsBsB;
  • wherein each A is a modified nucleoside comprising a 2′-substituted sugar moiety; each D is an unmodified 2′-deoxynucleoside; each B is a modified nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety; ND is a modified nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase; and s is a phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage. Thus, the sugar motif is a gapmer motif. The nucleobase modification motif is a single modified nucleobase at 8th nucleoside from the 5′-end. Combining the sugar motif and the nucleobase modification motif, the nucleoside motif is an interrupted gapmer where the gap of the sugar modified gapmer is interrupted by a nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase. The linkage motif is uniform phosphorothioate. The following non-limiting Table further illustrates certain modification motifs:
  • TABLE 13
    Certain Modification Motifs
    5’-wing region Central gap region 3’-wing region
    BsBs sDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsAsAsAsA
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDs(ND)sDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDsAsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDsBsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDsWsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsAsBsB
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsAsBsB
    BsBsAsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsAsBsBsBsB
    AsAsBsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsAsAsBsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsAsBsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsBsAsA
    AsAsAsBsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsBsAsAsA
    AsAsAsAsBsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsAsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsAsBsA
    AsBsAsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsBsAsAs
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsAsBsA
    BsBsAsBsBsBsB DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsAsBsA
    AsAsAsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsA
    AsAsAsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsA
    AsAsAsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsAsBsBsBsB
    AsAsAsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsAsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsAsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsBsBs
    AsAsAsAsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsAsAsAsA
    BsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsA
    AsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsAsAsAsA
    AsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsAsAsA
    AsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsAsA
    AsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsBsA
    AsBsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsA
    AsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsBsA
    AsAsAsBsBs DsDsDs(ND)sDsDsDs BsBsAsAsA
    AsAsAsBsBs DsDsDsAsDsDsDs BsBsAsAsA
    AsAsAsBsBs DsDsDsBsDsDsDs BsBsAsAsA
    AsAsAsAsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsAsAsAsA
    AsAsBsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsBsAsA
    AsAsAsAsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsAs
    AsAsAsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsAs
    AsAsBsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsAsAs
    AsAsAsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsAsAsAsAs
    AsAsAsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsAsAsAs
    AsAsAsAsAs DsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsBsAsAs
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDs(ND)s(ND)sDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs Ds(ND)s(ND)sDs(ND)s(ND)sDs(ND)s(ND)s BsBsA
    AsBsBs Ds(ND)sDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDs(ND)sDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs Ds(ND)s(ND)sDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDs(D)zDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs Ds(D)zDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs (D)zDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDsAsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDsBsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs AsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs BsDsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsAsBs DsDs(D)zDsDsDsDsDsDs BsBsBsAsAs
    AsAsAsBsBs DsDs(ND)sDsDsDsDsDsDs AsA
    AsBsBsBs Ds(D)zDsDsDsDsDsDsDs AsAsAsBsBs
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDsDsDsDsDs(D)z BsBsA
    AsAsBsBsBs DsDsDsAsDsDsDs BsBsBsAsA
    AsAsBsBsBs DsDsDsBsDsDsDs BsBsBsAsA
    AsBsAsBs DsDsDsAsDsDsDs BsBsAsBsBsBsB
    AsBsBsBs DsDsDsDs(D)zDsDsDsDs BsA
    AsAsBsBsBs DsDsAsAsDsDsDs BsBsA
    AsBsBs DsDsDsDs(D)zDsDsDsDs BsBsBsA
    BsBs DsDs(ND)sDs(ND)sDsDsDsDs BsBsAsBsBsBsB

    wherein each A and B are nucleosides comprising differently modified sugar moieties, each D is a nucleoside comprising an unmodified 2′deoxy sugar moiety, each W is a modified nucleoside of either the first type, the second type or a third type, each ND is a modified nucleoside comprising a modified nucleobase, s is a phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage, and z is a non-phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage.
  • In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each A comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, each B comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside and 5-propyne uridine nucleoside. In certain embodiments, each A comprises an HNA. In certain embodiments, each A comprises an F-HNA.
  • In certain embodiments, each W comprises a modified sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among F, (ara)-F, OCH3 and O(CH2)2—OCH3. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among 5′-Me, and 5′-(R)-Me. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-L-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, each W comprises a sugar surrogate selected from among HNA and F-HNA.
  • In certain embodiments, at least one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and the other comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and the other of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, A comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is a cEt nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, A is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is a cEt nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside and A comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, at least one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and C comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a modified nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises 2-thio-thymidine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and C comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5-propyne uridine nucleobase.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a sugar HNA surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a F-HNA sugar surrogate.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-MOE sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, one of A or B comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is a cEt nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one of A or B is an α-L-LNA nucleoside, another of A or B comprises a 2′-(ara)-F sugar moiety, and W comprises a 5′-(R)-Me DNA sugar moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, at least two of A, B or W comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety, and the other comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, at least two of A, B or W comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety, and the other comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety.
  • d. Certain Overall Lengths
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides oligomeric compounds including oligonucleotides of any of a variety of ranges of lengths. In certain embodiments, the invention provides oligomeric compounds or oligonucleotides consisting of X to Y linked nucleosides, where X represents the fewest number of nucleosides in the range and Y represents the largest number of nucleosides in the range. In certain such embodiments, X and Y are each independently selected from 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, and 50; provided that X≤Y. For example, in certain embodiments, the invention provides oligomeric compounds which comprise oligonucleotides consisting of 8 to 9, 8 to 10, 8 to 11, 8 to 12, 8 to 13, 8 to 14, 8 to 15, 8 to 16, 8 to 17, 8 to 18, 8 to 19, 8 to 20, 8 to 21, 8 to 22, 8 to 23, 8 to 24, 8 to 25, 8 to 26, 8 to 27, 8 to 28, 8 to 29, 8 to 30, 9 to 10, 9 to 11, 9 to 12, 9 to 13, 9 to 14, 9 to 15, 9 to 16, 9 to 17, 9 to 18, 9 to 19, 9 to 20, 9 to 21, 9 to 22, 9 to 23, 9 to 24, 9 to 25, 9 to 26, 9 to 27, 9 to 28, 9 to 29, 9 to 30, 10 to 11, 10 to 12, 10 to 13, 10 to 14, 10 to 15, 10 to 16, 10 to 17, 10 to 18, 10 to 19, 10 to 20, 10 to 21, 10 to 22, 10 to 23, 10 to 24, 10 to 25, 10 to 26, 10 to 27, 10 to 28, 10 to 29, 10 to 30, 11 to 12, 11 to 13, 11 to 14, 11 to 15, 11 to 16, 11 to 17, 11 to 18, 11 to 19, 11 to 20, 11 to 21, 11 to 22, 11 to 23, 11 to 24, 11 to 25, 11 to 26, 11 to 27, 11 to 28, 11 to 29, 11 to 30, 12 to 13, 12 to 14, 12 to 15, 12 to 16, 12 to 17, 12 to 18, 12 to 19, 12 to 20, 12 to 21, 12 to 22, 12 to 23, 12 to 24, 12 to 25, 12 to 26, 12 to 27, 12 to 28, 12 to 29, 12 to 30, 13 to 14, 13 to 15, 13 to 16, 13 to 17, 13 to 18, 13 to 19, 13 to 20, 13 to 21, 13 to 22, 13 to 23, 13 to 24, 13 to 25, 13 to 26, 13 to 27, 13 to 28, 13 to 29, 13 to 30, 14 to 15, 14 to 16, 14 to 17, 14 to 18, 14 to 19, 14 to 20, 14 to 21, 14 to 22, 14 to 23, 14 to 24, 14 to 25, 14 to 26, 14 to 27, 14 to 28, 14 to 29, 14 to 30, 15 to 16, 15 to 17, 15 to 18, 15 to 19, 15 to 20, 15 to 21, 15 to 22, 15 to 23, 15 to 24, 15 to 25, 15 to 26, 15 to 27, 15 to 28, 15 to 29, 15 to 30, 16 to 17, 16 to 18, 16 to 19, 16 to 20, 16 to 21, 16 to 22, 16 to 23, 16 to 24, 16 to 25, 16 to 26, 16 to 27, 16 to 28, 16 to 29, 16 to 30, 17 to 18, 17 to 19, 17 to 20, 17 to 21, 17 to 22, 17 to 23, 17 to 24, 17 to 25, 17 to 26, 17 to 27, 17 to 28, 17 to 29, 17 to 30, 18 to 19, 18 to 20, 18 to 21, 18 to 22, 18 to 23, 18 to 24, 18 to 25, 18 to 26, 18 to 27, 18 to 28, 18 to 29, 18 to 30, 19 to 20, 19 to 21, 19 to 22, 19 to 23, 19 to 24, 19 to 25, 19 to 26, 19 to 29, 19 to 28, 19 to 29, 19 to 30, 20 to 21, 20 to 22, 20 to 23, 20 to 24, 20 to 25, 20 to 26, 20 to 27, 20 to 28, 20 to 29, 20 to 30, 21 to 22, 21 to 23, 21 to 24, 21 to 25, 21 to 26, 21 to 27, 21 to 28, 21 to 29, 21 to 30, 22 to 23, 22 to 24, 22 to 25, 22 to 26, 22 to 27, 22 to 28, 22 to 29, 22 to 30, 23 to 24, 23 to 25, 23 to 26, 23 to 27, 23 to 28, 23 to 29, 23 to 30, 24 to 25, 24 to 26, 24 to 27, 24 to 28, 24 to 29, 24 to 30, 25 to 26, 25 to 27, 25 to 28, 25 to 29, 25 to 30, 26 to 27, 26 to 28, 26 to 29, 26 to 30, 27 to 28, 27 to 29, 27 to 30, 28 to 29, 28 to 30, or 29 to 30 linked nucleosides. In embodiments where the number of nucleosides of an oligomeric compound or oligonucleotide is limited, whether to a range or to a specific number, the oligomeric compound or oligonucleotide may, nonetheless further comprise additional other substituents. For example, an oligonucleotide comprising 8-30 nucleosides excludes oligonucleotides having 31 nucleosides, but, unless otherwise indicated, such an oligonucleotide may further comprise, for example one or more conjugates, terminal groups, or other substituents. In certain embodiments, a gapmer oligonucleotide has any of the above lengths.
  • Further, where an oligonucleotide is described by an overall length range and by regions having specified lengths, and where the sum of specified lengths of the regions is less than the upper limit of the overall length range, the oligonucleotide may have additional nucleosides, beyond those of the specified regions, provided that the total number of nucleosides does not exceed the upper limit of the overall length range.
  • e. Certain Oligonucleotides
  • In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides of the present invention are characterized by their modification motif and overall length. In certain embodiments, such parameters are each independent of one another. Thus, unless otherwise indicated, each internucleoside linkage of an oligonucleotide having a gapmer sugar motif may be modified or unmodified and may or may not follow the gapmer modification pattern of the sugar modifications. For example, the internucleoside linkages within the wing regions of a sugar-gapmer may be the same or different from one another and may be the same or different from the internucleoside linkages of the gap region. Likewise, such sugar-gapmer oligonucleotides may comprise one or more modified nucleobase independent of the gapmer pattern of the sugar modifications. One of skill in the art will appreciate that such motifs may be combined to create a variety of oligonucleotides. Herein if a description of an oligonucleotide or oligomeric compound is silent with respect to one or more parameter, such parameter is not limited. Thus, an oligomeric compound described only as having a gapmer sugar motif without further description may have any length, internucleoside linkage motif, and nucleobase modification motif. Unless otherwise indicated, all chemical modifications are independent of nucleobase sequence.
  • f. Certain Conjugate Groups
  • In certain embodiments, oligomeric compounds are modified by attachment of one or more conjugate groups. In general, conjugate groups modify one or more properties of the attached oligomeric compound including but not limited to pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, stability, binding, absorption, cellular distribution, cellular uptake, charge and clearance. Conjugate groups are routinely used in the chemical arts and are linked directly or via an optional conjugate linking moiety or conjugate linking group to a parent compound such as an oligomeric compound, such as an oligonucleotide. Conjugate groups includes without limitation, intercalators, reporter molecules, polyamines, polyamides, polyethylene glycols, thioethers, polyethers, cholesterols, thiocholesterols, cholic acid moieties, folate, lipids, phospholipids, biotin, phenazine, phenanthridine, anthraquinone, adamantane, acridine, fluoresceins, rhodamines, coumarins and dyes. Certain conjugate groups have been described previously, for example: cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86, 6553-6556), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1994, 4, 1053-1060), a thioether, e.g., hexyl-S-tritylthiol (Manoharan et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1992, 660, 306-309; Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1993, 3, 2765-2770), a thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1992, 20, 533-538), an aliphatic chain, e.g., do-decan-diol or undecyl residues (Saison-Behmoaras et al., EMBO J., 1991, 10, 1111-1118; Kabanov et al., FEBS Lett., 1990, 259, 327-330; Svinarchuk et al., Biochimie, 1993, 75, 49-54), a phospholipid, e.g., di-hexadecyl-rac-glycerol or triethyl-ammonium 1,2-di-O-hexadecyl-rac-glycero-3-H-phosphonate (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654; Shea et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777-3783), a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14, 969-973), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229-237), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1996, 277, 923-937).
  • In certain embodiments, a conjugate group comprises an active drug substance, for example, aspirin, warfarin, phenylbutazone, ibuprofen, suprofen, fen-bufen, ketoprofen, (S)-(+)-pranoprofen, carprofen, dansylsarcosine, 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid, flufenamic acid, folinic acid, a benzothiadiazide, chlorothiazide, a diazepine, indo-methicin, a barbiturate, a cephalosporin, a sulfa drug, an antidiabetic, an antibacterial or an antibiotic.
  • In certain embodiments, conjugate groups are directly attached to oligonucleotides in oligomeric compounds. In certain embodiments, conjugate groups are attached to oligonucleotides by a conjugate linking group. In certain such embodiments, conjugate linking groups, including, but not limited to, bifunctional linking moieties such as those known in the art are amenable to the compounds provided herein. Conjugate linking groups are useful for attachment of conjugate groups, such as chemical stabilizing groups, functional groups, reporter groups and other groups to selective sites in a parent compound such as for example an oligomeric compound. In general a bifunctional linking moiety comprises a hydrocarbyl moiety having two functional groups. One of the functional groups is selected to bind to a parent molecule or compound of interest and the other is selected to bind essentially any selected group such as chemical functional group or a conjugate group. In some embodiments, the conjugate linker comprises a chain structure or an oligomer of repeating units such as ethylene glycol or amino acid units. Examples of functional groups that are routinely used in a bifunctional linking moiety include, but are not limited to, electrophiles for reacting with nucleophilic groups and nucleophiles for reacting with electrophilic groups. In some embodiments, bifunctional linking moieties include amino, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, thiol, unsaturations (e.g., double or triple bonds), and the like.
  • Some nonlimiting examples of conjugate linking moieties include pyrrolidine, 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (ADO), succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC) and 6-aminohexanoic acid (AHEX or AHA). Other linking groups include, but are not limited to, substituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkenyl or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkynyl, wherein a nonlimiting list of preferred substituent groups includes hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
  • Conjugate groups may be attached to either or both ends of an oligonucleotide (terminal conjugate groups) and/or at any internal position.
  • In certain embodiments, conjugate groups are at the 3′-end of an oligonucleotide of an oligomeric compound. In certain embodiments, conjugate groups are near the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, conjugates are attached at the 3′end of an oligomeric compound, but before one or more terminal group nucleosides. In certain embodiments, conjugate groups are placed within a terminal group. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides oligomeric compounds. In certain embodiments, oligomeric compounds comprise an oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, an oligomeric compound comprises an oligonucleotide and one or more conjugate and/or terminal groups. Such conjugate and/or terminal groups may be added to oligonucleotides having any of the motifs discussed above. Thus, for example, an oligomeric compound comprising an oligonucleotide having region of alternating nucleosides may comprise a terminal group.
    • C. Antisense Compounds
  • In certain embodiments, oligomeric compounds provided herein are antisense compounds. Such antisense compounds are capable of hybridizing to a target nucleic acid, resulting in at least one antisense activity. In certain embodiments, antisense compounds specifically hybridize to one or more target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, a specifically hybridizing antisense compound has a nucleobase sequence comprising a region having sufficient complementarity to a target nucleic acid to allow hybridization and result in antisense activity and insufficient complementarity to any non-target so as to avoid non-specific hybridization to any non-target nucleic acid sequences under conditions in which specific hybridization is desired (e.g., under physiological conditions for in vivo or therapeutic uses, and under conditions in which assays are performed in the case of in vitro assays).
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides antisense compounds comprising oligonucleotides that are fully complementary to the target nucleic acid over the entire length of the oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides are 99% complementary to the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotides are 95% complementary to the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, such oligonucleotides are 90% complementary to the target nucleic acid.
  • In certain embodiments, such oligonucleotides are 85% complementary to the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, such oligonucleotides are 80% complementary to the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, an antisense compound comprises a region that is fully complementary to a target nucleic acid and is at least 80% complementary to the target nucleic acid over the entire length of the oligonucleotide. In certain such embodiments, the region of full complementarity is from 6 to 14 nucleobases in length.
  • a. Certain Antisense Activities and Mechanisms
  • In certain antisense activities, hybridization of an antisense compound results in recruitment of a protein that cleaves of the target nucleic acid. For example, certain antisense compounds result in RNase H mediated cleavage of target nucleic acid. RNase H is a cellular endonuclease that cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex. The “DNA” in such an RNA:DNA duplex, need not be unmodified DNA. In certain embodiments, the invention provides antisense compounds that are sufficiently “DNA-like” to elicit RNase H activity. Such DNA-like antisense compounds include, but are not limited to gapmers having unmodified deoxyfuronose sugar moieties in the nucleosides of the gap and modified sugar moieties in the nucleosides of the wings.
  • Antisense activities may be observed directly or indirectly. In certain embodiments, observation or detection of an antisense activity involves observation or detection of a change in an amount of a target nucleic acid or protein encoded by such target nucleic acid; a change in the ratio of splice variants of a nucleic acid or protein; and/or a phenotypic change in a cell or animal.
  • In certain embodiments, compounds comprising oligonucleotides having a gapmer nucleoside motif described herein have desirable properties compared to non-gapmer oligonucleotides or to gapmers having other motifs. In certain circumstances, it is desirable to identify motifs resulting in a favorable combination of potent antisense activity and relatively low toxicity. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a favorable therapeutic index (measure of activity divided by measure of toxicity).
  • b. Certain Selective Antisense Compounds
  • In certain embodiments, antisense compounds provided are selective for a target relative to a non-target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the nucleobase sequences of the target and non-target nucleic acids differ by no more than 4 differentiating nucleobases in the targeted region. In certain embodiments, the nucleobase sequences of the target and non-target nucleic acids differ by no more than 3 differentiating nucleobases in the targeted region. In certain embodiments, the nucleobase sequences of the target and non-target nucleic acids differ by no more than 2 differentiating nucleobases in the targeted region. In certain embodiments, the nucleobase sequences of the target and non-target nucleic acids differ by a single differentiating nucleobase in the targeted region. In certain embodiments, the target and non-target nucleic acids are transcripts from different genes. In certain embodiments, the target and non-target nucleic acids are different alleles for the same gene. In certain embodiments, the introduction of a mismatch between an antisense compound and a non-target nucleic acid may alter the RNase H cleavage site of a target nucleic acid compared to a non-target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the target and non-target nucleic acids are not functionally related to one another (e.g., are transcripts from different genes). In certain embodiments, the target and not-target nucleic acids are allelic variants of one another. In certain embodiments, the allelic variant contains a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP). In certain embodiments, a SNP is associated with a mutant allele. In certain embodiments, a mutant SNP is associated with a disease. In certain embodiments a mutant SNP is associated with a disease, but is not causative of the disease. In certain embodiments, mRNA and protein expression of a mutant allele is associated with disease.
  • Selectivity of antisense compounds is achieved, principally, by nucleobase complementarity. For example, if an antisense compound has no mismatches for a target nucleic acid and one or more mismatches for a non-target nucleic acid, some amount of selectivity for the target nucleic acid will result. In certain embodiments, provided herein are antisense compounds with enhanced selectivity (i.e. the ratio of activity for the target to the activity for non-target is greater). For example, in certain embodiments, a selective nucleoside comprises a particular feature or combination of features (e.g., chemical modification, motif, placement of selective nucleoside, and/or self-complementary region) that increases selectivity of an antisense compound compared to an antisense compound not having that feature or combination of features. In certain embodiments, such feature or combination of features increases antisense activity for the target. In certain embodiments, such feature or combination of features decreases activity for the target, but decreases activity for the non-target by a greater amount, thus resulting in an increase in selectivity.
  • Without being limited by mechanism, enhanced selectivity may result from a larger difference in the affinity of an antisense compound for its target compared to its affinity for the non-target and/or a larger difference in RNase H activity for the resulting duplexes. For example, in certain embodiments, a selective antisense compound comprises a modified nucleoside at that same position as a differentiating nucleobase (i.e., the selective nucleoside is modified). That modification may increase the difference in binding affinity of the antisense compound for the target relative to the non-target. In addition or in the alternative, the chemical modification may increase the difference in RNAse H activity for the duplex formed by the antisense compound and its target compared to the RNase activity for the duplex formed by the antisense compound and the non-target. For example, the modification may exaggerate a structure that is less compatible for RNase H to bind, cleave and/or release the non-target.
  • In certain embodiments, an antisense compound binds its intended target to form a target duplex. In certain embodiments, RNase H cleaves the target nucleic acid of the target duplex. In certain such embodiments, there is a primary cleavage site between two particular nucleosides of the target nucleic acid (the primary target cleavage site), which accounts for the largest amount of cleavage of the target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, there are one or more secondary target cleavage sites. In certain embodiments, the same antisense compound hybridizes to a non-target to form a non-target duplex. In certain such embodiments, the non-target differs from the target by a single nucleobase within the target region, and so the antisense compound hybridizes with a single mismatch. Because of the mismatch, in certain embodiments, RNase H cleavage of the non-target may be reduced compared to cleavage of the target, but still occurs. In certain embodiments, though, the primary site of that cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid (primary non-target cleavage site) is different from that of the target. That is; the primary site is shifted due to the mismatch. In such a circumstance, one may use a modification placed in the antisense compound to disrupt RNase H cleavage at the primary non-target cleavage site. Such modification will result in reduced cleavage of the non-target, but will result little or no decrease in cleavage of the target. In certain embodiments, the modification is a modified sugar, nucleobase and/or linkage.
  • In certain embodiments, the primary non-target cleavage site is towards the 5′-end of the antisense compound, and the 5′-end of an antisense compound may be modified to prevent RNaseH cleavage. In this manner, it is thought that one having skill in the art may modify the 5′-end of an antisense compound, or modify the nucleosides in the gap region of the 5′-end of the antisense compound, or modify the 3′-most 5′-region nucleosides of the antisense compound to selectively inhibit RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid duplex while retaining RNase H cleavage of the target nucleic acid duplex. In certain embodiments, 1-3 of the 3′-most 5′-region nucleosides of the antisense compound comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • For example, in certain embodiments the target nucleic acid may have an allelic variant, e.g. a non-target nucleic acid, containing a single nucleotide polymorphism. An antisense compound may be designed having a single nucleobase mismatch from the non-target nucleic acid, but which has full complementarity to the target nucleic acid. The mismatch between the antisense compound and the non-target nucleic acid may destabilize the antisense compound non-target nucleic acid duplex, and consequently the cleavage site of RNaseH may shift upstream towards the 5′-end of the antisense compound. Modification of the 5′-end of the antisense compound or the gap region near the 5′-end of the antisense compound, or one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region, will then prevent RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid. Since the target nucleic acid is fully complementary to the antisense compound, the antisense compound and the target nucleic acid will form a more stabilized antisense compound-target nucleic acid duplex and the cleavage site of RnaseH will be more downstream, towards the 3′ end of the antisense compound. Accordingly, modifications at the 5′-end of the antisense compound will prevent RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid, but will not substantially effect RNaseH cleavage of the target nucleic acid, and selectivity between a target nucleic acid and its allelic variant may be achieved. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from cEt and LNA. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region comprises cEt. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 3′-most nucleosides of the 5′-wing region comprises LNA.
  • In certain embodiments, the introduction of a mismatch between an antisense compound and a target nucleic acid may alter the RNase H cleavage site of a target nucleic acid compared to a non-target nucleic acid by shifting the RNaseH cleavage site downstream from the mismatch site and towards the 3′-end of the antisense compound. In certain embodiments where the cleavage site of a target nucleic acid compared to a non-target nucleic acid has shifted downstream towards the 3′-end of the antisense compound, the 3′-end of an antisense compound may be modified to prevent RNaseH cleavage. In this manner, it is thought that one having skill in the art may modify the 3′-end of an antisense compound, or modify the nucleosides in the gap region near the 3′-end of antisense compound, to selectively inhibit RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid while retaining RNase H cleavage of the target nucleic acid.
  • For example, in certain embodiments the target nucleic acid may have an allelic variant, e.g. a non-target nucleic acid, containing a single nucleotide polymorphism. An antisense compound may be designed having a single nucleobase mismatch from the non-target nucleic acid, but which has full complementarity to target nucleic acid. The mismatch between the antisense compound and the non-target nucleic acid may destabilize the antisense compound-non-target nucleic acid duplex, and consequently the cleavage site of RNaseH may shift downstream towards the 3′-end of the antisense compound. Modification of the 3′-end of the antisense compound, or one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region, or the gap region of the antisense compound near the 3′-end will then prevent RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid. Since the target nucleic acid is fully complementary to the antisense compound, the antisense compound and the target nucleic acid will form a more stabilized antisense compound-target nucleic acid duplex and the cleavage site of RnaseH will be more upstream, towards the 5′ end of the antisense compound. Accordingly, modifications at the 3′-end of the antisense compound will prevent RNaseH cleavage of the non-target nucleic acid, but will not substantially effect RNaseH cleavage of the target nucleic acid, and selectivity between a target nucleic acid and its allelic variant may be achieved. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from cEt and LNA. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region comprises cEt. In certain embodiments, one or more of the 5′-most nucleosides of the 3′-wing region comprises LNA.
  • In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of two or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of one bicyclic nucleoside at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of two bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of three bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of four bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of five bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments discussed above, the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside are selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments discussed above, the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprise cEt. In certain embodiments discussed above, the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprise LNA.
  • In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of two or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of one bicyclic nucleoside at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of two bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of three bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of four bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or longer, may be improved by the addition of four bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside and the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 5′-most 3′-wing nucleoside.
  • In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of one or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of two or more bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of one bicyclic nucleoside at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of two bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of three bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of four bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of antisense compounds having certain gaps, e.g. gaps of 7 nucleosides or shorter, may be improved by the addition of five bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside. In certain embodiments discussed above, the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside are selected from among cEt, cMOE, LNA, α-LNA, ENA and 2′-thio LNA. In certain embodiments discussed above, the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprise cEt. In certain embodiments discussed above, the bicyclic nucleosides at the 3′-most 5′-wing nucleoside comprise LNA.
  • Antisense compounds having certain specified motifs have enhanced selectivity, including, but not limited to motifs described above. In certain embodiments, enhanced selectivity is achieved by oligonucleotides comprising any one or more of:
  • a modification motif comprising a long 5′-wing (longer than 5, 6, or 7 nucleosides);
  • a modification motif comprising a long 3′-wing (longer than 5, 6, or 7 nucleosides);
  • a modification motif comprising a short gap region (shorter than 8, 7, or 6 nucleosides); and
  • a modification motif comprising an interrupted gap region (having no uninterrupted stretch of unmodified 2′-deoxynucleosides longer than 7, 6 or 5).
  • i. Certain Selective Nucleobase Sequence Elements
  • In certain embodiments, selective antisense compounds comprise nucleobase sequence elements. Such nucleobase sequence elements are independent of modification motifs. Accordingly, oligonucleotides having any of the motifs (modification motifs, nucleoside motifs, sugar motifs, nucleobase modification motifs, and/or linkage motifs) may also comprise one or more of the following nucleobase sequence elements.
  • ii. Alignment of Differentiating Nucleobase/Target-Selective Nucleoside
  • In certain embodiments, a target region and a region of a non-target nucleic acid differ by 1-4 differentiating nucleobase. In such embodiments, selective antisense compounds have a nucleobase sequence that aligns with the non-target nucleic acid with 1-4 mismatches. A nucleoside of the antisense compound that corresponds to a differentiating nucleobase of the target nucleic acid is referred to herein as a target-selective nucleoside. In certain embodiments, selective antisense compounds having a gapmer motif align with a non-target nucleic acid, such that a target-selective nucleoside is positioned in the gap. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 1st nucleoside of the gap from the 5′ end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 2nd a nucleoside of the gap from the 5′ end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 3rd nucleoside of the gap from the 5′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 4th nucleoside of the gap from the 5′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 5th nucleoside of the gap from the 5′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 6rd nucleoside of the gap from the 5′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 8th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 7th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 6th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 5th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 4th nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 3rd nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside is the 2nd a nucleoside of the gap from the 3′-end.
  • In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a modified nucleoside. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a modified sugar. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a sugar surrogate. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a sugar surrogate selected from among HNA and F-HNA. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a 2′-substituted sugar moiety selected from among MOE, F and (ara)-F. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a 5′-substituted sugar moiety selected from 5′-(R)-Me DNA. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a bicyclic sugar moiety selected from among cEt, and α-L-LNA. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a modified nucleobase. In certain embodiments, a target-selective nucleoside comprises a modified nucleobase selected from among 2-thio-thymidine and 5-propyne uridine.
  • iii. Mismatches to the Target Nucleic Acid
  • In certain embodiments, selective antisense compounds comprise one or more mismatched nucleobases relative to the target nucleic acid. In certain such embodiments, antisense activity against the target is reduced by such mismatch, but activity against the non-target is reduced by a greater amount. Thus, in certain embodiments selectivity is improved. Any nucleobase other than the differentiating nucleobase is suitable for a mismatch. In certain embodiments, however, the mismatch is specifically positioned within the gap of an oligonucleotide having a gapmer motif. In certain embodiments, a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid is at positions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 from the 5′-end of the gap region. In certain embodiments, a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid is at positions 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 of the antisense compounds from the 3′-end of the gap region. In certain embodiments, a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid is at positions 1, 2, 3, or 4 of the antisense compounds from the 5′-end of the wing region. In certain embodiments, a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid is at positions 4, 3, 2, or 1 of the antisense compounds from the 3′-end of the wing region.
  • iv. Self Complementary Regions
  • In certain embodiments, selective antisense compounds comprise a region that is not complementary to the target. In certain embodiments, such region is complementary to another region of the antisense compound. Such regions are referred to herein as self-complementary regions. For example, in certain embodiments, an antisense compound has a first region at one end that is complementary to a second region at the other end. In certain embodiments, one of the first and second regions is complementary to the target nucleic acid. Unless the target nucleic acid also includes a self-complementary region, the other of the first and second region of the antisense compound will not be complementary to the target nucleic acid. For illustrative purposes, certain antisense compounds have the following nucleobase motif:
  • ABCXXXXXXXXXC′B′A′;
  • ABCXXXXXXX(X/C′)(X/B′)(X/A′);
  • (X/A)(X/B)(X/C)XXXXXXXXXC′B′A′
  • where each of A, B, and C are any nucleobase; A′, B′, and C′ are the complementary bases to A, B, and C, respectively; each X is a nucleobase complementary to the target nucleic acid; and two letters in parentheses (e.g., (X/C′)) indicates that the nucleobase is complementary to the target nucleic acid and to the designated nucleoside within the antisense oligonucleotide.
  • Without being bound to any mechanism, in certain embodiments, such antisense compounds are expected to form self-structure, which is disrupted upon contact with a target nucleic acid. Contact with a non-target nucleic acid is expected to disrupt the self-structure to a lesser degree, thus increasing selectivity compared to the same antisense compound lacking the self-complementary regions.
  • v. Combinations of Features
  • Though it is clear to one of skill in the art, the above motifs and other elements for increasing selectivity may be used alone or in combination. For example, a single antisense compound may include any one, two, three, or more of: self-complementary regions, a mismatch relative to the target nucleic acid, a short nucleoside gap, an interrupted gap, and specific placement of the selective nucleoside.
    • D. Certain Target Nucleic Acids
  • In certain embodiments, antisense compounds comprise or consist of an oligonucleotide comprising a region that is complementary to a target nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is an endogenous RNA molecule. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a non-coding RNA. In certain such embodiments, the target non-coding RNA is selected from: a long-non-coding RNA, a short non-coding RNA, an intronic RNA molecule, a snoRNA, a scaRNA, a microRNA (including pre-microRNA and mature microRNA), a ribosomal RNA, and promoter directed RNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid encodes a protein. In certain such embodiments, the target nucleic acid is selected from: an mRNA and a pre-mRNA, including intronic, exonic and untranslated regions. In certain embodiments, oligomeric compounds are at least partially complementary to more than one target nucleic acid. For example, antisense compounds of the present invention may mimic microRNAs, which typically bind to multiple targets.
  • In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a nucleic acid other than a mature mRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a nucleic acid other than a mature mRNA or a microRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a non-coding RNA other than a microRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a non-coding RNA other than a microRNA or an intronic region of a pre-mRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a long non-coding RNA. In certain embodiments, the target RNA is an mRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a pre-mRNA.
  • In certain such embodiments, the target region is entirely within an intron. In certain embodiments, the target region spans an intron/exon junction. In certain embodiments, the target region is at least 50% within an intron. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is selected from among non-coding RNA, including exonic regions of pre-mRNA. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a ribosomal RNA (rRNA). In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a non-coding RNA associated with splicing of other pre-mRNAs. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a nuclear-retained non-coding RNA.
  • In certain embodiments, antisense compounds described herein are complementary to a target nucleic acid comprising a single-nucleotide polymorphism. In certain such embodiments, the antisense compound is capable of modulating expression of one allele of the single-nucleotide polymorphism-containing-target nucleic acid to a greater or lesser extent than it modulates another allele. In certain embodiments an antisense compound hybridizes to a single-nucleotide polymorphism-containing-target nucleic acid at the single-nucleotide polymorphism site. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a Huntingtin gene transcript.
  • In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a single-nucleotide polymorphism-containing-target nucleic acid of a Huntingtin gene transcript. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is not a Huntingtin gene transcript. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a single-nucleotide polymorphism-containing-target nucleic acid of a gene transcript other than Huntingtin. In certain embodiments, the target nucleic acid is any nucleic acid other than a Huntingtin gene transcript.
  • a. Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism
  • In certain embodiments, the invention provides selective antisense compounds that have greater activity for a target nucleic acid than for a homologous or partially homologous non-target nucleic acid. In certain such embodiments, the target and non-target nucleic acids are not functionally related to one another (e.g., are transcripts from different genes). In certain embodiments, the target and not-target nucleic acids are allelic variants of one another. Certain embodiments of the present invention provide methods, compounds, and compositions for selectively inhibiting mRNA and protein expression of an allelic variant of a particular gene or DNA sequence. In certain embodiments, the allelic variant contains a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP). In certain embodiments, a SNP is associated with a mutant allele. In certain embodiments, a mutant SNP is associated with a disease. In certain embodiments a mutant SNP is associated with a disease, but is not causative of the disease. In certain embodiments, mRNA and protein expression of a mutant allele is associated with disease.
  • In certain embodiments, the expressed gene product of a mutant allele results in aggregation of the mutant proteins causing disease. In certain embodiments, the expressed gene product of a mutant allele results in gain of function causing disease. In certain embodiments, genes with an autosomal dominant mutation resulting in a toxic gain of function of the protein are the APP gene encoding amyloid precursor protein involved in Alzheimer's disease (Gene, 371: 68, 2006); the PrP gene encoding prion protein involved in Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease and in fatal familial insomnia (Nat. Med. 1997, 3: 1009); GFAP gene encoding glial fibrillary acidic protein involved in Alexander disease (J. Neurosci. 2006, 26:111623); alpha-synuclein gene encoding alpha-synuclein protein involved in Parkinson's disease (J. Clin. Invest. 2003, 111: 145); SOD-1 gene encoding the SOD-1 protein involved in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Science 1998, 281: 1851); atrophin-1 gene encoding atrophin-1 protein involved in dentato-rubral and pallido-luysian atrophy (DRPA) (Trends Mol. Med. 2001, 7: 479); SCA1 gene encoding ataxin-1 protein involved in spino-cerebellar ataxia-1 (SCA1) (Protein Sci. 2003, 12: 953); PLP gene encoding proteolipid protein involved in Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease (NeuroMol Med. 2007, 4: 73); DYT1 gene encoding torsinA protein involved in Torsion dystonia (Brain Res. 2000, 877: 379); and alpha-B crystalline gene encoding alpha-B crystalline protein involved in protein aggregation diseases, including cardiomyopathy (Cell 2007, 130: 427); alpha1-antitrypsin gene encoding alpha1-antitrypsin protein involved in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), liver disease and hepatocellular carcinoma (New Engl J Med. 2002, 346: 45); Ltk gene encoding leukocyte tyrosine kinase protein involved in systemic lupus erythematosus (Hum. Mol. Gen. 2004, 13: 171); PCSK9 gene encoding PCSK9 protein involved in hypercholesterolemia (Hum Mutat. 2009, 30: 520); prolactin receptor gene encoding prolactin receptor protein involved in breast tumors (Proc. Natl. Assoc. Sci. 2008, 105: 4533); CCL5 gene encoding the chemokine CCL5 involved in COPD and asthma (Eur. Respir. J. 2008, 32: 327); PTPN22 gene encoding PTPN22 protein involved in Type 1 diabetes, Rheumatoid arthritis, Graves disease, and SLE (Proc. Natl. Assoc. Sci. 2007, 104: 19767); androgen receptor gene encoding the androgen receptor protein involved in spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy or Kennedy's disease (J Steroid Biochem. Mol. Biol. 2008, 108: 245); CHMP4B gene encoding chromatin modifying protein-4B involved in progressive childhood posterior subcapsular cataracts (Am. J. Hum. Genet 2007, 81: 596); FXR/NR1H4 gene encoding Farnesoid X receptor protein involved in cholesterol gallstone disease, arthrosclerosis and diabetes (Mol. Endocrinol. 2007, 21: 1769); ABCA1 gene encoding ABCA1 protein involved in cardiovascular disease (Transl. Res. 2007, 149: 205); CaSR gene encoding the calcium sensing receptor protein involved in primary hypercalciuria (Kidney Int. 2007, 71: 1155); alpha-globin gene encoding alpha-globin protein involved in alpha-thalassemia (Science 2006, 312: 1215); httlpr gene encoding HTTLPR protein involved in obsessive compulsive disorder (Am. J. Hum. Genet. 2006, 78: 815); AVP gene encoding arginine vasopressin protein in stress-related disorders such as anxiety disorders and comorbid depression (CNS Neurol. Disord. Drug Targets 2006, 5: 167); GNAS gene encoding G proteins involved in congenital visual defects, hypertension, metabolic syndrome (Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 2006, 27: 260); APAF1 gene encoding APAF1 protein involved in a predisposition to major depression (Mol. Psychiatry 2006, 11: 76); TGF-beta1 gene encoding TGF-beta1 protein involved in breast cancer and prostate cancer (Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev. 2004, 13: 759); AChR gene encoding acetylcholine receptor involved in congenital myasthenic syndrome (Neurology 2004, 62: 1090); P2Y12 gene encoding adenosine diphosphate (ADP) receptor protein involved in risk of peripheral arterial disease (Circulation 2003, 108: 2971); LQT1 gene encoding LQT1 protein involved in atrial fibrillation (Cardiology 2003, 100: 109); RET protooncogene encoding RET protein involved in sporadic pheochromocytoma (J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 2003, 88: 4911); filamin A gene encoding filamin A protein involved in various congenital malformations (Nat. Genet. 2003, 33: 487); TARDBP gene encoding TDP-43 protein involved in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Hum. Mol. Gene.t 2010, 19: 671); SCA3 gene encoding ataxin-3 protein involved in Machado-Joseph disease (PLoS One 2008, 3: e3341); SCA7 gene encoding ataxin-7 protein involved in spino-cerebellar ataxia-7 (PLoS One 2009, 4: e7232); and HTT gene encoding huntingtin protein involved in Huntington's disease (Neurobiol Dis. 1996, 3:183); and the CA4 gene encoding carbonic anhydrase 4 protein, CRX gene encoding cone-rod homeobox transcription factor protein, FSCN2 gene encoding retinal fascin homolog 2 protein, IMPDH1 gene encoding inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase 1 protein, NR2E3 gene encoding nuclear receptor subfamily 2 group E3 protein, NRL gene encoding neural retina leucine zipper protein, PRPF3 (RP18) gene encoding pre-mRNA splicing factor 3 protein, PRPF8 (RP13) gene encoding pre-mRNA splicing factor 8 protein, PRPF31 (RP11) gene encoding pre-mRNA splicing factor 31 protein, RDS gene encoding peripherin 2 protein, ROM1 gene encoding rod outer membrane protein 1 protein, RHO gene encoding rhodopsin protein, RP1 gene encoding RP1 protein, RPGR gene encoding retinitis pigmentosa GTPase regulator protein, all of which are involved in Autosomal Dominant Retinitis Pigmentosa disease (Adv Exp Med Biol. 2008, 613:203) In certain embodiments, the mutant allele is associated with any disease from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, fatal familial insomnia, Alexander disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, dentato-rubral and pallido-luysian atrophy DRPA, spino-cerebellar ataxia, Torsion dystonia, cardiomyopathy, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), liver disease, hepatocellular carcinoma, systemic lupus erythematosus, hypercholesterolemia, breast cancer, asthma, Type 1 diabetes, Rheumatoid arthritis, Graves disease, SLE, spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy, Kennedy's disease, progressive childhood posterior subcapsular cataracts, cholesterol gallstone disease, arthrosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, primary hypercalciuria, alpha-thalassemia, obsessive compulsive disorder, Anxiety, comorbid depression, congenital visual defects, hypertension, metabolic syndrome, prostate cancer, congenital myasthenic syndrome, peripheral arterial disease, atrial fibrillation, sporadic pheochromocytoma, congenital malformations, Machado-Joseph disease, Huntington's disease, and Autosomal Dominant Retinitis Pigmentosa disease.
  • i. Certain Huntingtin Targets
  • In certain embodiments, an allelic variant of huntingtin is selectively reduced. Nucleotide sequences that encode huntingtin include, without limitation, the following: GENBANK Accession No. NT_006081.18, truncated from nucleotides 1566000 to 1768000 (replaced by GENBANK Accession No. NT_006051), incorporated herein as SEQ ID NO: 1, and NM_002111.6, incorporated herein as SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • Table 14 provides SNPs found in the GM04022, GM04281, GM02171, and GM02173B cell lines. Also provided are the allelic variants found at each SNP position, the genotype for each of the cell lines, and the percentage of HD patients having a particular allelic variant. For example, the two allelic variants for SNP rs6446723 are T and C. The GM04022 cell line is heterozygous TC, the GM02171 cell line is homozygous CC, the GM02173 cell line is heterozygous TC, and the GM04281 cell line is homozygous TT. Fifty percent of HD patients have a T at SNP position rs6446723.
  • TABLE 14
    Allelic Variations for SNPs Associated with HD
    SNP Variation GM04022 GM02171 GM02173 GM04281 TargetPOP allele
    rs6446723 T/C TC CC TC TT 0.50 T
    rs3856973 A/G AG AA AG GG 0.50 G
    rs2285086 A/G AG GG AG AA 0.50 A
    rs363092 A/C AC AA AC CC 0.49 C
    rs916171 C/G GC GG GC CC 0.49 C
    rs6844859 T/C TC CC TC TT 0.49 T
    rs7691627 A/G AG AA AG GG 0.49 G
    rs4690073 A/G AG AA AG GG 0.49 G
    rs2024115 A/G AG GG AG AA 0.48 A
    rs11731237 T/C CC CC TC TT 0.43 T
    rs362296 A/C CC AC AC AC 0.42 C
    rs10015979 A/G AA AA AG GG 0.42 G
    rs7659144 C/G CG CG CG CC 0.41 C
    rs363096 T/C CC CC TC TT 0.40 T
    rs362273 A/G AA AG AG AA 0.39 A
    rs16843804 T/C CC TC TC CC 0.38 C
    rs362271 A/G GG AG AG GG 0.38 G
    rs362275 T/C CC TC TC CC 0.38 C
    rs3121419 T/C CC TC TC CC 0.38 C
    rs362272 A/G GG — AG GG 0.38 G
    rs3775061 A/G AA AG AG AA 0.38 A
    rs34315806 T/C CC TC TC CC 0.38 C
    rs363099 T/C CC TC TC CC 0.38 C
    rs2298967 T/C TT TC TC TT 0.38 T
    rs363088 A/T AA TA TA AA 0.38 A
    rs363064 T/C CC TC TC CC 0.35 C
    rs363102 A/G AG AA AA AA 0.23 G
    rs2798235 A/G AG GG GG GG 0.21 A
    rs363080 T/C TC CC CC CC 0.21 T
    rs363072 A/T TA TA AA AA 0.13 A
    rs363125 A/C AC AC CC CC 0.12 C
    rs362303 T/C TC TC CC CC 0.12 C
    rs362310 T/C TC TC CC CC 0.12 C
    rs10488840 A/G AG AG GG GG 0.12 G
    rs362325 T/C TC TC TT TT 0.11 T
    rs35892913 A/G GG GG GG GG 0.10 A
    rs363102 A/G AG AA AA AA 0.09 A
    rs363096 T/C CC CC TC TT 0.09 C
    rs11731237 T/C CC CC TC TT 0.09 C
    rs10015979 A/G AA AA AG GG 0.08 A
    rs363080 T/C TC CC CC CC 0.07 C
    rs2798235 A/G AG GG GG GG 0.07 G
    rs1936032 C/G GC CC CC CC 0.06 C
    rs2276881 A/G GG GG GG GG 0.06 G
    rs363070 A/G AA AA AA AA 0.06 A
    rs35892913 A/G GG GG GG GG 0.04 G
    rs12502045 T/C CC CC CC CC 0.04 C
    rs6446723 T/C TC CC TC TT 0.04 C
    rs7685686 A/G AG GG AG AA 0.04 G
    rs3733217 T/C CC CC CC CC 0.03 C
    rs6844859 T/C TC CC TC TT 0.03 C
    rs362331 T/C TC CC TC TT 0.03 C
    • E. Certain Indications
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating an animal or individual comprising administering one or more pharmaceutical compositions as described herein. In certain embodiments, the individual or animal has Huntington's disease.
  • In certain embodiments, compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may be administered to reduce the severity of physiological symptoms of Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may be administered to reduce the rate of degeneration in an individual or an animal having Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may be administered regeneration function in an individual or an animal having Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, symptoms of Huntingtin's disease may be reversed by treatment with a compound as described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may be administered to ameliorate one or more symptoms of Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments administration of compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may improve the symptoms of Huntington's disease as measured by any metric known to those having skill in the art. In certain embodiments, administration of compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may improve a rodent's rotarod assay performance. In certain embodiments, administration of compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may improve a rodent's plus maze assay. In certain embodiments, administration of compounds targeted to huntingtin as described herein may improve a rodent's open field assay performance.
  • Accordingly, provided herein are methods for ameliorating a symptom associated with Huntington's disease in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a method for reducing the rate of onset of a symptom associated with Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, provided is a method for reducing the severity of a symptom associated with Huntington's disease. In certain embodiments, provided is a method for regenerating neurological function as shown by an improvement of a symptom associated with Huntington's disease. In such embodiments, the methods comprise administering to an individual or animal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound targeted to a huntingtin nucleic acid.
  • Huntington's disease is characterized by numerous physical, neurological, psychiatric, and/or peripheral symptoms. Any symptom known to one of skill in the art to be associated with Huntington's disease can be ameliorated or otherwise modulated as set forth above in the methods described above. In certain embodiments, the symptom is a physical symptom selected from the group consisting of restlessness, lack of coordination, unintentionally initiated motions, unintentionally uncompleted motions, unsteady gait, chorea, rigidity, writhing motions, abnormal posturing, instability, abnormal facial expressions, difficulty chewing, difficulty swallowing, difficulty speaking, seizure, and sleep disturbances. In certain embodiments, the symptom is a cognitive symptom selected from the group consisting of impaired planning, impaired flexibility, impaired abstract thinking, impaired rule acquisition, impaired initiation of appropriate actions, impaired inhibition of inappropriate actions, impaired short-term memory, impaired long-term memory, paranoia, disorientation, confusion, hallucination and dementia. In certain embodiments, the symptom is a psychiatric symptom selected from the group consisting of anxiety, depression, blunted affect, egocentrisms, aggression, compulsive behavior, irritability and suicidal ideation. In certain embodiments, the symptom is a peripheral symptom selected from the group consisting of reduced brain mass, muscle atrophy, cardiac failure, impaired glucose tolerance, weight loss, osteoporosis, and testicular atrophy.
  • In certain embodiments, the symptom is restlessness. In certain embodiments, the symptom is lack of coordination. In certain embodiments, the symptom is unintentionally initiated motions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is unintentionally uncompleted motions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is unsteady gait. In certain embodiments, the symptom is chorea. In certain embodiments, the symptom is rigidity. In certain embodiments, the symptom is writhing motions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is abnormal posturing. In certain embodiments, the symptom is instability. In certain embodiments, the symptom is abnormal facial expressions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is difficulty chewing. In certain embodiments, the symptom is difficulty swallowing. In certain embodiments, the symptom is difficulty speaking. In certain embodiments, the symptom is seizures. In certain embodiments, the symptom is sleep disturbances.
  • In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired planning. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired flexibility. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired abstract thinking. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired rule acquisition. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired initiation of appropriate actions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired inhibition of inappropriate actions. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired short-term memory. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired long-term memory. In certain embodiments, the symptom is paranoia. In certain embodiments, the symptom is disorientation. In certain embodiments, the symptom is confusion. In certain embodiments, the symptom is hallucination. In certain embodiments, the symptom is dementia.
  • In certain embodiments, the symptom is anxiety. In certain embodiments, the symptom is depression. In certain embodiments, the symptom is blunted affect. In certain embodiments, the symptom is egocentrism. In certain embodiments, the symptom is aggression. In certain embodiments, the symptom is compulsive behavior. In certain embodiments, the symptom is irritability. In certain embodiments, the symptom is suicidal ideation.
  • In certain embodiments, the symptom is reduced brain mass. In certain embodiments, the symptom is muscle atrophy. In certain embodiments, the symptom is cardiac failure. In certain embodiments, the symptom is impaired glucose tolerance. In certain embodiments, the symptom is weight loss. In certain embodiments, the symptom is osteoporosis. In certain embodiments, the symptom is testicular atrophy.
  • In certain embodiments, symptoms of Huntington's disease may be quantifiable. For example, osteoporosis may be measured and quantified by, for example, bone density scans. For such symptoms, in certain embodiments, the symptom may be reduced by about 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 99%, or a range defined by any two of these values.
  • In certain embodiments, provided are methods of treating an individual comprising administering one or more pharmaceutical compositions as described herein. In certain embodiments, the individual has Huntington's disease.
  • In certain embodiments, administration of an antisense compound targeted to a huntingtin nucleic acid results in reduction of huntingtin expression by at least about 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 99%, or a range defined by any two of these values.
  • In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antisense compound targeted to huntingtin are used for the preparation of a medicament for treating a patient suffering or susceptible to Huntington's disease.
    • F. Certain Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more antisense compound. In certain embodiments, such pharmaceutical composition comprises a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprises a sterile saline solution and one or more antisense compound. In certain embodiments, such pharmaceutical composition consists of a sterile saline solution and one or more antisense compound. In certain embodiments, the sterile saline is pharmaceutical grade saline. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprises one or more antisense compound and sterile water. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition consists of one or more antisense compound and sterile water. In certain embodiments, the sterile saline is pharmaceutical grade water. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprises one or more antisense compound and phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition consists of one or more antisense compound and sterile phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). In certain embodiments, the sterile saline is pharmaceutical grade PBS.
  • In certain embodiments, antisense compounds may be admixed with pharmaceutically acceptable active and/or inert substances for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions or formulations. Compositions and methods for the formulation of pharmaceutical compositions depend on a number of criteria, including, but not limited to, route of administration, extent of disease, or dose to be administered.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions comprising antisense compounds encompass any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or salts of such esters. In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprising antisense compounds comprise one or more oligonucleotide which, upon administration to an animal, including a human, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) the biologically active metabolite or residue thereof. Accordingly, for example, the disclosure is also drawn to pharmaceutically acceptable salts of antisense compounds, prodrugs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such prodrugs, and other bioequivalents. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, sodium and potassium salts.
  • A prodrug can include the incorporation of additional nucleosides at one or both ends of an oligomeric compound which are cleaved by endogenous nucleases within the body, to form the active antisense oligomeric compound.
  • Lipid moieties have been used in nucleic acid therapies in a variety of methods. In certain such methods, the nucleic acid is introduced into preformed liposomes or lipoplexes made of mixtures of cationic lipids and neutral lipids. In certain methods, DNA complexes with mono- or poly-cationic lipids are formed without the presence of a neutral lipid. In certain embodiments, a lipid moiety is selected to increase distribution of a pharmaceutical agent to a particular cell or tissue. In certain embodiments, a lipid moiety is selected to increase distribution of a pharmaceutical agent to fat tissue. In certain embodiments, a lipid moiety is selected to increase distribution of a pharmaceutical agent to muscle tissue.
  • In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions provided herein comprise one or more modified oligonucleotides and one or more excipients. In certain such embodiments, excipients are selected from water, salt solutions, alcohol, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, lactose, amylase, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, hydroxymethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprises a delivery system. Examples of delivery systems include, but are not limited to, liposomes and emulsions. Certain delivery systems are useful for preparing certain pharmaceutical compositions including those comprising hydrophobic compounds. In certain embodiments, certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide are used.
  • In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprises one or more tissue-specific delivery molecules designed to deliver the one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention to specific tissues or cell types. For example, in certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions include liposomes coated with a tissue-specific antibody.
  • In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprises a co-solvent system. Certain of such co-solvent systems comprise, for example, benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water-miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase. In certain embodiments, such co-solvent systems are used for hydrophobic compounds. A non-limiting example of such a co-solvent system is the VPD co-solvent system, which is a solution of absolute ethanol comprising 3% w/v benzyl alcohol, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant Polysorbate 80™ and 65% w/v polyethylene glycol 300. The proportions of such co-solvent systems may be varied considerably without significantly altering their solubility and toxicity characteristics. Furthermore, the identity of co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other surfactants may be used instead of Polysorbate 80™; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polyethylene glycol, e.g., polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars or polysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.
  • In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition provided herein is prepared for oral administration. In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions are prepared for buccal administration.
  • In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition is prepared for administration by injection (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, etc.). In certain of such embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprises a carrier and is formulated in aqueous solution, such as water or physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. In certain embodiments, other ingredients are included (e.g., ingredients that aid in solubility or serve as preservatives). In certain embodiments, injectable suspensions are prepared using appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like. Certain pharmaceutical compositions for injection are presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers. Certain pharmaceutical compositions for injection are suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Certain solvents suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions for injection include, but are not limited to, lipophilic solvents and fatty oils, such as sesame oil, synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, and liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain.
    • G. Administration
  • In certain embodiments, the compounds and compositions as described herein are administered parenterally.
  • In certain embodiments, parenteral administration is by infusion. Infusion can be chronic or continuous or short or intermittent. In certain embodiments, infused pharmaceutical agents are delivered with a pump. In certain embodiments, parenteral administration is by injection.
  • In certain embodiments, compounds and compositions are delivered to the CNS. In certain embodiments, compounds and compositions are delivered to the cerebrospinal fluid. In certain embodiments, compounds and compositions are administered to the brain parenchyma. In certain embodiments, compounds and compositions are delivered to an animal by intrathecal administration, or intracerebroventricular administration. Broad distribution of compounds and compositions, described herein, within the central nervous system may be achieved with intraparenchymal administration, intrathecal administration, or intracerebroventricular administration.
  • In certain embodiments, parenteral administration is by injection. The injection may be delivered with a syringe or a pump. In certain embodiments, the injection is a bolus injection. In certain embodiments, the injection is administered directly to a tissue, such as striatum, caudate, cortex, hippocampus and cerebellum.
  • Therefore, in certain embodiments, delivery of a compound or composition described herein can affect the pharmacokinetic profile of the compound or composition. In certain embodiments, injection of a compound or composition described herein, to a targeted tissue improves the pharmacokinetic profile of the compound or composition as compared to infusion of the compound or composition. In a certain embodiment, the injection of a compound or composition improves potency compared to broad diffusion, requiring less of the compound or composition to achieve similar pharmacology. In certain embodiments, similar pharmacology refers to the amount of time that a target mRNA and/or target protein is down-regulated (e.g. duration of action). In certain embodiments, methods of specifically localizing a pharmaceutical agent, such as by bolus injection, decreases median effective concentration (EC50) by a factor of about 50 (e.g. 50 fold less concentration in tissue is required to achieve the same or similar pharmacodynamic effect). In certain embodiments, methods of specifically localizing a pharmaceutical agent, such as by bolus injection, decreases median effective concentration (EC50) by a factor of 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50. In certain embodiments the pharmaceutical agent in an antisense compound as further described herein. In certain embodiments, the targeted tissue is brain tissue. In certain embodiments the targeted tissue is striatal tissue. In certain embodiments, decreasing EC50 is desirable because it reduces the dose required to achieve a pharmacological result in a patient in need thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, an antisense oligonucleotide is delivered by injection or infusion once every month, every two months, every 90 days, every 3 months, every 6 months, twice a year or once a year.
    • H. Certain Combination Therapies
  • In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions are co-administered with one or more other pharmaceutical agents. In certain embodiments, such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat the same disease, disorder, or condition as the one or more pharmaceutical compositions described herein. In certain embodiments, such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat a different disease, disorder, or condition as the one or more pharmaceutical compositions described herein. In certain embodiments, such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat an undesired side effect of one or more pharmaceutical compositions as described herein. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions are co-administered with another pharmaceutical agent to treat an undesired effect of that other pharmaceutical agent. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions are co-administered with another pharmaceutical agent to produce a combinational effect. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions are co-administered with another pharmaceutical agent to produce a synergistic effect.
  • In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are administered at the same time. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are administered at different times. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are prepared together in a single formulation. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical compositions and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are prepared separately.
  • In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents that may be co-administered with a pharmaceutical composition of include antipsychotic agents, such as, e.g., haloperidol, chlorpromazine, clozapine, quetapine, and olanzapine; antidepressant agents, such as, e.g., fluoxetine, sertraline hydrochloride, venlafaxine and nortriptyline; tranquilizing agents such as, e.g., benzodiazepines, clonazepam, paroxetine, venlafaxin, and beta-blockers; mood-stabilizing agents such as, e.g., lithium, valproate, lamotrigine, and carbamazepine; paralytic agents such as, e.g., Botulinum toxin; and/or other experimental agents including, but not limited to, tetrabenazine (Xenazine), creatine, conezyme Q10, trehalose, docosahexanoic acids, ACR16, ethyl-EPA, atomoxetine, citalopram, dimebon, memantine, sodium phenylbutyrate, ramelteon, ursodiol, zyprexa, xenasine, tiapride, riluzole, amantadine, [123I]MNI-420, atomoxetine, tetrabenazine, digoxin, detromethorphan, warfarin, alprozam, ketoconazole, omeprazole, and minocycline.
    • Nonlimiting Disclosure and Incorporation by Reference
  • While certain compounds, compositions and methods described herein have been described with specificity in accordance with certain embodiments, the following examples serve only to illustrate the compounds described herein and are not intended to limit the same. Each of the references, GenBank accession numbers, and the like recited in the present application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Although the sequence listing accompanying this filing identifies each sequence as either “RNA” or “DNA” as required, in reality, those sequences may be modified with any combination of chemical modifications. One of skill in the art will readily appreciate that such designation as “RNA” or “DNA” to describe modified oligonucleotides is, in certain instances, arbitrary. For example, an oligonucleotide comprising a nucleoside comprising a 2′-OH sugar moiety and a thymine base could be described as a DNA having a modified sugar (2′-OH for the natural 2′-H of DNA) or as an RNA having a modified base (thymine (methylated uracil) for natural uracil of RNA).
  • Accordingly, nucleic acid sequences provided herein, including, but not limited to those in the sequence listing, are intended to encompass nucleic acids containing any combination of natural or modified RNA and/or DNA, including, but not limited to such nucleic acids having modified nucleobases. By way of further example and without limitation, an oligomeric compound having the nucleobase sequence “ATCGATCG” encompasses any oligomeric compounds having such nucleobase sequence, whether modified or unmodified, including, but not limited to, such compounds comprising RNA bases, such as those having sequence “AUCGAUCG” and those having some DNA bases and some RNA bases such as “AUCGATCG” and oligomeric compounds having other modified or naturally occurring bases, such as “ATmeCGAUCG,” wherein meC indicates a cytosine base comprising a methyl group at the 5-position.
    • EXAMPLES
  • The following examples illustrate certain embodiments of the present invention and are not limiting. Moreover, where specific embodiments are provided, the inventors have contemplated generic application of those specific embodiments. For example, disclosure of an oligonucleotide having a particular motif provides reasonable support for additional oligonucleotides having the same or similar motif And, for example, where a particular high-affinity modification appears at a particular position, other high-affinity modifications at the same position are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated.
  • To allow assessment of the relative effects of nucleobase sequence and chemical modification, throughout the examples, oligomeric compounds are assigned a “Sequence Code.” Oligomeric compounds having the same Sequence Code have the same nucleobase sequence. Oligomeric compounds having different Sequence Codes have different nucleobase sequences.
    • Example 1 Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs) in the Huntingtin (HTT) Gene Sequence
  • SNP positions (identified by Hayden et al, WO/2009/135322) associated with the HTT gene were mapped to the HTT genomic sequence, designated herein as SEQ ID NO: 1 (NT 006081.18 truncated from nucleotides 1566000 to 1768000). Table 15 provides SNP positions associated with the HTT gene. Table 15 provides a reference SNP ID number from the Entrez SNP database at the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI, http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?db=snp), incorporated herein by reference. Table 15 furnishes further details on each SNP. The ‘Reference SNP ID number’ or ‘RS number’ is the number designated to each SNP from the Entrez SNP database at NCBI, incorporated herein by reference. ‘SNP position’ refers to the nucleotide position of the SNP on SEQ ID NO: 1. ‘Polymorphism’ indicates the nucleotide variants at that SNP position. ‘Major allele’ indicates the nucleotide associated with the major allele, or the nucleotide present in a statistically significant proportion of individuals in the human population. ‘Minor allele’ indicates the nucleotide associated with the minor allele, or the nucleotide present in a relatively small proportion of individuals in the human population.
  • TABLE 15
    Single Nuclear Polymorphisms (SNPs)
    and their positions on SEQ ID NO: 1
    SNP Major Minor
    RS No. position Polymorphism allele allele
    rs2857936  1963 C/T C T
    rs12506200  3707 A/G G A
    rs762855  14449 A/G G A
    rs3856973  19826 G/A G A
    rs2285086  28912 G/A A G
    rs7659144  37974 C/G C G
    rs16843804  44043 C/T C T
    rs2024115  44221 G/A A G
    rs10015979  49095 A/G A G
    rs7691627  51063 A/G G A
    rs2798235  54485 G/A G A
    rs4690072  62160 G/T T G
    rs6446723  66466 C/T T C
    rs363081  73280 G/A G A
    rs363080  73564 T/C C T
    rs363075  77327 G/A G A
    rs363064  81063 T/C C T
    rs3025849  83420 A/G A G
    rs6855981  87929 A/G G A
    rs363102  88669 G/A A G
    rs11731237  91466 C/T C T
    rs4690073  99803 A/G G A
    rs363144 100948 T/G T G
    rs3025838 101099 C/T C T
    rs34315806 101687 A/G G A
    rs363099 101709 T/C C T
    rs363096 119674 T/C T C
    rs2298967 125400 C/T T C
    rs2298969 125897 A/G G A
    rs6844859 130139 C/T T C
    rs363092 135682 C/A C A
    rs7685686 146795 A/G A G
    rs363088 149983 A/T A T
    rs362331 155488 C/T T C
    rs916171 156468 G/C C G
    rs362322 161018 A/G A G
    rs362275 164255 T/C C T
    rs362273 167080 A/G A G
    rs2276881 171314 G/A G A
    rs3121419 171910 T/C C T
    rs362272 174633 G/A G A
    rs362271 175171 G/A G A
    rs3775061 178407 C/T C T
    rs362310 179429 A/G G A
    rs362307 181498 T/C C T
    rs362306 181753 G/A G A
    rs362303 181960 T/C C T
    rs362296 186660 C/A C A
    rs1006798 198026 A/G A G
    • Example 2 Modified Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • A series of modified oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing various chemical modifications in the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 16. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, “k”, “y”, or “z” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt), a subscript “y” indicates an α-L-LNA bicyclic nucleoside and a subscript “z” indicates a F-HNA modified nucleoside. pU indicates a 5-propyne uridine nucleoside and xT indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside.
  • The number in parentheses indicates the position on the modified oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • Cell Culture and Transfection The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute). Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented below.
    • Analysis of IC50's
  • The half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC50) of each oligonucleotide is presented in Table 17 and was calculated by plotting the concentrations of oligonucleotides used versus the percent inhibition of HTT mRNA expression achieved at each concentration, and noting the concentration of oligonucleotide at which 50% inhibition of HTT mRNA expression was achieved compared to the control. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • The parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • As illustrated in Table 17, modified oligonucleotides having chemical modifications in the central gap region at the SNP position exhibited similar activity with an increase in selectivity comparing to the parent gapmer, wherein the central gap region contains full deoxyribonucleosides.
  • TABLE 16
    Modified oligonucleotides targeting
    HTT rs7685686
    Wing
    chemi- SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Gap stry ID
    NO (5′ to 3′) chemistry 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkATTGT Full ekk kke 10
    (8) CATCAkCkCe Deoxy
    539560 TeAkAkATTGp Deoxy/ ekk kke 11
    (8) UCATCAkCkCe 5-Propyne
    539563 TeAkAkATTGx Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    (8) TCATCAkCkCe 2-Thio
    539554 TeAkAkATTGUy Deoxy/ ekk kke 11
    (8) CATCAkCkCe a-L-LNA
    542686 TeAkAkATTGTz Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    (8) CATCAkCkCe F-HNA
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
  • TABLE 17
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and
    selectivity of modified oligonucleotides with ISIS
    460209 targeted to rs7685686 in GM04022 cells
    Mut IC50 Wt IC50 Selectivity Gap Wing chemistry
    ISIS NO (μM) (μM) (mut vs wt) chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209* (8) 0.41 2.0 4.9 Full Deoxy ekk kke
    539560  (8) 0.29 1.1 3.8 Deoxy/5-Propyne ekk kke
    539563  (8) 0.45 3.1 6.9 Deoxy/2-Thio ekk kke
    539554  (8) 3.5 >10 >3 Deoxy/α-L-LNA ekk kke
    542686  (8) 0.5 3.1 6.0 Deoxy/F-HNA ekk kke
    • Example 3 Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising Chemical Modifications in the Gap Region Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional modified oligonucleotides were designed in a similar manner as the antisense oligonucleotides described in Table 16. Various chemical modifications were introduced in the central gap region at the SNP position in an effort to improve selectivity while maintaining activity in reducing mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 18. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “a”, “e”, “f”, “h”, “k”, “1”, “R”, “w” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “a” indicates a 2′-(ara)-F modified nucleoside, a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, a subscript “f” indicates a 2′-F modified nucleoside, a subscript “h” indicates a HNA modified nucleoside, a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt), a subscript “1” indicates a LNA modified nucleoside, a subscript “R” indicates a 5′-(R)-Me DNA, a subscript “w” indicates an unlocked nucleic acid (UNA) modified nucleoside. xT indicates an N3-ethylcyano thymidine nucleoside and bN indicates an abasic nucleoside (e.g. 2′-deoxyribonucleoside comprising a H in place of a nucleobase). Underlined nucleoside or the number in parentheses indicates the position on the modified oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
    • Thermal Stability Assay
  • The modified oligonucleotides were evaluated in thermal stability (Tm) assay. The Tm's were measured using the method described herein. A Cary 100 Bio spectrophotometer with the Cary Win UV Thermal program was used to measure absorbance vs. temperature. For the Tm experiments, oligonucleotides were prepared at a concentration of 8 μM in a buffer of 100 mM Na+, 10 mM phosphate, 0.1 mM EDTA, pH 7. Concentration of oligonucleotides were determined at 85° C. The oligonucleotide concentration was 4 μM with mixing of equal volumes of test oligonucleotide and mutant or wild-type RNA strand. Oligonucleotides were hybridized with the mutant or wild-type RNA strand by heating duplex to 90° C. for 5 min and allowed to cool at room temperature. Using the spectrophotometer, Tm measurements were taken by heating duplex solution at a rate of 0.5 C/min in cuvette starting @ 15° C. and heating to 85° C. Tm values were determined using Vant Hoff calculations (A260 vs temperature curve) using non self-complementary sequences where the minimum absorbance which relates to the duplex and the maximum absorbance which relates to the non-duplex single strand are manually integrated into the program.
  • Presented in Table 19 is the Tm for the modified oligonucleotides when duplexed to mutant or wild-type RNA complement. The Tm of the modified oligonucleotides duplexed with mutant RNA complement is denoted as “Tm (° C.) mut”. The Tm of the modified oligonucleotides duplexed with wild-type RNA complement is denoted as “Tm (° C.) wt”.
    • Cell Culture, Transfection and Selectivity Analysis
  • The modified oligonucleotides were also tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 μM concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 19 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity as was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • The parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • As illustrated in Table 19, improvement in selectivity was observed for antisense oligonucleotides comprising chemical modifications in the central gap region at the SNP site such as 5′-(R)-Me (ISIS 539558), HNA (ISIS 539559), and 2′-(ara)-F (ISIS 539565) in comparison to the parent full deoxy gapmer, ISIS 460209. Modified oligonucleotides comprising LNA (ISIS 539553) or 2′-F (ISIS 539570) showed comparable selectivity while UNA modification (ISIS 539556 or 543909) showed no selectivity. Modified oligonucleotides comprising modified nucleobase, N3-ethylcyano (ISIS 539564) or abasic nucleobase (ISIS 543525) showed little to no improvement in selectivity.
  • TABLE 18
    Modified oligonucleotides comprising chemical
    modifications in the central gap region
    Wing
    chemi- SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Gap stry NO.
    NO (5′ to 3′) chemistry 5′ 3′ ID
    460209* TeAkAkATTGT Full Deoxy ekk kke 10
    (8) CATCAkCkCe
    539553 (8) TeAkAkATTGTl Deoxy/LNA ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    539556 (8) TeAkAkATTGUw Deoxy/UNA ekk kke 11
    CATCAkCkCe
    539558 (8) TeAkAkATTGTR Deoxy/5′- ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe (R)-Me DNA
    539559 (8) TeAkAkATTGTh Deoxy/HNA ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    539564 (8) TeAkAkATTG nT Deoxy/deoxy ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe with N3-
    Ethylcyano
    nucleobase
    539565 (8) TeAkAkATTGTa Deoxy/2′- ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe (ara)-F
    539570 (8) TeAkAkATTGTf Deoxy/2′-F ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    543525 (8) TeAkAkATTG bN Deoxy/Deoxy- ekk kke 12
    CATCAkCkCe Abasic
    543909 (5) TeAkAkAUw TGT Deoxy/UNA ekk kke 13
    CATCAkCkCe
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 19
    Comparison of selectivity in inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and Tm of modified
    oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeted to rs7685686 in GM04022 cells
    Wing
    Tm (° C.) % UTC Selectivity Gap chemistry
    ISIS NO mutant wt mutant wt (wt vs mut) chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209* (8) 53.7 52.2 23 57 2.4 Full Deoxy ekk kke
    539553  (8) 57.7 55.3 54 102 1.9 Deoxy/LNA ekk kke
    539556  (8) 43.7 44.1 90 105 1.2 Deoxy/UNA ekk kke
    539558  (8) 51.2 49.7 25 83 3.3 Deoxy/5’-(R)-Me DNA ekk kke
    539559  (8) 55.4 50.5 18 62 3.5 Deoxy/HNA ekk kke
    539564  (8) 42.8 43.1 86 135 1.6 Deoxy/Deoxy N3- ekk kke
    ethylcyano nucleobase
    539565  (8) 53.8 52.5 14 46 3.4 Deoxy/2’-(ara)-F ekk kke
    539570  (8) 54.4 51.8 25 50 2.0 Deoxy/2’-F ekk kke
    543525  (8) 43.1 43.8 87 97 1.1 Deoxy/Deoxy Abasic ekk kke
    543909  (5) 44.7 42.1 68 79 1.2 Deoxy/UNA ekk kke
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 4 Chimeric Oligonucleotides Comprising Self-Complementary Regions Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single
  • Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP) Chimeric oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209. These gapmers comprise self-complementary regions flanking the central gap region, wherein the central gap region contains nine deoxyribonucleosides and the self-complementary regions are complementary to one another. The underlined nucleosides indicate the portion of the 5′-end that is self-complement to the portion of the 3′-end.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 20. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 μM concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 21 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of the mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • The parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • As illustrated in Table 21, improvement in selectivity was observed for chimeric oligonucleotides comprising 5-9-5 (ISIS 550913), 6-9-6 (ISIS 550912), 6-9-3 (ISIS 550907) or 3-9-7 (ISIS 550904) in comparison to the parent gapmer motif, 3-9-3 (ISIS 460209). The remaining gapmers showed moderate to little improvement in selectivity.
  • TABLE 20
    Chimeric oligonucleotides comprising various wing
    motifs targeted to HTT rs7685686
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemistry ID
    NO (5′ to 3′) Motif 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe 3-9-3 ekk kke 10
    544838 Te AkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe Ak 3-9-4 ekk kkek 14
    544840 TeAkAk ATTGTCATCAkCkCe TkTkAk 3-9-6 ekk kkekkk 15
    544842 TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe AkTkTkTkAk 3-9-8 ekk kkekkkkk 16
    550903 TeAk AkATTGTCATCAkCkCe TkAk 3-9-5 ekk kkekk 17
    550904 TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe TkTkTkAk 3-9-7 ekk kkekkkk 18
    550905 Gk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCk Ce 4-9-3 kekk kke 19
    550906 GkGk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe 5-9-3 kkekk kke 20
    550907 GkGkTk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe 6-9-3 kkkekk kke 21
    550908 GkGkTkGk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe 7-9-3 kkkkekk kke 22
    550909 GkGkTkGkAk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe 8-9-3 kkkkkekk kke 23
    550910 GkGkCk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe GkCkCk 6-9-6 kkkekk kkekkk 24
    550911 GkCk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe GkCk 5-9-5 kkekk kkekk 25
    550912 TkAkAk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe TkTkAk 6-9-6 kkkekk kkekkk 26
    550913 AkAk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe TkTk 5-9-5 kkekk kkekk 27
    550914 TkCkTk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe AkGkAk 6-9-6 kkkekk kkekkk 28
    550915 CkTk TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe AkGk 5-9-5 kkekk kkekk 29
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
  • TABLE 21
    Comparison of selectivity in inhibition of HTT mRNA
    levels of chimeric oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209
    targeted to rs7685686 in GM04022 cells
    Selectivity wing
    ISIS % UTC (wt vs. chemistry
    NO mut wt mut) Motif 5’ 3’
     460209* 23 57 2.4 3-9-3 ekk kke
    544838 13 25 2.0 3-9-4 ekk kkek
    544840 17 31 1.8 3-9-6 ekk kkekkk
    544842 55 102 1.9 3-9-8 ekk kkekkkkk
    550903 13 36 2.7 3-9-5 ekk kkekk
    550904 23 67 3.0 3-9-7 ekk kkekkkk
    550905 21 51 2.4 4-9-3 kekk kke
    550906 23 67 2.9 5-9-3 kkekk kke
    550907 30 93 3.1 6-9-3 kkkekk kke
    550908 60 80 2.4 7-9-3 kkkkekk kke
    550909 42 101 2.4 8-9-3 kkkkkekk kke
    550910 57 102 1.8 6-9-6 kkkekk kkekkk
    550911 18 40 2.2 5-9-5 kkekk kkekk
    550912 14 51 3.6 6-9-6 kkkekk kkekkk
    550913 8 36 4.5 5-9-5 kkekk kkekk
    550914 29 45 1.5 6-9-6 kkkekk kkekkk
    550915 13 28 2.1 5-9-5 kkekk kkekk
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt
    • Example 5 Chimeric Antisense Oligonucleotides Comprising Non-Self-Complementary Regions Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional gapmers are designed based on the most selective gapmers from studies described in Tables 61 and 62 (ISIS 550912 and 550913). These gapmers are created such that they cannot form self-structure in the effort to evaluate if the increased activity simply is due to higher binding affinity. Gapmers are designed by deleting two or three nucleotides at the 3′-terminus and are created with 6-9-3 or 5-9-3 motif.
  • The chimeric oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 22. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • The gapmers, ISIS 550912 and ISIS 550913, from which the newly designed gapmers are derived from, are marked with an asterisk (*) in the table.
  • TABLE 22
    Non-self-complementary chimeric
    oligonucleotides targeting HTT SNP
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemistry ID
    NO (5′ to 3′) Motif 5′ 3′ NO.
    550912* TkAkAkTeAkAkATTGT 6-9-6 kkkekk kkekkk 26
    CATCAkCkCeTkTkAk
    550913* AkAkTeAkAkATTGTC 5-9-5 kkekk kkekk 27
    ATCAkCkCeTkTk
    556879 TkAkAkTeAkAkATT 6-9-3 kkkekk kke 30
    GTCATCAkCkCe
    556880 AkAkTeAkAkATT 5-9-3 kkekk kke 31
    GTCATCAkCkCe
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
    • Example 6 Chimeric Oligonucleotides Containing Mismatches Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide
  • Polymorphism (SNP) A series of chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers were designed by introducing modified nucleosides at both 5′ and 3′ termini. Gapmers were also created with a single mismatch shifted slightly upstream and downstream (i.e. “microwalk”) within the central gap region and with the SNP position opposite position 5 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-gap terminus.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 23. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underlined nucleosides indicate the mismatch position, as counted from the 5′-gap terminus.
  • These gapmers were evaluated for thermal stability (Tm) using methods described in Example 3. Presented in Table 24 are the Tm measurements for chimeric antisense oligonucleotides when duplexed to mutant or wild-type RNA complement. The Tm of chimeric antisense oligonucleotides duplexed with mutant RNA complement is denoted as “Tm (° C.) mut”. The Tm of chimeric antisense oligonucleotides duplexed with wild-type RNA complement is denoted as “Tm (° C.) wt”.
  • These gapmers were also tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 μM concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 24 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • The parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • As illustrated in Table 24, improvement in selectivity was observed for gapmers comprising a 4-9-4 motif with a central deoxy gap region (ISIS 476333) or a single mismatch at position 8 within the gap region (ISIS 543531) in comparison to the parent gapmer. The remaining gapmers showed moderate to little improvement in selectivity.
  • TABLE 23
    Chimeric oligonucleotides containing a single
    mismatch targeting mutant HTT SNP
    Mismatch Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence posi- chemistry ID
    NO (5′ to 3′) tion Motif 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkATTGTC — 3-9-3 ekk kke 10
    ATCAkCkCe
    476333 AeTkAeAkATTGT — 4-9-4 ekek keke 32
    CATCAkCeCkAe
    543526 AeTkAeAkATTCT 4 4-9-4 ekek keke 33
    CATCAkCeCkAe
    543527 AeTkAeAkATAG 3 4-9-4 ekek keke 34
    TCATCAkCeCkAe
    543529 AeTkAeAkATTGT 6 4-9-4 ekek keke 35
    GATCAkCeCkAe
    543530 AeTkAeAkATTGT 7 4-9-4 ekek keke 36
    CTTCAkCeCkAe
    543531 AeTkAeAkATTGT 8 4-9-4 ekk keke 37
    CAACAkCeCkAe
    543532 TeAkAkATTCTC 4 3-9-3 ekk kke 38
    ATCAkCkCe
    543534 TeAkAkAATGTC 2 3-9-3 ekk kke 39
    ATCAkCkCe
    543535 TeAkAkATTGTG 6 3-9-3 ekk kke 40
    ATCAkCkCe
    543536 TeAkAkATTGT 7 3-9-3 ekk kke 41
    CTTCAkCkCe
    543537 TeAkAkATTGTC 8 3-9-3 ekk kke 42
    AACAkCkCe
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
  • TABLE 24
    Comparison of selectivity and Tm of chimeric oligonucleotides
    with ISIS 460209 targeted to rs7685686 in GM04022 cells
    Wing
    Tm (° C.) % UTC Selectivity Mismatch chemistry
    ISIS NO mut wt mut wt (wt vs mut) position Motif 5’ 3’
     460209* 53.7 52.2 23 57 2.4 — 3-9-3 ekk kke
    476333 60.2 58.4 10 37 3.6 — 4-9-4 ekek keke
    543526 47.9 46.6 70 86 1.2 4 4-9-4 ekek keke
    543527 52.6 49.9 40 103 2.6 3 4-9-4 ekek keke
    543529 50.3 49.0 66 102 1.5 6 4-9-4 ekek keke
    543530 52.9 50.9 67 110 1.6 7 4-9-4 ekek keke
    543531 53.3 50.3 46 136 3.0 8 4-9-4 ekk keke
    543532 43.6 42.8 127 151 1.2 4 3-9-3 ekk kke
    543534 45.9 43.8 67 95 1.4 2 3-9-3 ekk kke
    543535 44.0 43.3 96 113 1.2 6 3-9-3 ekk kke
    543536 46.8 44.6 106 104 1.0 7 3-9-3 ekk kke
    543537 45.9 44.3 77 81 1.1 8 3-9-3 ekk kke
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt
    • Example 7 Chimeric Oligonucleotides Comprising Mismatches Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides are designed based on two gapmers selected from studies described in Tables 64 and 65 (ISIS 476333 and ISIS 460209) wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers are designed by introducing a single mismatch, wherein the mismatch will be shifted throughout the antisense oligonucleotide (i.e. “microwalk”). Gapmers are also created with 4-9-4 or 3-9-3 motifs and with the SNP position opposite position 8 of the original gapmers, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 25. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underlined nucleosides indicate the mismatch position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The gapmers, ISIS 476333 and ISIS 460209, in which the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides are derived from, are marked with an asterisk (*) in the table.
  • TABLE 25
    Chimeric oligonucleotides comprising
    mismatches targeting HTT SNP
    Mis-
    match Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence posi- chemistry ID
    NO (5′ to 3′) tion Motif 5′ 3′ NO
    476333* AeTkAeAkATTGTCATCAkCeCkAe — 4-9-4 ekek keke 32
    554209 Te TkAeAkATTGTCATCAkCeCkAe 1 4-9-4 ekek keke 43
    554210 Ae Ak AeAkATTGTCATCAkCeCkAe 2 4-9-4 ekek keke 44
    554211 AeTk Te AkATTGTCATCAkCeCkAe 3 4-9-4 ekek keke 45
    554212 AeTkAe Tk ATTGTCATCAkCeCkAe 4 4-9-4 ekek keke 46
    554213 AeTkAeAk TTTGTCATCAkCeCkAe 5 4-9-4 ekek keke 47
    554214 AeTkAeAkATTGTCATGAkCeCkAe 13 4-9-4 ekek keke 48
    554215 AeTkAeAkATTGTCATCT kCeCkAe 14 4-9-4 ekek keke 49
    554216 AeTkAeAkATTGTCATCAk Ge CkAe 15 4-9-4 ekek keke 50
    554217 AeTkAeAkATTGTCATCAkCe Gk Ae 16 4-9-4 ekek keke 51
    554218 AeTkAeAkATTGTCATCAkCeCk Te 17 4-9-4 ekek keke 52
    460209* TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe — 3-9-3 ekk kke 10
    562481 TeAkAk GTTGTCATCAkCkCe 4 3-9-3 ekk kke 53
    554482 TeAkAkAGTGTCATCAkCkCe 5 3-9-3 ekk kke 54
    554283 TeAkAkATGGTCATCAkCkCe 6 3-9-3 ekk kke 55
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
    • Example 8 Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers were designed by shortening the central gap region to seven 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Gapmers were also created with 5-7-5 motif and with the SNP position opposite position 8 or 9 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 26. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underlined nucleoside or the number in parentheses indicates the position on the modified oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. ISIS 141923 was included in the study as a negative control and is denoted as “neg control”. A non-allele specific antisense oligonucleotide, ISIS 387916 was used as a positive control and is denoted as “pos control”. ISIS 460209 was included in the study for comparison. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3, and 10 μM concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 27.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 27, no improvement in potency and selectivity was observed for the chimeric antisense oligonucleotides as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 26
    Chimeric antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT rs7685686
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Chemistry ID
    NO (5′ to 3′) Motif 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* (8) TeAkAkATTGTC 3-9-3 ekk kke 10
    ATCAkCkCe
    460085 (9) AeTeAeAeAeTTGT 5-7-5 eeeee eeeee 32
    CATCeAeCeCeAe
    540108 (9) AeTeAeAkAkTTGT 5-7-5 eeekk kkeee 32
    CATCkAkCeCeAe
    387916 TeCeTeCeTeATTGC 5-10-5 eeeee eeeee 56
    (pos control) ACATTCeCeAeAeGe
    141923 CeCeTeTeCeCCTGA 5-10-5 eeeee eeeee 57
    (neg control) AGGTTCeCeTeCeCe
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
  • TABLE 27
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of chimeric
    antisense oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeted to rs7685686 in GM04022 cells
    ISIS Mut IC50 Wt IC50 Selectivity Wing chemistry
    NO (μM) (μM) (mut vs wt) Motif 5’ 3’
    460209* (8) 0.41 2.0 4.9 3-9-3 ekk kke
    460085  (9) 3.5 >10 >3 5-7-5 eeeee eeeee
    540108  (9) 0.41 — — 5-7-5 eeekk kkeee
    387916  (pos control) 0.39 0.34 1.0 5-10-5 eeeee eeeee
    141923  (neg control) >10 >10 — 5-10-5 eeeee eeeee
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt
    • Example 9 Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers were designed with the central gap region shortened or interrupted by introducing various modifications either within the gap or by adding one or more modified nucleosides to the 3′-most 5′-region or to the 5′-most 3′-region. Gapmers were created with the SNP position opposite position 8 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 28. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • The chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 2 μM concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 29 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels. ISIS 460209 marked with an asterisk (*) in the table was included in the study for comparison.
  • As illustrated in Table 29, modifications to the 3′-most 5′-region nucleosides that shorten the gap from 9 to 7 or 8 nucleotides (ISIS 551429 and ISIS 551426) improved selectivity and potency comparing to the parent gapmer (ISIS 460209). The remaining chimeric antisense oligonucleotides showed moderate to little improvement in selectivity.
  • TABLE 28
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT rs7685686
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Chemistry ID
    NO (5′ to 3′) Motif 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkATTGT 3-9-3 ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    551426 TeAkAeAkTTGT 4-8-3 ekek kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    551427 TeAkAeATkTGT 3-9-3 or eke or kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe 5-7-3 ekedk
    551428 TeAkAeATTkGT 3-9-3 or eke or kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe 6-6-3 ekeddk
    551429 TeAeAeAkTkTG 5-7-3 eeekk kke 10
    TCATCAkCkCe
    e= 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 29
    Comparison of selectivity in inhition of HTT mRNA
    levels of antisense oligonucleotides with ISIS
    460209 targeted to rs7685686 in GM4022 cells
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS % UTC (wt vs. chemistry
    NO mut wt mut) Motif 5’ 3’
     460209* 23 57 2.4 3-9-3 ekk kke
    551426 14 66 4.8 4-8-3 ekek kke
    551427 35 97 2.8 3-9-3 or eke or kke
    5-7-3 ekedk
    551428 61 110 1.8 3-9-3 or eke or kke
    6-6-3 ekeddk
    551429 19 94 5.0 5-7-3 eeekk kke
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 10 Modified Oligonucleotides Targeting HTT SNP
  • A series of modified antisense oligonucleotides are designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides and is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table. These modified oligonucleotides are designed by shortening or interrupting the gap with a single mismatch or various chemical modifications within the central gap region. The modified oligonucleotides are created with the SNP position opposite position 8 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 30. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages, except for the internucleoside linkage with a subscript “p”, “pz” or “pw”. Subscript “p” indicates methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage. Subscript “pz” indicates (R)-methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage. Subscript “pw” indicates (S)-methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. T indicates a 2-thio thymidine nucleoside. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, “k” or “b” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt) and a subscript “b” indicates a 5′-Me DNA modified nucleoside. Underlined nucleosides indicate the position of modification. Bold and underlined nucleosides indicate the mismatch position.
  • TABLE 30
    Short-gap chimeric oligonucleotides targeting HTT SNP
    Sequence Wing Chemistry SEQ ID
    ISIS NO (5′to 3′) Motif Gap Chemistry 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkATTG 3-9-3 — ekk kke 10
    TCATCAkCkCe
    XXXX16 TeAkAkA xTTG 3-9-3 Deoxy/2-thio ekk kke 10
    TCATCAkCkCe
    XXXX17 TeAkAkAT xTGT 3-9-3 Deoxy/2-thio ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    XXXX18 TeAkAkA xTxTG 3-9-3 Deoxy/2-thio ekk kke 10
    TCATCAkCkCe
    XXXX19 TeAkAkATTp GT 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    (558257) CATCAkCkCe phosphonate
    XXXX20 TeAkAkATTpz GT 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    (558256) CATCAkCkCe phosphonate
    XXXX20a TeAkAkATTGT 3-9-3 Deoxy/(R)- ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe Methyl
    phosphonate
    XXXX20b TeAkAkATTpw GT 3-9-3 Deoxy l(S)- ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe Methyl
    phosphonate
    XXXX21 TeAkAk Ap TTGT 3-9-3 Methyl ekk kke 10
    (558255) CATCAkCkCe phosphonate
    XXXX22 TeAkAkATTb GT 3-9-3 5′-Me-DNA ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    XXXX23 TeAkAkATb TGT 3-9-3 5′-Me-DNA ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    XXXX24 TeAkAk Ab TTGT 3-9-3 5′-Me-DNA ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    XXXX25 TeAk Ak G TTGTC 4-8-3 Mismatch at ekk kke 53
    ATCAkCkCe position 4
    XXXX26 TeAkAkA G TGT 5-7-3 Mismatch at ekk kke 54
    CATCAkCkCe position 5
    XXXX27 TeAkAkAT G GT 6-6-3 Mismatch at ekk kke 55
    CATCAkCkCe position 6
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
    • Example 11 Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Comprising Modifications at the Wing Regions Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides. These gapmers were designed by shortening the central gap region to seven 2′-deoxynucleosides and introducing various modifications at the wing regions.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 31. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • The number in parentheses indicates the position on the chimeric oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • These gapmers were evaluated for thermal stability (Tm) using methods described in Example 3. Presented in Table 32 is the Tm measurements for chimeric antisense oligonucleotides when duplexed to mutant or wild-type RNA complement. The Tm of chimeric antisense oligonucleotides duplexed with mutant RNA complement is denoted as “Tm (° C.) mut”. The Tm of chimeric antisense oligonucleotides duplexed with wild-type RNA complement is denoted as “Tm (° C.) wt”.
  • These gapmers were also tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 μM concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 32 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels. ISIS 460209 marked with an asterisk (*) in the table was included in the study for comparison.
  • As illustrated in Table 32, improvement in selectivity was observed for gapmers comprising 2-7-8 or 5-7-5 motifs having cEt subunits at the wing regions in comparison to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209. The remaining gapmers showed moderate to little improvement in selectivity.
  • TABLE 31
    Short-gap chimeric oligonucleotides
    comprising wing modifications
    wing SEQ
    Sequence chemistry ID
    ISIS NO (5′ to 3′) Motif 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* (8) TeAkAkATTGT 3-9-3 ekk kke 10
    CATCAkCkCe
    540103 (6) AkAkTTGTCAT 2-7-8 kk e8 58
    CeAeCeCeAeGe
    AeAe
    540104 (6) AeAeTTGTCATCe 2-7-8 ee e8 59
    AeCeCeAeGeAeAe
    540105 (7) AeAeAeTTGTCAT 3-7-7 eee e7 60
    CeAeCeCeAeGeAe
    540106 (8) TeAeAeAeTTGTC 4-7-6 eee e6 61
    ATCeAeCeCeAeGe e
    540107 (9) AeTeAeAeAkTTG 5-7-5 ee kee 32
    TCATCkAeCeCeAe eek ee
    540109 (10) AeAeTeAeAeAeTT 6-7-4 e6 e4 62
    GTCATCeAeCeCe
    540110 (11) TeAeAeTeAeAeAeT 7-7-3 e7 eee 63
    TGTCATCeAeCe
    540111 (12) TeTeAeAeTeAeAe 8-7-2 e8 ee 64
    AeTTGTCATCeAe
    540112 (12) TeTeAeAeTeAeAe 8-7-2 e8 kk 64
    AeTTGTCATCkAk
    e = 2′-MOE (e.g. e6 = eeeeee), and k = cEt
  • TABLE 32
    Comparison of selectivity in inhibition of HTT mRNA levels of antisense
    oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeted to RS7685686 in GM04022 cells
    wing
    Tm (° C.) % UTC Selectivity chemistry
    ISIS NO mut wt mut wt (wt vs mut) Motif 5’ 3’
    460209* (8) 53.7 52.2 23 57 2.4 3-9-3 ekk kke
    540103  (6) 57.6 56.4 23 74 3.3 2-7-8 kk e8
    540104  (6) 54.8 52.8 36 91 2.5 2-7-8 ee e8
    540105  (7) 54.2 52.2 53 135 2.6 3-7-7 eee e7
    540106  (8) 52.4 50.8 30 77 2.6 4-7-6 eeee e6
    540107  (9) 56.6 54.7 19 62 3.3 5-7-5 eeeek keeee
    540109  (10) 49.1 47.3 78 127 1.6 6-7-4 e6 e4
    540110  (11) 42.8 41.2 89 112 1.3 7-7-3 e7 eee
    540111  (12) 39.0 36.9 111 128 1.1 8-7-2 e8 ee
    540112  (12) 44.2 42.4 86 102 1.2 8-7-2 e8 kk
    • Example 12 Chimeric Oligonucleotides with SNP Site Shifting within the Central Gap Region
  • Chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the SNP site aligns with position 5 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-gap terminus. These gapmers were designed by shifting the SNP site upstream or downstream (i.e. microwalk) within the central gap region of the parent gapmer.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 33. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underline nucleosides indicate the position on the chimeric oligonucleotide aligns with the SNP site.
  • The SNP site indicates the position on the chimeric antisense oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-gap terminus and is denoted as “SNP site”.
  • The chimeric oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. ISIS 460209 marked with an asterisk (*) in the table was included in the study for comparison.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using the methods previously described in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 34, chimeric oligonucleotides comprising 4-9-2 (ISIS 540082) or 2-9-4 (ISIS 540095) motif with the SNP site at position 1 or 3 showed comparable activity and 2.5 fold selectivity as compared to their counterparts.
  • TABLE 33
    Chimeric oligonucleotides
    designed by microwalk
    wing SEQ
    Sequence SNP chemistry ID
    ISIS NO (5′ to 3′) Motif site 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkATTGTC 3-9-3 5 ekk kke 10
    ATCAkCkCe
    540082 AeTkTkGk TCAT 4-9-2 1 ekkk ke 65
    CACCAGkAe
    540089 TeTkAkAkTAAA 4-9-2 8 ekkk ke 66
    TTGTCAkTe
    540095 AeTkTGTCATC 2-9-4 3 ek kkke 65
    ACCkAkGkAe
    e = 2′-MOE, and k = cEt
  • TABLE 34
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    chimeric oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeted to HTT SNP
    Mut Wt Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 IC50 (wt vs SNP Chemistry
    NO (μM) (μM) mut) Motif site 5’ 3’
    460209 0.41 2.0 4.9 3-9-3 5 ekk kke
    540082 0.45 5.6 12 4-9-2 1 ekkk ke
    540089 >10 >10 — 4-9-2 8 ekkk ke
    540095 0.69 8.4 12 2-9-4 3 ek kkke
    e = 2’-MOE, and
    k = cEt
    • Example 13
  • Chimeric Oligonucleotides with SNP Site Shifting at Various Positions
  • Chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the SNP site aligns with position 8 of the parent gapmer, as counted from the 5′-terminus. These gapmers were designed by shifting the SNP site upstream or downstream (i.e. microwalk) of the original oligonucleotide.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 35. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Underline nucleosides indicate the SNP site.
  • The SNP site indicates the position on the chimeric antisense oligonucleotide opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus and is denoted as “SNP site”.
  • The chimeric oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. The results in Table 36 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • The parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • As illustrated in Table 36, improvement in potency and selectivity was observed for chimeric oligonucleotides comprising 4-9-2 or 2-9-4 motif having the target SNP site at positions 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8 (ISIS540083, ISIS540084, ISIS 540085, ISIS 540094, ISIS 540096, ISIS 540097 and ISIS 540098) in comparison to position 8 of the parent gapmer (ISIS 460209). The remaining gapmers showed little to no improvement in potency or selectivity.
  • TABLE 35
    Chimeric oligonucleotides designed by microwalk
    ISIS NO Sequence (5′ to 3′) SNP site Motif SEQ ID NO.
    460209* TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe 8 3-9-3 10
    (ekk-d9-kke)
    543887 TeTkGk Tk CATCACCAGAkAe 4 4-9-2 67
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540083 AeAkTkTkGTCATCACCAkGe 6 4-9-2 68
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540084 AeAkAkTkTGTCATCACCkAe 7 4-9-2 69
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540085 TeAkAkAkTTGTCATCACkCe 8 4-9-2 10
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540087 AeAkTkAkAATTGTCATCkAe 10 4-9-2 70
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540090 AeTkTkAkATAAATTGTCkAe 13 4-9-2 71
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540091 TeAkTkTkAATAAATTGTk Ce 14 4-9-2 72
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540092 Ge Tk CATCACCAGAkAkAkAe 2 2-9-4 73
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540093 TeGk TCATCACCAGkAkAkAe 3 2-9-4 74
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540094 TeTkGTCATCACCAkGkAkAe 4 2-9-4 67
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540096 AeAkTTGTCATCACkCkAkGe 6 2-9-4 68
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540097 AeAkATTGTCATCAkCkCkAe 8 2-9-4 69
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540098 TAAATTGTCATCkAkCkAe 8 2-9-4 10
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540099 AeTkAAATTGTCATkCkAkCe 9 2-9-4 75
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540100 AeAkTAAATTGTCAkTkCkAe 10 2-9-4 70
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540101 TeAkATAAATTGTCkAkTkCe 11 2-9-4 76
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540102 TeTkAATAAATTGTk CkAkTe 12 2-9-4 66
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    e = 2′-MOE; k = cEt; d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 36
    Comparison of selectivity in HTT SNP inhibition
    of chimeric oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209
    % UTC Selectivity SNP
    ISIS NO mut wt (wt vs. mut) site Motif
     460209* 23 57 2.4 8 3-9-3
    (ekk-d9-kke)
    543887 18 43 2.3 4 4-9-2
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540083 18 67 3.7 6 4-9-2
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540084 10 49 4.9 7 4-9-2
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540085 21 86 4.1 8 4-9-2
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540087 60 98 1.6 10 4-9-2
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540090 129 137 1.1 13 4-9-2
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540091 93 105 1.1 14 4-9-2
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540092 28 55 2.0 2 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540093 18 62 3.4 3 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540094 13 45 3.4 4 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540096 17 68 4.0 6 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540097 8 35 4.2 8 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540098 12 45 3.9 8 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540099 62 91 1.5 9 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540100 80 106 1.3 10 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540101 154 152 1.0 11 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    540102 102 106 1.0 12 2-9-4
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    e = 2’-MOE;
    k = cEt;
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 14
  • Selectivity in Inhibition of HTT mRNA Levels Targeting SNP by Chimeric Oligonucleotides Designed by Microwalk
  • A series of modified oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region comprises nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These gapmers were created with various motifs and modifications at the wings and/or the central gap region.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 37. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, “k”, “y”, or “z” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt), a subscript “y” indicates an α-L-LNA modified nucleoside, and a subscript “z” indicates a F-HNA modified nucleoside. pU indicates a 5-propyne uridine nucleoside and xT indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. Underlined nucleosides indicate the mismatch position.
  • These gapmers were evaluated for thermal stability (Tm) using methods described in Example 3. Presented in Table 38 are the Tm measurements for chimeric antisense oligonucleotides when duplexed to mutant or wild-type RNA complement. The Tm of chimeric antisense oligonucleotides duplexed with mutant RNA complement is denoted as “Tm (° C.) mut”. The Tm of chimeric antisense oligonucleotides duplexed with wild-type RNA complement is denoted as “Tm (° C.) wt”.
  • These gapmers were also tested in vitro. ISIS 141923 was included in the study as a negative control and is denoted as “neg control”. The non-allele specific antisense oligonucleotides, ISIS 387916 was used as a positive control and is denoted as “pos control”. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 μM concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN. ISIS 460209 marked with an asterisk (*) in the table was included in the study for comparison. The results in Table 38 are presented as percent of HTT mRNA expression, relative to untreated control levels and is denoted as “% UTC”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT mRNA levels vs. the percent of mutant HTT mRNA levels.
  • As illustrated, several of the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides showed improvement in potency and/or selectivity in inhibiting mut HTT mRNA levels comparing to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 37
    Modified oligonucleotides comprising various modifications targeting HTT SNP
    SEQ
    Wing Chemistry NO.
    ISIS NO Sequence (5′ to 3′) Modification 5′ 3′ ID
    460209* TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe 3-9-3 ekk kke 10
    (ekk-d9-kke)
    539560 TeAkAkATTGPUCATCAkCkCe 5-propyne in gap ekk kke 11
    539563 TeAkAkATTGxTCATCAkCkCe 2-thio in gap ekk kke 10
    539554 TeAkAkATTGUyCATCAkCkCe α-L-LNA in gap ekk kke 11
    542686 TeAkAkATTGTzCATCAkCkCe F-HNA in gap ekk kke 10
    540108 AeTeAeAkAkTTGTCATCkAkCe 5-7-5 eeekk kke 23
    CeAe (eeekk-d7-kkeee) ee
    544840 TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCeTk 3-9-6 ekk kke 15
    TkAk (ekk-d9-kkekkk) kkk
    550904 TeAkAkATTGTCATCAkCkCe 3-9-7 ekk kkek 18
    TkTkTkAk (ekk-d9-kkekkkk) kkk
    540082 AeTkTkGkTCATCACCAGkAe 4-9-2 ekkk ke 65
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540089 TeTkAkAkTAAATTGTCAkTe 4-9-2 ekkk ke 66
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540095 AeTkTGTCATCACCkAkGkAe 2-9-4 ek kkke 67
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    543528 AeTkAeAkAATGTCATCAkCe Mismatch at ekek keke 77
    CkAe position 2 counting
    from 5′ gap
    543533 TeAkAkATAGTCATCAkCkCe Mismatch at ekk kke 78
    position 3 counting
    from 5′ gap
    387916 TeCeTeCeTeATTGCACATTCe 5-10-5 eeeee eeeee 56
    (pos CeAeAeGe
    control)
    141923 CeCeTeTeCeCCTGAAGGTTCe 5-10-5 eeeee eeeee 57
    (neg CeTeCeCe
    control)
    e = 2′-MOE; k = cEt; d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 38
    Comparison of selectivity in inhibition of HTT mRNA levels, and Tm of modified
    oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeted to rs7685686 in GM04022 cells
    Wing
    Tm (° C.) % UTC Selectivity Chemistry
    ISIS NO mutant wt mut wt (wt vs mut) Modification 5’ 3’
     460209* 53.7 52.2 23 57 2.7 3-9-3 ekk kke
    (ekk-d9-kke)
    539560 54.1 50.8 13 32 2.4 5-propyne in gap ekk kke
    539563 53.8 49.1 13 40 3.2 2-thio in gap ekk kke
    539554 56.5 54.5 54 89 1.7 α-L-LNA in gap ekk kke
    542686 56.1 50.4 26 62 2.4 F-HNA in gap ekk kke
    540108 60.0 57.9 27 63 2.3 5-7-5 eeekk kkeee
    (eeekk-d7-kkeee)
    544840 — — 19 40 2.1 3-9-6 ekk kkekkk
    (ekk-d9-kkekkk)
    550904 — — 39 65 1.7 3-9-7 ekk kkekkkk
    (ekk-d9-kkekkkk)
    540082 — — 21 62 3.0 4-9-2 ekkk ke
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540089 — — 78 86 1.1 4-9-2 ekkk ke
    (ekkk-d9-ke)
    540095 — — 22 66 3.1 2-9-4 ek kkke
    (ek-d9-kkke)
    543528 50.5 49.1 44 90 2.1 Mismatch at ekek keke
    position 2
    counting from
    5’ gap
    543533 47.0 44.8 83 97 1.2 Mismatch at ekk kke
    position 3
    counting from
    5’ gap
    387916 — — 21 19 0.9 5-10-5 eeeee eeeee
    (pos control)
    141923 — — 95 99 1.0 5-10-5 eeeee eeeee
    (neg control)
    e = 2’-MOE;
    k = cEt;
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 15 Chimeric Oligonucleotides Comprising Modifications at the SNP Site of HTT Gene
  • Additional gapmers are designed based on the gapmer selected from studies described in Tables 73 and 74 (ISIS 540108) and is marked with an asterisk (*). These gapmers are designed by introducing modifications at the SNP site at position 9 of the oligonucleotides, as counted from the 5′-terminus and are created with a 5-7-5 motif.
  • The gapmers are described in Table 39. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “a”, “b”, “e”, or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “a” indicates 2′-(ara)-F modified nucleoside, a subscript “b” indicates a 5′-Me DNA modified nucleoside, a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). xT indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. Underline nucleoside or the number in parentheses indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • TABLE 39
    Modified oligonucleotides targeting HTT SNP
    Wing SEQ
    Sequence Gap chemistry ID
    ISIS NO (5′ to 3′) Chemistry 5′ 3′ NO.
    540108* AeTeAeAkAkTTGTC Deoxy eee kkeee 32
    (9) ATCkAkCeCeAe kk
    XXXX28 AeTeAeAkAkTTG xTC Deoxy/2- eee kkeee 32
    (9) ATCkAkCeCeAe thio kk
    XXXX29 AeTeAeAkAkTTGTa C Deoxy/2 eee kkeee 32
    (9) ATCkAkCeCeAe (ara)-F kk
    XXXX30 AeTeAeAkAkTTGTb CA Deoxy /5 eee kkeee 32
    (9) TCkAkCeCeAe Me-DNA kk
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
    • Example 16 Chimeric Oligonucleotides Comprising Modifications at the Wing Regions Targeting HTT SNP
  • Additional gapmers are designed based on the gapmer, ISIS 540107 selected from Example 11 and is marked with an asterisk (*). These gapmers are designed by introducing bicyclic modified nucleosides at the 3′ or 5′ terminus and are tested to evaluate if the addition of bicyclic modified nucleosides at the wing regions improves the activity and selectivity in inhibition of mutant HTT SNP.
  • The gapmers comprise a 5-7-5 motif and are described in Table 40. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • TABLE 40
    Modified oligonucleotides targeting HTT SNP
    wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemistry ID
    NO (5′ to 3′) Motif 5′ 3′ NO.
    540107* AeTeAeAeAkTTGT 5-7-5 eeeek keeee 32
    CATCkAeCeCeAe (eeeek-
    d7-
    keeee)
    XXXX31 AeTeAkAkAkTTGT 5-7-5 eekkk kkkee 32
    CATCkAkCkCeAe (eekkk
    d7-
    kkkee)
    XXXX32 AeTeAeAeAkTTGT 5-7-5 eeeek eeeee 32
    CATCeAeCeCeAe (eeeek-
    d7-
    eeeee)
    XXXX33 AeTeAeAkAkTTGT 5-7-5 eeekk eeeee 32
    CATCeAeCeCeAe (eeekk-
    d7-
    eeeee)
    XXXX34 AeTeAkAkAkTTGT 5-7-5 eekkk eeeee 32
    CATCeAeCeCeAe (eekkk-
    d7-
    eeeee)
    XXXX35 AeTeAeAeAeTTGT 5-7-5 eeeee keeee 32
    CATCkAeCeCeAe (eeeee-
    d7-
    keeee)
    XXXX36 AeTeAeAeAeTTGT 5-7-5 eeeee kkeee 32
    CATCkAkCeCeAe (eeeee-
    d7-
    kkeee)
    XXXX37 AeTeAeAeAeTTGT 5-7-5 eeeee kkkee 32
    CATCkAkCkCeAe (eeeee-
    d7-
    kkkee)
    e = 2′-MOE; k = cEt; d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 17 Chimeric Oligonucleotides Comprising Wing and Central Gap Modifications Targeting HTT SNP
  • Additional gapmers are designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region comprises nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides and is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table. These gapmers were designed by introducing modifications at the wings or the central gap region and are created with a 3-9-3 motif.
  • The gapmers are described in Table 41. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e”, or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside, and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). PT indicates a 5-propyne thymidine nucleoside. PC indicates a 5-propyne cytosine nucleoside. Underline nucleoside or the number in parentheses indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • TABLE 41
    Modified oligonucleotides targeting HTT SNP
    wing SEQ
    Sequence Modifi- chemistry  ID
    ISIS NO (5′ to 3′) cation 5′ 3′ NO
    460209* TeAkAkATTGTC Deoxy gap ekk kke 10
    (8) ATCAkCkCe (3-9-3)
    552103 TeAeAeATTGTC Deoxy gap eee kkk 10
    (8) ATCAkCkCk (3-9-3)
    552104 TkAkAkATTGTC Deoxy gap kkk eee 10
    (8) ATCAeCeCe (3-9-3)
    552105 TeALAATTGP TP Deoxy/5- ekk kke 10
    (8) CATCAkCkCe Propyne
    552106 TAAAPTPTGP TP Deoxy/5 - ekk kke 10
    (8) CAPTPCAkCkCe Propyne
    e = 2′-MOE; k = cEt
    • Example 18 Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising F-HNA Modification at the Central Gap or Wing Region Targeting HTT SNP
  • A series of modified oligonucleotides were designed based on ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by incorporating one or more F-HNA(s) modification within the central gap region or on the wing regions. The F-HNA containing oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 42. The internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P═S). Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt). Nucleosides followed by a subscript “z” indicate F-HNA modified nucleosides. mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The gap-interrupted antisense oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 43.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • The parent gapmer, 460209 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the table and was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the activity and selectivity of antisense oligonucleotides targeting nucleotides overlapping the SNP position could be compared.
  • As illustrated in Table 43, oligonucleotides comprising F-HNA modification(s) showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining activity as compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 42
    Gap-interrupted antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Gap Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chem- chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif istry 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkA 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    TTGT mCAT deoxy
    mCAk mCk mCe
    566266 TeAkAkAzT 3-9-3 or Deoxy/ ekk or kke 10
    TGT mCATm 4-8-3 F-HNA ekkz
    CAk mCk mCe
    566267 TeAkAkATz 3-9-3 or Deoxy/ ekk or kke 10
    TGT mCAT 5-7-3 F-HNA ekkdz
    mCAk mCk mCe
    566268 TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 or Deoxy/ ekk or kke 10
    TzGT mCAT 6-6-3 F-HNA ekkddz
    mCAk mCk mCe
    566269 TAtAATT 3-9-3 or Deoxy/ ekk or kke 10
    Gz T mCATmC 7-5-3 F-HNA ekkd
    Ak mCk mCe ddz
    567369 TeAkAkAzTz 3-9-3 or Deoxy/ ekk or kke 10
    TGT mCATmC 5-7-3 F-HNA ekkzz
    Ak mCk mCe
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-β-deoxyribonucleoside, z = F-HNA
  • TABLE 43
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of gap-interrupted
    antisense oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Wing
    IC50 (μM) Selectivity Gap Chemistry
    ISIS NO Mut Wt (wt vs mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
     460209* 0.28 3.1 11 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    566266 0.20 >10 >50 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F-HNA ekk or kke
    4-8-3 ekkz
    566267 0.90 >9.9 >11 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F-HNA ekk or kke
    5-7-3 ekkdz
    566268 1.0 >10 >10 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F-HNA ekk or kke
    6-6-3 ekkddz
    566269 1.7 >10.2 >6 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F-HNA ekk or kke
    7-5-3 ekkdddz
    567369 0.82 >9.8 >12 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F-HNA ekk or kke
    5-7-3 ekkzz
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-β-deoxyribonucleoside,
    z = F-HNA
    • Example 19
  • Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising cEt Modification(s) at the Central Gap Region Targeting HTT SNP A series of modified oligonucleotides were designed in the same manner as described in Example 18.
  • These modified oligonucleotides were designed by replacing F-HNA(s) with cEt modification(s) in the central gap region while maintaining the wing configuration. The modified oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 44. The internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P═S). Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The gap-interrupted antisense oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented below.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 45, some of the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides (ISIS 575006, 575007, and 575008) showed improvement in potency and/or selectivity in inhibiting mut HTT mRNA levels comparing to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 44
    Gap-interrupted antisense
    oligonucleotides targeting
    HTT SNP
    Gap Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chem- chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif istry 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    TGT mCAT deoxy
    mCAk mCk mCe
    575006 TeAkAkAkTT 4-8-3 Full ekkk kke 10
    GT mCATmC deoxy
    Ak mCk mCe
    575007 TeAkAkATk 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    TGT mCATmC or deoxy or
    Ak mCk mCe 5-7-3 or ekk
    Deoxy/ dk
    cEt
    575133 TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    TkGT mCAT or deoxy or
    mCAk mCk mCe 6-6-3 or ekk
    Deoxy/ ddk
    cEt
    575134 TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    TGk T mCATm or deoxy or
    CAk mCk mCe 7-5-3 or ekk
    Deoxy/ ddd
    cEt k
    575008 TeAkAkAkTk 5-7-3 Deoxy ekk kke 10
    TGT mCATmC kk
    Ak mCk mCe
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-β-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 45
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of gap-interrupted
    antisense oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Wing
    IC50 (μM) Selectivity Gap Chemistry
    ISIS NO Mut Wt (wt vs mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
     460209* 0.28 3.1 11 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    575006 0.27 3.8 14 4-8-3 Full deoxy ekkk kke
    575007 0.67 >10.1 >15 3-9-3 or Full deoxy or ekk or kke
    5-7-3 Deoxy/cEt ekkdk
    575133 3.0 >9 >3 3-9-3 or Full deoxy or ekk or kke
    6-6-3 Deoxy/cEt ekkddk
    575134 2.6 >10.4 >4 3-9-3 or Full deoxy or ekk or kke
    7-5-3 Deoxy/cEt ekkdddk
    575008 0.18 >9.9 >55 5-7-3 Deoxy ekkkk kke
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-β-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 20 Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising F-HNA Modification at the 3′-End of Central Gap Region Targeting HTT SNP
  • A series of modified oligonucleotides were designed based on ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by incorporating one F-HNA modification at the 3′-end of the central gap region. The F-HNA containing oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 46. The internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P═S). Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt). Nucleosides followed by a subscript “z” indicate F-HNA modified nucleosides. mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 47.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 47, a couple of the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides (ISIS 575833 and 575834) showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to ISIS 460209. ISIS 575836 showed an increase in potency without improvement in selectivity while ISIS 575835 showed comparable selectivity without improvement in potency.
  • TABLE 46
    Modified oligonucleotides targeting HTT SNP
    Se- Wing 
    quence Gap chemis- SEQ
    ISIS (5′ to chemis- try ID
    NO. 3′) Motif try 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkA 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    TTGT deoxy
    mCATmCA
    AmCk mCe
    575833 TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 or Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    TGT mCzAT 3-5-7 F-HNA or
    mCAk mCk zdd
    mCe dkke
    575834 TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 or Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    TGT mCAz 3-6-6 F-HNA or
    TmCAk mCk zdd
    mCe kke
    575835 TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F- ekk kke 10
    TGT mCATz 3-7-5 HNA or
    mCAk mCk mCe zdk
    ke
    575836 TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F- ekk kke 10
    TGT mCAT 3-8-4 HNA or
    mCzAk mCk mCe zkke
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-β-deoxyribonucleoside, z = F-HNA
  • TABLE 47
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
     460209* 0.28 3.1 11 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    575833 0.22 4.2 19 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F- ekk kke or
    3-5-7 HNA zdddkke
    575834 0.30 6.3 21 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F- ekk kke or
    3-6-6 HNA zddkke
    575835 0.89 9.8 11 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F- ekk kke or
    3-7-5 HNA zdkke
    575836 0.09 0.4 4.6 3-9-3 or Deoxy/F- ekk kke or
    3-8-4 HNA zkke
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-β-deoxyribonucleoside,
    z = F-HNA
    • Example 21 Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on ISIS 460209 and ISIS 540094 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides. These gapmers were designed with the central gap region shortened by introducing cEt modifications to the wing regions, or interrupted by introducing cEt modifications at the 3′-end of the central gap region. The modified oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209 and 540094.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 48. The internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P═S). Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 4 or 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 49.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 49, the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides (ISIS 575003) showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 48
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Gap Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemis- chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif try 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkAT 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    TGT mCATmC deoxy
    Ak mCk mCe
    540094* TeTkGT mC 2-9-4 Full ek kkke 67
    ATmCAmC deoxy
    mCAkGkAk
    Ae
    575003 TeTkGT mC 2-8-5 Full ek kkk 67
    ATmCAmCm deoxy ke
    GAkGkAkAe
    575004 TeTkGT mC 2-9-4 or Full ek kkke 67
    ATmCAmCk 2-7-6 deoxy or
    mCAkGkAkAe or kdk
    Deoxy/ kke
    cEt
    575005 TeTkGT mCA 2-7-6 Full ek kkk 67
    TmCAmCk mCk deoxy kke
    AkGkAkAe
    e= 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 49
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Wing
    IC50 (μM) Selectivity Gap Chemistry
    ISIS NO Mut Wt (wt vs mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
     460209* 0.34 3.3 9.7 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
     540094* 0.17 2.4 14 2-9-4 Full deoxy ek kkke
    575003 0.40 10 25 2-8-5 Full deoxy ek kkkke
    575004 1.2 >9.6 >8 2-9-4 or Full deoxy or ek kkke or
    2-7-6 Deoxy/cEt kdkkke
    575005 >10 >100 >10 2-7-6 Full deoxy ek kkkkke
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 22 Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on 15-mer, ISIS 460209 and 17-mer, ISIS 476333 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides. These gapmers were designed with the central gap region shortened at the 5′-end of the central gap region. The gapmers were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the gapmers were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209 and ISIS 476333.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 50. The internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P═S). Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 51.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 51, a couple of the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides (ISIS 571036 and 571037) showed improvement in potency and selectivity in inhibiting mut HTT mRNA levels as compared to ISIS 460209 and 476333.
  • TABLE 50
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Gap Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemis- chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif try 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209* TeAkAkATT 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    GT mCATmCAk deoxy
    mCkCe
    476333* AeTkAeAkATT 4-9-4 Full ekek keke 32
    GT mCATmCAk deoxy
    mCe mCkAe
    571036 AeTkAeAkAe 6-7-4 Full eke keke 32
    TkTGT mCAT deoxy kek
    mCAk mCe mCk
    Ae
    571037 AeTeAeAeAk 6-7-4 Full eee keke 32
    TkTGT mCAT deoxy ekk
    mCAk mCe mCk
    Ae
    571038 AeTkAeAkAe 6-7-4 Full eke keke 32
    TeTGT mCAT deoxy kee
    mCAkmCe mCk
    Ae
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 51
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
     460209* 0.34 3.3 9.7 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
     476333* 0.32 1.5 4.7 4-9-4 Full deoxy ekek keke
    571036 0.17 >10.0 >59 6-7-4 Full deoxy ekekek keke
    571037 0.11 >9.9 >90 6-7-4 Full deoxy eeeekk keke
    571038 1.5 >10.5 >7 6-7-4 Full deoxy ekekee keke
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 23 Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on 15-mer, ISIS 460209 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxynucleosides. These gapmers were designed by having the central gap region shortened to seven 2′-deoxynucleosides. The gapmers were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the gapmers were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 52. The internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P═S). Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 53.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 53, each of the newly designed antisense oligonucleotides (ISIS 540108 and 571069) showed improvement in potency and/or selectivity in inhibiting mut HTT mRNA levels as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 52
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Gap Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemis- chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif try 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209 TeAkAkATTGT 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe deoxy
    540108 AeTeAeAkAkTTG 5-7-5 Full eee kkeee 32
    T mCATmCkAk mCe deoxy kk
    mCeAe
    571069 AeTeAeAeAkTkT 6-7-4 Full eeee kkee 32
    GT mCATmCAk mCk deoxy kk
    mCeAe
    571173 AeTeAkAkATTGT 4-7-6 Full eekk kkeeee 32
    mCATk mCkAe mCe deoxy
    mCeAe
    572773 TeAeAkAkTTGT 4-7-4 Full eekk kkee 10
    mCATmCkAk mCe mCe deoxy
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 53
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 0.34 3.3 9.7 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    540108 0.20 >10 >50 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeekk kkeee
    571069 0.29 >9.9 >34 6-7-4 Full deoxy eeeekk kkee
    571173 1.0 >10 >10 4-7-6 Full deoxy eekk kkeeee
    572773 0.71 >7.8 11 4-7-4 Full deoxy eekk kkee
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 24 Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on 15-mer, ISIS 460209 and 17-mer, ISIS 540108 wherein the central gap region contains nine and seven 2′-deoxynucleosides, respectively. These gapmers were designed by introducing one or more cEt modification(s) at the 5′-end of the central gap region. The gapmers were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the gapmers were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209 and ISIS 540108.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 54. The internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P═S). Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 55.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 55, most of the newly designed oligonucleotides showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to 460209.
  • TABLE 54
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Gap Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemis- chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif try 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209 TeAkAkATTGT 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe deoxy
    540108 AeTeAeAkAkTTG 5-7-5 Full ee kk 32
    T mCATmCkAk mCe deoxy ekk eee
    mCeAe
    556872 AeTeAeAeAkTTG 5-7-5 Full eee ee 32
    T mCATmCeAe mCe deoxy ek eee
    mCeAe
    556873 AeTeAeAkAkTTG 5-7-5 Full eee ee 32
    T mCATmCeAe mCe deoxy kk eee
    mCeAe
    556874 AeTeAkAkAkTTG 5-7-5 Full eek ee 32
    T mCATmCeAe mCe deoxy kk eee
    mCeAe
    568877 AeTkAkAkAkTTG 5-7-5 Full ekk ee 32
    T mCATmCeAe mCe deoxy kk eee
    mCeAe
    568878 AkTkAkAkAkTTG 5-7-5 Full kkk ee 32
    T mCATmCeAe mCe deoxy kk eee
    mCeAe
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 55
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 0.45 2.3 5.1 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    540108 0.25 9.5 38 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeekk kkeee
    556872 1.0 9.9 9.9 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeeek eeeee
    556873 0.67 3.4 5.1 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeekk eeeee
    556874 0.38 1.9 5.0 5-7-5 Full deoxy eekkk eeeee
    568877 0.44 6.2 14 5-7-5 Full deoxy ekkkk eeeee
    568878 0.41 8.6 21 5-7-5 Full deoxy kkkkk eeeee
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 25 Short-Gap Chimeric Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed based on 15-mer, ISIS 460209 and 17-mer, ISIS 540108 wherein the central gap region contains nine and seven 2′-deoxynucleosides, respectively. These gapmers were designed by introducing one or more cEt modification(s) at the 3′-end of the central gap region. The gapmers were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting HTT SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the gapmers were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209 and ISIS 540108.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 56. The internucleoside linkages throughout each modified oligonucleotide are phosphorothioate linkages (P═S). Nucleosides without a subscript are (3-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicate 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicate 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleosides (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 16 hours, RNA was isolated from the cells and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 57.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 57, each of the newly designed oligonucleotides showed improvement in selective inhibition of mutant HTT mRNA levels compared to ISIS 460209. Comparable potency was observed for ISIS 568879 and 568880 while a slight loss in potency was observed for ISIS 556875, 556876 and 556877.
  • TABLE 56
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Gap Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemis- chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif try 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209 TeAkAkATTGT 3-9-3 Full ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe deoxy
    540108 AeTeAeAkAkTTG 5-7-5 Full eeekk kkeee 32
    T mCATmCkAk mCe deoxy
    mCeAe
    556875 AeTeAeAeAeTTG 5-7-5 Full eeeee keeee 32
    T mCATmCkAe mCe deoxy
    mCeAe
    556876 AeTeAeAeAeTTG 5-7-5 Full eeeee kkeee 32
    T mCATmCkAk mCe deoxy
    mCeAe
    556877 AeTeAeAeAeTTGT 5-7-5 Full eeeee kkkee 32
    mCATmCkAk mCk deoxy
    mCeAe
    568879 AeTeAeAeAeTTG 5-7-5 Full eeeee kkkke 32
    T mCATmCkAk mCk deoxy
    mCkAe
    568880 AeTeAeAeAeTTG 5-7-5 Full eeeee kkkkk 32
    T mCATmCkAk mCk deoxy
    mCkAk
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 57
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 0.45 2.3 5.1 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    540108 0.25 9.5 38 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeekk kkeee
    556875 1.9 >9.5 >5 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeeee keeee
    556876 0.99 >9.9 >10 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeeee kkeee
    556877 1.0 >10 >10 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeeee kkkee
    568879 0.44 >10.1 >23 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeeee kkkke
    568880 0.59 >10 >17 5-7-5 Full deoxy eeeee kkkkk
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 26 Modified Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • A series of modified oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing various chemical modifications in the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 58. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages, except for the internucleoside linkage having a subscript “p” which indicates a methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage (—O—P(CH3)(═O)—O—). Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. xT indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute). Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 59.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 59, improvement in selectivity with a slight decrease in potency was observed for the newly designed oligonucleotides as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 58
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    ISIS Sequence Wing SEQ
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Gap chemistry ID
    ISIS Sequence chemistry 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209 TeAkAkATTGT Full deoxy ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe
    556845 TeAkAkAxTTGT Deoxy/2-Thio ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe
    556847 TeAkAkAxTxTGT Deoxy/2-Thio ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe
    558257 TeAkAkATTpGT Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mC Phosphonate
    571125 TeAkAkAxTTpGT Deoxy/2-Thio/ ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe Methyl
    Phosphonate
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 59
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 0.56 3.8 6.8 Full deoxy ekk kke
    556845 0.98 >9.8 >10 Deoxy/2-Thio ekk kke
    556847 1.3 >10.4 >8 Deoxy/2-Thio ekk kke
    558257 1.7 >10.2 >6 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke
    Phosphonate
    571125 1.8 >10.8 >6 Deoxy/2- ekk kke
    Thio/Methyl
    Phosphonate
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 27 Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising Chemical Modifications in the Central Gap Region Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed in the same manner as the antisense oligonucleotides described in Example 26. These gapmers were designed by introducing various modifications in the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 60. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages, except for the internucleoside linkage having a subscript “p” which indicates a methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage (—O—P(CH3)(═O)—O—). Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. xT indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute). Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 61.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 61, some of the newly designed oligonucleotides showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to 460209.
  • TABLE 60
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Gap chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif chemistry 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209 TeAkAkATTGT 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe
    551429 TeAeAeAkTkTGT 5-7-3 Full deoxy eee kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe kk
    571122 TeAeAeAk xTTGT 4-8-3 Deoxy/ eee kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe 2-Thio k
    571123 TeAeAeAkTkTPGT 5-7-3 Deoxy/Methyl eee kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe Phosphonate kk
    571124 TeAeAeAk xTTpGT 4-8-3 Deoxy/2- eee kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe Thio/Methyl k
    Phosphonate
    579854 TeAeAeAkTTpGT 4-8-3 Deoxy/Methyl eee kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe Phosphonate k
    566282 TeAkAkAdxTdx 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    TdGdTd mCdAdTd Phosphonate
    mCdAk mCk mCe
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 61
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 0.56 3.8 6.8 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    551429 0.50 >10 >20 5-7-3 Full deoxy eeekk kke
    571122 1.8 >10.8 >6 4-8-3 Deoxy/2-Thio eeek kke
    571123 0.96 >9.6 >10 5-7-3 Deoxy/Methyl eeekk kke
    Phosphonate
    571124 2.3 >9.2 >4 4-8-3 Deoxy/2- eeek kke
    Thio/Methyl
    Phosphonate
    579854 0.63 >10.1 >16 4-8-3 Deoxy/Methyl eeek kke
    Phosphonate
    566282 0.51 6.3 12.4 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke
    Phosphonate
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt
    • Example 28 Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising Chemical Modifications in the Central Gap Region Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • Additional chimeric antisense oligonucleotides were designed in the same manner as the antisense oligonucleotides described in Example 26. These gapmers were designed by introducing various modifications to the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 62. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages, except for the internucleoside linkage having a subscript “p” which indicates a methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage (—O—P(CH3)(═O)—O—). Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. xT indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 or 9 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute). Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented in Table 63.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 63, all but one of the newly designed oligonucleotides showed improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 62
    Short-gap antisense oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Motif Gap chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) chemistry 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209 TeAkAkATTG 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke 10
    T mCATmCAk
    mCk mCe
    476333 AeTkAeAkATT 4-9-4 Full deoxy ekek keke 32
    GT mCATmCAk
    mCe mCk mCe
    571039 AeTkAeAkAxTT 4-9-4 Deoxy/ ekek keke 32
    GT mCATmCAk 2-Thio
    mCe mCk mCe
    571171 AeTkAeAkATTp 4-9-4 Deoxy/Methyl ekek keke 32
    GT mCATmCAk Phosphonate
    mCe mCk mCe
    571041 AeTkAeAkAxT 4-9-4 Deoxy/2- ekek keke 32
    TpGT mCATmC Thio/Methyl
    Ak mCe mCk mCe Phosphonate
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 63
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of
    modified oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 0.56 3.8 6.8 Full deoxy ekk kke
    476333 0.56 3.4 6.1 Full deoxy ekek keke
    571039 0.34 >9.9 >29 Deoxy/2-Thio ekek keke
    571171 0.54 >10.3 >19 Deoxy/Methyl ekek keke
    Phosphonate
    571041 0.75 >9.8 >13 Deoxy/2- ekek keke
    Thio/Methyl
    Phosphonate
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 29
  • Selectivity in Inhibition of HTT mRNA Levels Targeting SNP by Gap-Interrupted Modified Oligonucleotides
  • Additional modified oligonucleotides were designed based on the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209 wherein the central gap region contains nine 2′-deoxyribonucleosides. These modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing one or more modified nucleobase(s) in the central gap region and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting SNP while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The activity and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 64. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). mC indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside. xT indicates a 2-thio-thymidine nucleoside. Underlined nucleoside indicates the position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, which is position 8 as counted from the 5′-terminus.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute). Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN.
  • The IC50 and selectivity were calculated using methods previously described in Example 2. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the mutant HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘mut IC50’. The IC50 at which each oligonucleotide inhibits the wild-type HTT mRNA expression is denoted as ‘wt IC50’. Selectivity was calculated by dividing the IC50 for inhibition of the wild-type HTT versus the IC50 for inhibiting expression of the mutant HTT mRNA.
  • As illustrated in Table 65, ISIS 556845 showed improvement in selectivity and potency as compared to ISIS 460209. ISIS 556847 showed improvement in selectivity with comparable potency while ISIS 556846 showed improvement in potency with comparable selectivity.
  • TABLE 64
    Gap-interrupted modified oligonucleotides
    targeting HTT SNP
    Gap Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence chemis- chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) try 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209 TeAkAkATTGT Full ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe deoxy
    556845 TeAkAkAxTTGT Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe 2-Thio
    556846 TeAkAkATxTGT Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe 2-Thio
    556847 TeAkAkAxTxTGT Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    mCATmCAk mCk mCe 2-Thio
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt, d = 2′-deoxyribonucleoside
  • TABLE 65
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and
    selectivity of gap-interrupted modified oligonucleotides
    with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 0.30 0.99 3.3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    556845 0.13 10.01 >77 Deoxy/2-Thio ekk kke
    556846 0.19 0.48 2.5 Deoxy/2-Thio ekk kke
    556847 0.45 9.9 >22 Deoxy/2-Thio ekk kke
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 30 Evaluation of Modified Oligonucleotides Targeting HTT SNP—In Vivo Study
  • Additional modified oligonucleotides were selected and tested for their effects on mutant and wild type HTT protein levels in vivo targeting various SNP sites as illustrated below.
  • The gapmers and their motifs are described in Table 66. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. All cytosine nucleobases throughout each gapmer are 5-methyl cytosines. Nucleosides without a subscript are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” or “k” are sugar modified nucleosides. A subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside and a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt).
  • The gapmer, ISIS 460209 was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the potency and selectivity of the modified oligonuclotides could be compared. A non-allele specific oligonucleotide, ISIS 387898, was used as a positive control.
  • Hu97/18 mice, the first murine model of HD that fully genetically recapitulates human HD were used in the study. They were generated in Hayden's lab by cross bred BACHD, YAC18 and Hdh (−/−) mice.
  • Hu97/18 mice were treated with 300 μg of modified oligonucleotides by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection. This treatment group consisted of 4 animals/oligonucleotide. The control group received a 10 μl bolus injection of sterile PBS and consisted of 4 animals.
  • Animals were sacrificed at 4 weeks post-injection. The second most anterior 2 mm coronal slab for each brain hemisphere was collected using a 2 mm rodent brain matrix. The remaining portion of the brain was post-fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde, cryoprotected in 30% sucrose and sectioned into 25 μm coronal sections for immunohistochemical analysis.
  • The HTT protein levels were analyzed by high molecular weight western blot (modified from Invitrogen's NuPAGE Bis-Tris System Protocol). The tissue was homogenized in ice cold SDP lysis buffer. 40 μg of total protein lysate was resolved on 10% low-BIS acrylamide gels (200:1 acrylamide:BIS) with tris-glycine running buffer (25 mM Tris, 190 mM Glycince, 0.1% SDS) containing 10.7 mM β-mercaptoethanol added fresh. Gels were run at 90V for 40 min through the stack, then 190V for 2.5 h, or until the 75 kDa molecular weight marker band was at the bottom of the gel. Proteins were transferred to nitrocellulose at 24V for 2 h with NuPage transfer buffer (Invitrogen: 25 mM Bicine, 25 mM Bis-Tris, 1.025 mM EDTA, 5% MeOH, pH 7.2). Membranes were blocked with 5% milk in PBS, and then blotted for HTT with MAB2166 (1:1000, millipore). Anti-calnexin (Sigma C4731) immunoblotting was used as loading control. Proteins were detected with IR dye 800CW goat anti-mouse (Rockland 610-131-007) and AlexaFluor 680 goat anti-rabbit (Molecular Probes A21076)-labeled secondary antibodies, and the LiCor Odyssey Infrared Imaging system.
  • The results in Table 67 are presented as the average percent of HTT protein levels for each treatment group, normalized to PBS-treated control and is denoted as “% UTC”. The percent of mutant HTT protein levels is denoted as “mut”. The percent of wild-type HTT protein levels is denoted as “wt”. Selectivity was also evaluated and measured by dividing the percent of wild-type HTT protein levels vs. the percent of the mutant HTT protein levels.
  • As illustrated in Table 67, treatment with the newly designed oligonucleotides, ISIS 476333 and 460085 showed improvement in potency and selectivity in inhibiting mutant HTT protein levels as compared to the parent gapmer, 460209. Comparable or a slight loss in potency and/or selectivity was observed for the remaining oligonucleotides.
  • TABLE 66
    Modified oligonucleotides targeting HTT
    rs7685686, rs4690072 and rs363088
    in Hu97/18 mice
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif 5′ 3′ NO.
    387898 CeTeCeGeAeCTAAA 5-10-5 e5 e5 79
    GCAGGAeTeTeTeCe
    460209 TeAkAkATTGTCAT 3-9-3 ekk kke 10
    CAkCkCe
    435879 AeAeTeAeAeATTGT 5-9-5 e5 e5 80
    CATCAeCeCeAeGe
    476333 AeTkAeAkATTGTC 4-9-4 ekek keke 32
    ATCAkCeCkAe
    435874 CeAeCeAeGeTGCTA 5-9-5 e5 e5 81
    CCCAAeCeCeTeTe
    435871 TeCeAeCeAeGCTAT 5-9-5 e5 e5 82
    CTTCTeCeAeTeCe
    460085 AeTeAeAeAeTTGT 5-7-5 e5 e5 32
    CATCeAeCeCeAe
    e = 2′-MOE (e.g. e5 = eeeee), k = cEt
  • TABLE 67
    Effects of modified oligonucleotides on mutant and
    wild type HTT protein levels in Hu97/18 mice
    Selectivity
    Dosage % UTC (wt vs
    ISIS NO SNP site (μg) mut wt mut)
    PBS — 300 100 100 1
    387898 — 300 23.76 25.66 1
    460209 rs7685686 300 18.16 48.99 2.7
    435879 rs7685686 300 41.48 73.11 1.8
    476333 rs7685686 300 6.35 22.05 3.5
    460085 rs7685686 300 2.9 40.1 13.8
    435874 rs4690072 300 44.18 76.63 1.7
    435871 rs363088 300 33.07 89.30 2.7
    • Example 31 Evaluation of ISIS 435871 in Central Nervous System (CNS) Targeting HTT Rs363088—In Vivo Study
  • A modified oligonucleotide from Example 29, ISIS 435871 was selected and tested for its effects on mutant and wild type HTT protein levels in the CNS in vivo targeting rs363088.
  • Hu97/18 mouse was treated with 300 μg of ISIS 435871 by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection. The animal was sacrificed at 4 weeks post-injection. Regional CNS structures were then micro-dissected including bilateral samples from the most anterior portion of cortex (Cortex 1), an intermediate section of cortex (Cortex 2), the most posterior section of cortex (Cortex 3), the striatum, the hippocampus, the cerebellum, and a 1 cm section of spinal cord directly below the brain stem. Tissue was homogenized and assessed for mutant and wild-type HTT levels by Western blotting using the procedures as described in Example 30. The results are presented below. As no untreated or vehicle treated control is shown, HTT intensity of each allele is expressed as a ratio of calnexin loading control intensity. The ratio of the mutant HTT to the wt HTT in the treated animal was determined and is denoted as “wt/mut”. Having a ratio higher than 1 is indicative of allele-specific silencing.
  • As illustrated in Table 68, a single unilateral ICV bolus injection of the modified antisense oligonucleotide showed selective HTT silencing throughout the CNS except in the cerebellum, where the antisense oligonucleotide did not distribute evenly.
  • TABLE 68
    Effects of ISIS 435871 on mutant and wild type HTT protein
    levels in CNS targeting rs363088 in Hu97/18 mice
    HTT intensity/calnexin intensity
    Tissue wt mut wt/mut
    Cortex 1 0.032 0.014 2.29
    Cortex 2 0.027 0.009 3
    Cortex 3 0.023 0.007 3.29
    Striatum 0.030 0.012 2.5
    Hippocampus 0.016 0.006 2.67
    Cerebellum 0.023 0.019 1.21
    Spinal Cord 0.014 0.007 2
    • Example 32 Evaluation of Modified Oligonucleotides Targeting HTT Rs7685686—In Vivo Study
  • Several modified oligonucleotides from Examples 43, 51, 52, 53 and 66 were selected and tested for their effects on mutant and wild type HTT protein levels in vivo targeting HTT rs7685686.
  • The gapmer, ISIS 460209 was included in the study as a benchmark oligonucleotide against which the potency and selectivity of the modified oligonuclotides could be compared.
  • Hu97/18 mice were treated with 300 μg of modified oligonucleotides by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection. This treatment group consisted of 4 animals/oligonucleotide. The control group received a 10 μl bolus injection of sterile PBS and consisted of 4 animals.
  • Animals were sacrificed at 4 weeks post-injection. The second most anterior 2 mm coronal slab for each brain hemisphere was collected using a 2 mm rodent brain matrix. The HTT protein levels were analyzed in the same manner as described in Example 30 and the results are presented below.
  • The results in Table 69 are presented as the average percent of HTT protein levels for each allele and treatment group, normalized to PBS-treated control and is denoted as “% UTC”. The percent of mutant HTT protein levels is denoted as “mut”. The percent of wild-type HTT protein levels is denoted as “wt”.
  • As shown in Table 69, each of the newly designed oligonucleotides showed improvement in selective inhibition of mutant HTT protein levels as compared to ISIS 460209. ISIS 550913 and 540095 showed improvement in potency while the remaining modified oligonucleotides showed comparable or a slight decrease in potency as compared to the parent gapmer.
  • TABLE 69
    Effects of modified oligonucleotides on mutant and wild type
    HTT protein levels targeting rs7685686 in Hu97/18 mice
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS % UTC chemistry Gap ID
    NO mut wt Motif 5’ 3’ chemistry NO
    PBS 100 100 — — — — —
    460209 18.16 48.99 3-9-3 ekk kke Full deoxy 10
    550913 9.31 34.26 5-9-5 kkekk kkekk Full deoxy 27
    540095 12.75 106.05 2-9-4 ek kkke Full deoxy 65
    551429 19.07 108.31 5-7-3 eeekk kke Full deoxy 10
    540094 24.68 87.56 2-9-4 ek kkke Full deoxy 67
    540096 24.89 98.26 2-9-4 ek kkke Full deoxy 68
    540108 28.34 85.62 5-7-5 eeekk kkeee Full deoxy 23
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt
    • Example 33 Evaluation of Modified Oligonucleotides Targeting HTT Rs7685686—In Vivo Study
  • Several modified oligonucleotides selected from Examples 57, 58, 61 and 62 were tested and evaluated for their effects on mutant and wild type HTT protein levels in vivo targeting HTT rs7685686.
  • Hu97/18 mice were treated with 300 μg of modified oligonucleotides by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection and the control group received a 10 μl bolus injection of sterile PBS. Each treatment group consisted of 4 animals.
  • Animals were sacrificed at 4 weeks post-injection. The second most anterior 2 mm coronal slab for each brain hemisphere was collected using a 2 mm rodent brain matrix. The HTT protein levels were analyzed in the same manner as described in Example 30. The in vivo study for ISIS 575008 and 571069 marked with an asterisk (*) was performed independently and the results are presented below.
  • The results in Table 70 are presented as the average percent of HTT protein levels for each allele and treatment group, normalized to PBS-treated control and is denoted as “% UTC”. The percent of mutant HTT protein levels is denoted as “mut”. The percent of wild-type HTT protein levels is denoted as “wt”.
  • As illustrated in Table 70, selective inhibition of mut HTT protein levels was achieved with the newly designed oligonucleotide treatment as compared to PBS treated control.
  • TABLE 70
    Effects of modified oligonucleotides on mutant and wild type
    HTT protein levels targeting rs7685686 in Hu97/18 mice
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS % UTC chemistry Gap ID
    NO mut wt Motif 5’ 3’ chemistry NO
    PBS 100 100 — — — — —
    575007 26.9 104.5 3-9-3 ekk kke Deoxy/cEt 10
     575008* 21.7 105.9 5-7-3 ekkkk kke Deoxy/cEt or 10
    full deoxy
    566267 32.8 109.3 3-9-3 ekk kke Deoxy/F-HNA 10
    571036 30.3 103.3 6-7-4 ekekek keke Full deoxy 32
    571037 32.8 111.9 6-7-4 eeeekk keke Full deoxy 32
     571069* 29.4 109.8 6-7-4 eeeekk kkee Full deoxy 32
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt
    • Example 34 Evaluation of Modified Oligonucleotides Targeting HTT Rs7685686—In Vivo Dose Response Study
  • ISIS 476333, 435871, 540108, 575007 and 551429 from previous examples were selected and evaluated at various doses for their effect on mutant and wild type HTT protein levels in vivo targeting HTT rs7685686.
  • Hu97/18 mice were treated with various doses of modified oligonucleotides as presented in Table 71 by a single unilateral intracerebroventricular (ICV) bolus injection. This treatment group consisted of 4 animals/oligonucleotide. The control group received a 10 μl bolus injection of sterile PBS and consisted of 4 animals.
  • Animals were sacrificed at 4 weeks post-injection. The second most anterior 2 mm coronal slab for each brain hemisphere was collected using a 2 mm rodent brain matrix. The HTT protein levels were analyzed in the same manner as described in Example 30. The dose response study was performed independently for each modified oligonucleotide and the results are presented below.
  • The results in Table 71 are presented as the average percent of HTT protein levels for each allele and treatment group, normalized to PBS-treated control and is denoted as “% UTC”. The percent of mutant HTT protein levels is denoted as “mut”. The percent of wild-type HTT protein levels is denoted as “wt”.
  • As illustrated in Table 71, selective inhibition of mut HTT protein levels was achieved in a dose-dependent manner for the newly designed oligonucleotides.
  • TABLE 71
    Dose-dependent effect of modified oligonucleotides on mutant and
    wild type HTT protein levels targeting rs7685686 in Hu97/18 mice
    Dosage % UTC SEQ ID
    ISIS NO (μg) mut wt Motif NO.
    PBS 0 100 100 —
    476333 50 48.7 115 4-9-4 32
    150 23.1 53.3 (ekek-d9-keke)
    300 8.8 36.7
    435871 75 114 118 5-9-5 82
    150 47.3 80.3 (e5-d9-e5)
    300 33 89.3
    500 36 97.5
    540108 75 30.5 71.7 5-7-5 32
    150 22 81 (eeekk-d7-kkeee)
    300 8.6 59.6
    575007 150 41.5 110.7 3-9-3 10
    300 29 119.4 (ekk-d-k-d7-kke)
    (deoxy gap
    interrupted with cEt)
    551429 75 58 101.3 5-7-3 10
    150 36.2 110.4 (eeekk-d7-kke)
    300 19.7 107.8
    e = 2’-MOE (e.g. e5 = eeeee),
    k = cEt,
    d = 2’-deoxyribonucleoside
    • Example 35 Modified Oligonucleotides Targeting Huntingtin (HTT) Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP)
  • A series of modified oligonucleotides was designed based on a parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. The modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing a 5′-(R)-Me DNA modification within the central gap region. The 5′-(R)-Me DNA containing oligonucleotides were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The potency and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were created with a 3-9-3 motif and are described in Table 72. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “d” are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Nucleosides followed by a subscript “z” indicates a 5′-(R)-Me DNA. “mC” indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with a single dose at 2 μM concentration of the modified oligonucleotide. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN.
  • The IC50s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 73, treatment with the newly designed oligonucleotides showed comparable or a slight increase in potency and/or selectivity as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 72
    Gap-interrupted oligonucleotides comprising
    5′-(R)-Me DNA targeting HTT SNP
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Gap chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) chemistry 5′ 3′ NO.
    460209 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd Full ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe deoxy
    556848 TeAkAkAzTdTdGdTd Deoxy/5′- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe (R)-Me DNA
    556849 TeAkAkAdTzTdGdTd Deoxy/5′- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe (R)-Me DNA
    556850 TeAkAkAdTdTzGdTd Deoxy/5′- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe (R)-Me DNA
    e = 2′-MOE, k = cEt
  • TABLE 73
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of gap-
    interrupted oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs Gap chemistry
    NO. Mut Wt mut) chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 0.30 0.99 3.3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    556848 0.15 0.6 4.0 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    556849 0.16 0.46 2.9 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    556850 0.33 0.96 2.9 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt
    • Example 36 Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising 5′-(R)- or 5′-(S)-Me DNA Modification Targeting HTT SNP
  • A series of modified oligonucleotides was designed based on a parent gapmer, ISIS 460209, wherein the central gap region contains nine β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. The modified oligonucleotides were designed by introducing 5′-(S)- or 5′-(R)-Me DNA modification slightly upstream or downstream (i.e. “microwalk”) within the central gap region. The gapmers were created with a 3-9-3 motif and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression. The potency and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 74. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “d” are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Nucleosides followed by a subscript “v” indicates a 5′-(S)-Me DNA. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “z” indicates a 5′-(R)-Me DNA. “mC” indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used. Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.1, 0.4, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 uL 2×PCR buffer, 101 uL primers (300 uM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 uL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 uL of this mixture and 5 uL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN and the results are presented below.
  • The IC50s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. The results in Table 75 demonstrated that each of the newly designed oligonucleotides comprising 5′-(S)- or 5′-(R)-Me DNA within the central gap region achieved improvement in potency and selectivity as compared to the parent gapmer, ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 74
    Gap-interrupted oligonucleotides comprising
    5′-(S)- or 5′-(R)-Me DNA targeting HTT SNP
    Wing SEQ
    ISIS Sequence Motif Gap Chemistry ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Chemistry 5′ 3′ NO
    460209 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe
    589429 TeAkAkAdTvTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    589430 TeAkAkAdTdTvGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    589431 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTv 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    589432 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTv mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    594588 TeAkAkAdTvTvGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    556848 TeAkAkAzTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    556849 TeAkAkAdTzTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    556850 TeAkAkAdTdTzGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    539558 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTz 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    594160 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCzAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    594161 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAzTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    589433 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTz mCdAk mCkmCe Me DNA
    594162 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCzAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    594589 TeAkAkAdTzTzGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Me DNA
    e = 2 -MOE; k = cEt
  • TABLE 75
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of gap-
    interrupted oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs. Gap Chemistry
    NO. Mut Wt mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’
    460209 1.2 1.4 1.2 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke
    589429 0.22 3.3 15 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(S)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    589430 0.22 >10 >45.5 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(S)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    589431 0.16 1.9 11.9 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(S)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    589432 0.23 >10 >43.5 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(S)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    594588 0.81 >10 >12.3 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(S)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    556848 0.16 1.8 11.3 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    556849 0.14 1.1 7.9 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    556850 0.22 1.7 7.7 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    539558 0.38 3.8 10 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    594160 0.28 3.3 11.8 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    594161 0.28 >10 >35.7 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    589433 0.27 4.4 16.3 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    594162 0.27 3.5 13.0 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    594589 0.48 4.4 9.2 3-9-3 Deoxy/5’-(R)- ekk kke
    Me DNA
    e = 2’-MOE;
    k = cEt
    • Example 37
  • Inhibition of HTT mRNA Levels Targeting SNP by Modified Oligonucleotides
  • Additional modified oligonucleotides were designed in a similar manner as the antisense oligonucleotides described in Example 36. Various chemical modifications were introduced slightly upstream or downstream (i.e. “microwalk”) within the central gap region. The gapmers were created with a 3-9-3 motif and were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression. The position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8. The potency and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 76. The internucleoside linkages throughout each gapmer are phosphorothioate (P═S) linkages. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “d” are β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). Nucleosides followed by a subscript “b” indicates a 5′-(R)-allyl DNA. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “c” indicates a 5′-(S)-allyl DNA. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “g” indicates a 5′-(R)-hydroxyethyl DNA. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “i” indicates a hydroxyethyl DNA. “C” indicates a 5-methyl cytosine nucleoside.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro using heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line. The transfection method and analysis of HTT mRNA levels adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN were performed in the same manner as described in Example 37. The IC50s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously and the results are shown below. As presented in Table 77, several modified oligonucleotides achieved greater than 4.5 fold selectivity in inhibiting mutant HTT mRNA levels and, therefore, are more selective than ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 76
    Gap-interrupted oligonucleotides comprising
    5′-substituted DNA targeting HTT SNP
    Wing
    ISIS Sequence Gap Chemistry Chemistry SEQ ID
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif (mod position) 5′ 3′ NO
    460209 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke 10
    589414 TeAkAkAdTbTdGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    allyl DNA
    (pos 5)
    589415 TeAkAkAdTdTbGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    allyl DNA
    (pos 6)
    589416 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTb mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    allyl DNA
    (pos 8)
    589417 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd mCdAdTb mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    allyl DNA
    (pos 11)
    589418 TeAkAkAdTcTdGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    allyl DNA
    (pos 5)
    589419 TeAkAkAdTdTcGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    allyl DNA
    (pos 6)
    589420 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTc mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    allyl DNA
    (pos 8)
    589421 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd mCdAdTc mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    allyl DNA
    (pos 11)
    589422 TeAkAkAdTgTdGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 5)
    589423 TeAkAkAdTdTgGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCkmCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 6)
    589424 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTg mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 8)
    589437 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd mCdAdTg mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(R)- ekk kke 10
    hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 11)
    589426 TeAkAkAdTiTdGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 5)
    589427 TeAkAkAdTdTiGdTd mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 6)
    589428 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTi mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 8)
    589425 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd mCdAdTi mCdAk mCk mCe 3-9-3 Deoxy/5′-(S)- ekk kke 10
    hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 11)
    e = 2-MO 2; k = cEt
  • TABLE 77
    Comparison of inhibition of HTT mRNA levels and selectivity of gap-
    interrupted oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeting HTT SNP
    Selectivity Wing
    ISIS IC50 (μM) (wt vs. Gap Chemistry Chemistry
    NO Mut Wt mut) (mod position) Motif 5’ 3’
    460209 0.47 2.1 4.5 Full deoxy 3-9-3 ekk kke
    589414 1.0 7.6 7.6 Deoxy/5’-(R)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Allyl DNA
    (pos 5)
    589415 1.4 >10 >7.1 Deoxy/5’-(R)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Allyl DNA
    (pos 6)
    589416 2.7 >10 >3.7 Deoxy/5’-(R)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Allyl DNA
    (pos 8)
    589417 5.4 >10 >1.9 Deoxy/5’-(R)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Allyl DNA
    (pos 11)
    589418 1.2 >10 >8.3 Deoxy/5’-(S)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Allyl DNA
    (pos 5)
    589419 1.1 >10 >9.1 Deoxy/5’-(S)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Allyl DNA
    (pos 6)
    589420 3.2 >10 >3.1 Deoxy/5’-(S)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Allyl DNA
    (pos 8)
    589421 2.0 >10 >5.0 Deoxy/5’-(S)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Allyl DNA
    (pos 11)
    589422 0.73 3.2 4.4 Deoxy/5’-(R)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 5)
    589423 0.92 9.2 10 Deoxy/5’-(R)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 6)
    589424 0.21 4.4 21 Deoxy/5’-(R)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 8)
    589437 0.73 >10.2 >14 Deoxy/5’-(R)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 11)
    589426 0.91 5.1 5.6 Deoxy/5’-(S)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 5)
    589427 0.91 >10 >11 Deoxy/5’-(S)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 6)
    589428 1.1 >11 >10 Deoxy/5’-(S)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 8)
    589425 1.5 >10.5 >7 Deoxy/5’-(S)- 3-9-3 ekk kke
    Hydroxyethyl
    DNA (pos 11)
    e = 2’-MOE;
    k = cEt
    • Example 38 Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising Methyl Phosphonate Internucleoside Linkage Targeting HTT SNP—In Vitro Study
  • ISIS 558255 and 558256 from Example 10 were selected and evaluated for their effect on mutant and wild type HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686. ISIS 46020 was included in the study for comparison. The position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8.
  • Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used for the in vitro assay (from Coriell Institute). Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 μL 2×PCR buffer, 101 μL primers (300 μM from ABI), 1000 μL water and 40.4 μL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 μL of this mixture and 5 μL of purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN.
  • The IC50s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 78, improvement in selectivity and potency was achieved with the modified oligonucleotides comprising methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 78
    Comparison of selectivity in inhition of HTT mRNA levels of antisense
    oligonucleotides with ISIS 460209 targeted to rs7685686 in GM4022 cells
    Wing
    IC50 (μM) Selectivity Gap Chemistry SEQ
    ISIS NO Mut Wt (wt vs mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’ ID NO
    460209 0.30 0.99 3.3 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke 10
    558255 0.19 1.3 6.8 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    phosphonate
    558256 0.20 1.3 6.5 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    phosphonate
    e = 2’-MOE (e.g. e5 = eeeee),
    k = cEt
    • Example 39 Modified Oligonucleotides Comprising Methyl Phosphonate or Phosphonoacetate Internucleoside Linkage(s) Targeting HTT SNP
  • A series of modified oligonucleotides were designed based on ISIS 460209 wherein the gap region contains nine β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleosides. The modified oligonucleotides were synthesized to include one or more methyl phosphonate or phosphonoacetate internucleoside linkage modifications within the gap region. The oligonucleotides with modified phosphorus containing backbone were tested for their ability to selectively inhibit mutant (mut) HTT mRNA expression levels targeting rs7685686 while leaving the expression of the wild-type (wt) intact. The potency and selectivity of the modified oligonucleotides were evaluated and compared to ISIS 460209.
  • The position on the oligonucleotides opposite to the SNP position, as counted from the 5′-terminus is position 8.
  • The modified oligonucleotides and their motifs are described in Table 79. Each internucleoside linkage is a phosphorothioate (P═S) except for the internucleoside linkage having a subscript “x” or “y”. Each nucleoside followed by a subscript “x” indicates a methyl phosphonate internucleoside linkage (—P(CH3)(═O)—). Each nucleoside followed by a subscript “y” indicates a phosphonoacetate internucleoside linkage (—P(CH2CO2—)(═O)—). Nucleosides followed by a subscript “d” is a β-D-2′-deoxyribonucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “e” indicates a 2′-O-methoxyethyl (MOE) modified nucleoside. Nucleosides followed by a subscript “k” indicates a 6′-(S)—CH3 bicyclic nucleoside (e.g. cEt). “mC” indicates a 5-methyl cytosine modified nucleoside.
  • The modified oligonucleotides were tested in vitro. Heterozygous fibroblast GM04022 cell line was used (from Coriell Institute). Cultured GM04022 cells at a density of 25,000 cells per well were transfected using electroporation with 0.12, 0.37, 1.1, 3.3 and 10 μM concentrations of modified oligonucleotides. After a treatment period of approximately 24 hours, cells were washed with DPBS buffer and lysed. RNA was extracted using Qiagen RNeasy purification and mRNA levels were measured by quantitative real-time PCR using ABI assay C_2229297_10 which measures at dbSNP rs362303. RT-PCR method in short; A mixture was made using 2020 μL 2×PCR buffer, 101 μL primers (300 μM from ABI), 1000 uL water and 40.4 μL RT MIX. To each well was added 15 of this mixture and 5 of μL purified RNA. The mutant and wild-type HTT mRNA levels were measured simultaneously by using two different fluorophores, FAM for mutant allele and VIC for wild-type allele. The HTT mRNA levels were adjusted according to total RNA content, as measured by RIBOGREEN.
  • The IC50s and selectivities as expressed in “fold” were measured and calculated using methods described previously in Example 2. As illustrated in Table 80, most of the newly design oligonucleotides achieved improvement in selectivity while maintaining potency as compared to ISIS 460209.
  • TABLE 79
    Modified oligonucleotides comprising methyl phosphonate or
    phosphonoacetate internucleoside
    linkage(s) targeting HTT SNP
    Wing
    ISIS Sequence Chemistry SEQ
    NO. (5′ to 3′) Motif Gap Chemistry 5′ 3′ ID NO
    460209 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe
    566276 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdxTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe phosphonate
    566277 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTdx 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe phosphonate
    566278 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    mCdxAdAdTd mCdAk mCk phosphonate
    mCe
    566279 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    mCdAdxTd mCdAk mCk mCe phosphonate
    566280 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTdx mCdAk mCk mCe phosphonate
    566283 TeAkAkAdTdxTdxGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe phosphonate
    573815 TeAkAkAdTdyTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Phosphonoacetate
    573816 TeAkAkAdTdTdyGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Phosphonoacetate
    573817 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTdy 3-9-3 Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTd mCdAk mCk mCe Phosphonoacetate
    573818 TeAkAkAdTdTdGdTd 3-9-3 Deoxy/ ekk kke 10
    mCdAdTdy mCdAk mCk mCe Phosphonoacetate
    e = 2-MO 2, k = cEt
  • TABLE 80
    Comparison of selectivity in inhition of HTT mRNA
    levels of antisense oligonucleotides with ISIS
    460209 targeted to rs7685686 in GM4022 cells
    Mut Selectivity Wing SEQ
    ISIS IC50 (wt vs Gap Chemistry ID
    NO (μM)) mut) Motif chemistry 5’ 3’ NO
    460209 0.15 9.4 3-9-3 Full deoxy ekk kke 10
    566276 0.76 12.8 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    phosphonate
    566277 0.20 17 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    phosphonate
    566278 0.25 8.9 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    phosphonate
    566279 0.38 — 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    phosphonate
    566280 0.27 47 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    phosphonate
    566283 0.8 >100 3-9-3 Deoxy/Methyl ekk kke 10
    phosphonate
    573815 0.16 18.8 3-9-3 Deoxy/Phos- ekk kke 10
    phonoacetate
    573816 0.55 18.1 3-9-3 Deoxy/Phos- ekk kke 10
    phonoacetate
    573817 0.17 22.5 3-9-3 Deoxy/Phos- ekk kke 10
    phonoacetate
    573818 0.24 13.5 3-9-3 Deoxy/Phos- ekk kke 10
    phonoacetate
    e = 2’-MOE,
    k = cEt

Claims (2)

1. A oligomeric compound comprising a modified oligonucleotide consisting of 10 to 30 linked nucleosides, wherein the modified oligonucleotide has a modification motif comprising:
a 5′-region consisting of 2-8 linked 5′-region nucleosides, each independently selected from among a modified nucleoside and an unmodified deoxynucleoside, provided that at least one 5′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside and wherein the 3′-most 5′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside;
a 3′-region consisting of 2-8 linked 3′-region nucleosides, each independently selected from among a modified nucleoside and an unmodified deoxynucleoside, provided that at least one 3′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside and wherein the 5′-most 3′-region nucleoside is a modified nucleoside; and
a central region between the 5′-region and the 3′-region consisting of 6-12 linked central region nucleosides, each independently selected from among: a modified nucleoside and an unmodified deoxynucleoside, wherein the 5′-most central region nucleoside is an unmodified deoxynucleoside and the 3′-most central region nucleoside is an unmodified deoxynucleoside;
wherein the modified oligonucleotide has a nucleobase sequence complementary to the nucleobase sequence of a target region of a nucleic acid associated with a huntingtin transcript.
2.-272. (canceled)
US17/712,766 2011-08-11 2022-04-04 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof Abandoned US20230113863A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/712,766 US20230113863A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2022-04-04 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161522659P 2011-08-11 2011-08-11
US201261596723P 2012-02-08 2012-02-08
US201261603196P 2012-02-24 2012-02-24
PCT/US2012/050023 WO2013022990A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US201414238441A 2014-06-18 2014-06-18
US16/222,521 US20190338281A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2018-12-17 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US16/946,654 US20210147838A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2020-06-30 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof
US17/712,766 US20230113863A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2022-04-04 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/946,654 Continuation US20210147838A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2020-06-30 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20230113863A1 true US20230113863A1 (en) 2023-04-13

Family

ID=46717938

Family Applications (10)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/237,967 Abandoned US20140303235A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Linkage modified gapped oligomeric compounds and uses thereof
US14/238,439 Abandoned US20150051389A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US14/238,094 Active 2033-06-05 US9752142B2 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5′-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof
US14/238,441 Active US10202599B2 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US15/407,037 Abandoned US20170130224A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2017-01-16 Linkage modified gapped oligomeric compounds and uses thereof
US16/222,521 Abandoned US20190338281A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2018-12-17 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US16/946,654 Abandoned US20210147838A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2020-06-30 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof
US17/011,395 Active 2032-11-18 US11732261B2 (en) 2011-08-11 2020-09-03 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US17/712,766 Abandoned US20230113863A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2022-04-04 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof
US18/333,007 Pending US20240141343A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2023-06-12 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof

Family Applications Before (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/237,967 Abandoned US20140303235A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Linkage modified gapped oligomeric compounds and uses thereof
US14/238,439 Abandoned US20150051389A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US14/238,094 Active 2033-06-05 US9752142B2 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5′-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof
US14/238,441 Active US10202599B2 (en) 2011-08-11 2012-08-08 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US15/407,037 Abandoned US20170130224A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2017-01-16 Linkage modified gapped oligomeric compounds and uses thereof
US16/222,521 Abandoned US20190338281A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2018-12-17 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US16/946,654 Abandoned US20210147838A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2020-06-30 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof
US17/011,395 Active 2032-11-18 US11732261B2 (en) 2011-08-11 2020-09-03 Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/333,007 Pending US20240141343A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2023-06-12 Selective Antisense Compounds and Uses Thereof

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (10) US20140303235A1 (en)
EP (7) EP2742056B2 (en)
DK (2) DK2742135T4 (en)
ES (2) ES2651514T3 (en)
WO (4) WO2013022984A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12110491B2 (en) 2010-02-08 2024-10-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective reduction of allelic variants

Families Citing this family (142)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DK2410053T4 (en) 2006-10-18 2020-08-31 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Antisense compounds
KR101881596B1 (en) 2008-12-02 2018-07-24 웨이브 라이프 사이언시스 재팬 인코포레이티드 Method for the synthesis of phosphorous atom modified nucleic acids
CN102596204B (en) 2009-07-06 2016-11-23 波涛生命科学有限公司 New nucleic acid prodrugs and using method thereof
WO2012039448A1 (en) 2010-09-24 2012-03-29 株式会社キラルジェン Asymmetric auxiliary group
EP2673361B1 (en) 2011-02-08 2016-04-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
ES2626488T3 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-07-25 Wave Life Sciences Pte. Ltd. Procedures for the synthesis of functionalized nucleic acids
DK2742135T4 (en) 2011-08-11 2020-07-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc BINDING MODIFIED GAPPED OLIGOMERIC COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF
US9914922B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2018-03-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
AU2013288048A1 (en) 2012-07-13 2015-01-22 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Asymmetric auxiliary group
EP2873674B1 (en) 2012-07-13 2020-05-06 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant
SG11201500232UA (en) 2012-07-13 2015-04-29 Wave Life Sciences Pte Ltd Chiral control
US9695418B2 (en) 2012-10-11 2017-07-04 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleosides and uses thereof
WO2014059356A2 (en) 2012-10-12 2014-04-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
EP4144845B1 (en) * 2012-10-12 2024-04-24 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds and uses thereof
EP3778618A1 (en) 2013-02-04 2021-02-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
WO2014172698A1 (en) * 2013-04-19 2014-10-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulation nucleic acids through nonsense mediated decay
SI3013959T1 (en) * 2013-06-27 2020-04-30 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligomers and conjugates targeting pcsk9
EP3095461A4 (en) 2014-01-15 2017-08-23 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having immunity induction activity, and immunity induction activator
EP3095459A4 (en) 2014-01-15 2017-08-23 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having antitumor effect and antitumor agent
US10322173B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2019-06-18 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having anti-allergic activity, and anti-allergic agent
CN106068325B (en) 2014-01-16 2021-07-09 波涛生命科学有限公司 Chiral design
EP3647318B1 (en) * 2014-04-28 2021-06-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linkage modified oligomeric compounds
WO2016061487A1 (en) * 2014-10-17 2016-04-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof
CA2977965C (en) 2015-02-26 2021-12-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Allele specific modulators of p23h rhodopsin
MA43072A (en) 2015-07-22 2018-05-30 Wave Life Sciences Ltd COMPOSITIONS OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDES AND RELATED PROCESSES
US10370667B2 (en) 2015-11-18 2019-08-06 Rosalind Franklin University Of Medicine And Science Antisense compounds targeting leucine-rich repeat kinase 2 (LRRK2) for the treatment of parkinsons disease
WO2017087282A1 (en) 2015-11-18 2017-05-26 Rosalind Franklin University Of Medicine And Science Antisense compounds targeting leucine-rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2) for the treatment of parkinsons disease
ES2879995T3 (en) 2015-12-10 2021-11-23 Ptc Therapeutics Inc Methods for treating Huntington's disease
WO2017111137A1 (en) * 2015-12-22 2017-06-29 味の素株式会社 Oligonucleotide manufacturing method
CN107282132B (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-12-24 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Ethylene tetramerization catalyst composition and application thereof
CN107282124B (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-12-24 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Ethylene tetramerization catalyst composition and tetramerization method
CN107282122B (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-12-24 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Ethylene tetramerization catalyst composition and application thereof
CN107282123B (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-12-24 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Ethylene oligomerization catalyst composition and application thereof
CN107282120B (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-12-24 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Catalyst composition for ethylene oligomerization and oligomerization method
CN107282130B (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-12-24 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Ethylene tetramerization catalyst composition and application thereof
CN107282121B (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-12-24 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Catalyst composition for ethylene oligomerization and oligomerization method
MA45270A (en) 2016-05-04 2017-11-09 Wave Life Sciences Ltd COMPOSITIONS OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDES AND RELATED PROCESSES
MA45496A (en) 2016-06-17 2019-04-24 Hoffmann La Roche NUCLEIC ACID MOLECULES FOR PADD5 OR PAD7 MRNA REDUCTION FOR TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B INFECTION
CN110023321A (en) 2016-08-17 2019-07-16 索尔斯蒂斯生物有限公司 Polynucleotide constructs
CA3043768A1 (en) 2016-11-29 2018-06-07 PureTech Health LLC Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents
JP7095893B2 (en) * 2017-02-21 2022-07-05 国立大学法人大阪大学 Antisense oligonucleic acid
EP3603648A4 (en) 2017-03-29 2020-12-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd Complex of nucleic acid medicine and multibranched lipid
WO2018226622A1 (en) 2017-06-05 2018-12-13 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds for treating huntington's disease
EP3644996B1 (en) 2017-06-28 2023-07-26 PTC Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating huntington's disease
CA3067592A1 (en) 2017-06-28 2019-01-03 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating huntington's disease
US11597744B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2023-03-07 Sirius Therapeutics, Inc. Chiral phosphoramidite auxiliaries and methods of their use
WO2019073018A1 (en) 2017-10-13 2019-04-18 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Methods for identifying improved stereodefined phosphorothioate oligonucleotide variants of antisense oligonucleotides utilising sub-libraries of partially stereodefined oligonucleotides
KR20200030594A (en) 2017-10-16 2020-03-20 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Nucleic acid molecule for reducing PAPD5 and PAPD7 mRNA to treat hepatitis B infection
KR102695589B1 (en) 2017-10-22 2024-08-14 루머스 리미티드 Head-mounted augmented reality device using an optical bench
JP2021505175A (en) 2017-12-11 2021-02-18 ロシュ イノベーション センター コペンハーゲン エーエス Oligonucleotides for regulating the expression of FNDC3B
WO2019115417A2 (en) 2017-12-12 2019-06-20 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating rb1 expression
KR20200104339A (en) 2017-12-21 2020-09-03 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Companion diagnostic agent for HTRA1 RNA antagonists
CN111448316A (en) 2017-12-22 2020-07-24 罗氏创新中心哥本哈根有限公司 Novel thiophosphorous acid amides
WO2019122282A1 (en) 2017-12-22 2019-06-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Gapmer oligonucleotides comprising a phosphorodithioate internucleoside linkage
CN111757936A (en) 2017-12-22 2020-10-09 罗氏创新中心哥本哈根有限公司 Oligonucleotides comprising phosphorodithioate internucleoside linkages
US20210095274A1 (en) 2018-01-10 2021-04-01 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating pias4 expression
US20210095275A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2021-04-01 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating gsk3b expression
CN111615558A (en) 2018-01-17 2020-09-01 罗氏创新中心哥本哈根有限公司 Oligonucleotides for modulating expression of ERC1
US20210095277A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2021-04-01 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting srebp1
WO2019145386A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating csnk1d expression
KR20200108315A (en) 2018-02-09 2020-09-17 제넨테크, 인크. Oligonucleotide to regulate the expression of TMEM106B
WO2019157531A1 (en) * 2018-02-12 2019-08-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified compounds and uses thereof
WO2019182037A1 (en) * 2018-03-20 2019-09-26 国立大学法人東京工業大学 Antisense oligonucleotide having reduced toxicity
JP7399870B2 (en) 2018-03-27 2023-12-18 ピーティーシー セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド Compounds to treat Huntington's disease
WO2019193165A1 (en) 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of fubp1 inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
EP3790991A1 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-03-17 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Massively parallel discovery methods for oligonucleotide therapeutics
EP3790971A1 (en) 2018-05-08 2021-03-17 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating myh7 expression
EP3794012B1 (en) 2018-05-15 2023-10-18 Illumina Inc. Compositions and methods for chemical cleavage and deprotection of surface-bound oligonucleotides
WO2019233922A1 (en) 2018-06-05 2019-12-12 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Oligonucleotides for modulating atxn2 expression
WO2019245957A1 (en) * 2018-06-18 2019-12-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linkage modified oligomeric compounds
WO2020005873A1 (en) 2018-06-27 2020-01-02 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic and heteroaryl compounds for treating huntington's disease
WO2020007702A1 (en) 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting bcl2l11
WO2020007700A1 (en) 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting spi1
WO2020007772A1 (en) 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting gbp-1
CR20210058A (en) 2018-07-03 2021-03-22 Hoffmann La Roche Oligonucleotides for modulating tau expression
WO2020007889A1 (en) 2018-07-05 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting stat1
WO2020007826A1 (en) 2018-07-05 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting mbtps1
WO2020011653A1 (en) 2018-07-09 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting kynu
WO2020011743A1 (en) 2018-07-09 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting mafb
WO2020011745A2 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting cers6
WO2020011869A2 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting tlr2
WO2020011744A2 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting cers5
EP3821013A1 (en) 2018-07-13 2021-05-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Oligonucleotides for modulating rtel1 expression
EP3830101A1 (en) 2018-07-31 2021-06-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides comprising a phosphorotrithioate internucleoside linkage
CN112513060B (en) 2018-07-31 2024-08-06 罗氏创新中心哥本哈根有限公司 Oligonucleotides comprising phosphorotrithioate internucleoside linkages
WO2020038976A1 (en) 2018-08-23 2020-02-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting usp8
WO2020038973A1 (en) 2018-08-23 2020-02-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting sptlc1
WO2020038971A1 (en) 2018-08-23 2020-02-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting vcan
EP3620519A1 (en) 2018-09-04 2020-03-11 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Use of isolated milk extracellular vesicles for delivering oligonucleotides orally
EP3873920A1 (en) 2018-11-01 2021-09-08 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Antisense oligonucleotides targeting tia1
WO2020109344A1 (en) 2018-11-29 2020-06-04 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Occular administration device for antisense oligonucleotides
WO2020109343A1 (en) 2018-11-29 2020-06-04 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Combination therapy for treatment of macular degeneration
WO2020136125A2 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-07-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Antisense oligonucleotides targeting card9
CA3127658A1 (en) * 2019-01-25 2020-07-30 Nayan Therapeutics, Inc. Nrl expression reducing oligonucleotides, compositions containing the same, and methods of their use
CN113365607A (en) 2019-01-25 2021-09-07 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Lipid vesicles for oral drug delivery
EP3914712A1 (en) * 2019-01-25 2021-12-01 Nayan Therapeutics, Inc. Nr2e3 expression reducing oligonucleotides, compositions containing the same, and methods of their use
CN113423385A (en) * 2019-02-01 2021-09-21 波涛生命科学有限公司 Oligonucleotide compositions and methods thereof
JP2022521512A (en) 2019-02-20 2022-04-08 ロシュ イノベーション センター コペンハーゲン エーエス New phosphoramidite
WO2020169695A1 (en) 2019-02-20 2020-08-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Phosphonoacetate gapmer oligonucleotides
EP3931348B1 (en) 2019-02-26 2023-08-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotide formulation method
US11286485B2 (en) 2019-04-04 2022-03-29 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Oligonucleotides for modulating ATXN2 expression
WO2020219983A2 (en) * 2019-04-25 2020-10-29 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of use thereof
JP7155302B2 (en) 2019-06-06 2022-10-18 エフ．ホフマン－ラ ロシュ アーゲー Antisense oligonucleotides targeting ATXN3
EP3956450A4 (en) * 2019-07-26 2022-11-16 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating gfap
JP2022544587A (en) * 2019-08-15 2022-10-19 アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレーテッド Bond-modified oligomeric compounds and uses thereof
US20240216369A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2024-07-04 Novartis Ag The use of a splicing modulator for a treatment slowing progression of huntington's disease
CN114829599A (en) 2019-12-19 2022-07-29 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Use of SCAMP3 inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
CN114901821A (en) 2019-12-19 2022-08-12 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Use of SEPT9 inhibitors for treating hepatitis B virus infection
WO2021122910A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of sbds inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
CN114867856A (en) 2019-12-19 2022-08-05 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Use of SARAF inhibitors for the treatment of hepatitis B virus infection
JP2023506547A (en) 2019-12-19 2023-02-16 エフ． ホフマン－ラ ロシュ エージー． Use of COPS3 inhibitors to treat hepatitis B virus infection
WO2021123086A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Enhanced oligonucleotides for inhibiting scn9a expression
EP4081217A1 (en) 2019-12-24 2022-11-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Pharmaceutical combination of antiviral agents targeting hbv and/or an immune modulator for treatment of hbv
TW202137987A (en) 2019-12-24 2021-10-16 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Pharmaceutical combination of a therapeutic oligonucleotide targeting hbv and a tlr7 agonist for treatment of hbv
JP2023509305A (en) 2019-12-25 2023-03-08 ルムス エルティーディー． Optical systems and methods for eye tracking based on redirecting light from the eye using optical arrangements associated with light guide optics
WO2021152005A1 (en) 2020-01-28 2021-08-05 Universite De Strasbourg Antisense oligonucleotide targeting linc00518 for treating melanoma
JP2023516142A (en) 2020-02-28 2023-04-18 エフ・ホフマン－ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Oligonucleotides for modulating CD73 exon 7 splicing
JP2023527684A (en) 2020-05-11 2023-06-30 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Complement component C1S inhibitors for treating neurological disorders and related compositions, systems and methods of using same
WO2021231204A1 (en) 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 Genentech, Inc. Complement component 4 inhibitors for treating neurological diseases, and related compositons, systems and methods of using same
JP2023527693A (en) 2020-05-11 2023-06-30 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Complement Component C1R Inhibitors and Related Compositions, Systems, and Methods of Using The Same for Treating Neurological Disorders
CN115884777A (en) 2020-05-22 2023-03-31 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Oligonucleotides for splicing modulation of CARD9
WO2021249993A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Guanosine analogues for use in therapeutic polynucleotides
AR122731A1 (en) 2020-06-26 2022-10-05 Hoffmann La Roche IMPROVED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES TO MODULATE FUBP1 EXPRESSION
WO2022018155A1 (en) 2020-07-23 2022-01-27 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Lna oligonucleotides for splice modulation of stmn2
EP4200419A2 (en) 2020-08-21 2023-06-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Use of a1cf inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
IL302817A (en) 2020-11-18 2023-07-01 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression
CN116615540A (en) * 2020-11-18 2023-08-18 Ionis制药公司 Compounds and methods for modulating expression of angiotensinogen
TW202237843A (en) 2020-12-03 2022-10-01 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Antisense oligonucleotides targeting atxn3
US20220177883A1 (en) 2020-12-03 2022-06-09 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Antisense Oligonucleotides Targeting ATXN3
CN116568696A (en) 2020-12-08 2023-08-08 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Novel synthesis of phosphorodithioate oligonucleotides
EP4284513A1 (en) 2021-01-26 2023-12-06 Universite Brest Bretagne Occidentale Novel stim1 splicing variants and uses thereof
TW202246500A (en) 2021-02-02 2022-12-01 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Enhanced oligonucleotides for inhibiting rtel1 expression
TW202304446A (en) 2021-03-29 2023-02-01 瑞士商諾華公司 The use of a splicing modulator for a treatment slowing progression of huntington’s disease
JP2024536132A (en) 2021-09-29 2024-10-04 エフ． ホフマン－ラ ロシュ アーゲー RNA editing method
CN118318042A (en) 2021-11-03 2024-07-09 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Oligonucleotides for modulating apolipoprotein E4 expression
MX2024005399A (en) 2021-11-11 2024-05-23 Hoffmann La Roche Pharmaceutical combinations for treatment of hbv.
WO2023111210A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Combination of oligonucleotides for modulating rtel1 and fubp1
CN118434860A (en) 2021-12-20 2024-08-02 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Threose nucleic acid antisense oligonucleotide and method thereof
WO2023141507A1 (en) 2022-01-20 2023-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotides for modulating tmem106b expression
EP4332221A1 (en) 2022-08-29 2024-03-06 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Threose nucleic acid antisense oligonucleotides and methods thereof
WO2024149282A1 (en) * 2023-01-10 2024-07-18 Ausperbio Therapeutics Inc. Modified multi-segmented antisense oligonucleotides for use
WO2024153586A1 (en) 2023-01-16 2024-07-25 Institut National De Recherche Pour L'agriculture, L'alimentation Et L'environnement Antisense molecules and their uses for the treatment of coronavirus infection, in particular the treatment of covid-19 related to sars-cov-2 infection

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8957040B2 (en) * 2010-02-08 2015-02-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective reduction of allelic variants
US9006198B2 (en) * 2010-02-08 2015-04-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective reduction of allelic variants
US9752142B2 (en) * 2011-08-11 2017-09-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5′-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof
US9914922B2 (en) * 2012-04-20 2018-03-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
US10017764B2 (en) * 2011-02-08 2018-07-10 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
US11149264B2 (en) * 2018-02-12 2021-10-19 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified compounds and uses thereof
US11236335B2 (en) * 2012-10-12 2022-02-01 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof

Family Cites Families (193)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2699808A (en) 1944-10-06 1955-01-18 Mark W Lowe Apparatus for peeling tomatoes
US2699508A (en) 1951-12-21 1955-01-11 Selectronics Inc Method of mounting and construction of mounting for low frequency piezoelectric crystals
US3687808A (en) 1969-08-14 1972-08-29 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Synthetic polynucleotides
JPS5717316A (en) 1980-07-04 1982-01-29 Kawasaki Steel Corp Method for automatic control of screw down of reeler mill
US4469863A (en) 1980-11-12 1984-09-04 Ts O Paul O P Nonionic nucleic acid alkyl and aryl phosphonates and processes for manufacture and use thereof
US5023243A (en) 1981-10-23 1991-06-11 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Oligonucleotide therapeutic agent and method of making same
US5118800A (en) 1983-12-20 1992-06-02 California Institute Of Technology Oligonucleotides possessing a primary amino group in the terminal nucleotide
FR2567892B1 (en) 1984-07-19 1989-02-17 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL OLIGONUCLEOTIDES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS AS MEDIATORS IN DEVELOPING THE EFFECTS OF INTERFERONS
US5367066A (en) 1984-10-16 1994-11-22 Chiron Corporation Oligonucleotides with selectably cleavable and/or abasic sites
FR2575751B1 (en) 1985-01-08 1987-04-03 Pasteur Institut NOVEL ADENOSINE DERIVATIVE NUCLEOSIDES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS
US5264423A (en) 1987-03-25 1993-11-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products
US5276019A (en) 1987-03-25 1994-01-04 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products
WO1988010264A1 (en) 1987-06-24 1988-12-29 Howard Florey Institute Of Experimental Physiology Nucleoside derivatives
US5175273A (en) 1988-07-01 1992-12-29 Genentech, Inc. Nucleic acid intercalating agents
US5256775A (en) 1989-06-05 1993-10-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Exonuclease-resistant oligonucleotides
US5134066A (en) 1989-08-29 1992-07-28 Monsanto Company Improved probes using nucleosides containing 3-dezauracil analogs
US5591722A (en) 1989-09-15 1997-01-07 Southern Research Institute 2'-deoxy-4'-thioribonucleosides and their antiviral activity
US5264562A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
US5264564A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
US5177198A (en) 1989-11-30 1993-01-05 University Of N.C. At Chapel Hill Process for preparing oligoribonucleoside and oligodeoxyribonucleoside boranophosphates
US5130302A (en) 1989-12-20 1992-07-14 Boron Bilogicals, Inc. Boronated nucleoside, nucleotide and oligonucleotide compounds, compositions and methods for using same
US5587470A (en) 1990-01-11 1996-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-deazapurines
US5459255A (en) 1990-01-11 1995-10-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N-2 substituted purines
US5646265A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-07-08 Isis Pharmceuticals, Inc. Process for the preparation of 2'-O-alkyl purine phosphoramidites
US5670633A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-09-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sugar modified oligonucleotides that detect and modulate gene expression
US5681941A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-10-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted purines and oligonucleotide cross-linking
US5149797A (en) 1990-02-15 1992-09-22 The Worcester Foundation For Experimental Biology Method of site-specific alteration of rna and production of encoded polypeptides
GB9009980D0 (en) 1990-05-03 1990-06-27 Amersham Int Plc Phosphoramidite derivatives,their preparation and the use thereof in the incorporation of reporter groups on synthetic oligonucleotides
EP0745689A3 (en) 1990-05-11 1996-12-11 Microprobe Corporation A dipstick for a nucleic acid hybridization assay
US5489677A (en) 1990-07-27 1996-02-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleoside linkages containing adjacent oxygen and nitrogen atoms
US5602240A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-02-11 Ciba Geigy Ag. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs
DE69126530T2 (en) 1990-07-27 1998-02-05 Isis Pharmaceutical, Inc., Carlsbad, Calif. NUCLEASE RESISTANT, PYRIMIDINE MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES THAT DETECT AND MODULE GENE EXPRESSION
US5610289A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-03-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogues
US5378825A (en) 1990-07-27 1995-01-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs
US5223618A (en) 1990-08-13 1993-06-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4'-desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds
US5386023A (en) 1990-07-27 1995-01-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs and preparation thereof through reductive coupling
US5432272A (en) 1990-10-09 1995-07-11 Benner; Steven A. Method for incorporating into a DNA or RNA oligonucleotide using nucleotides bearing heterocyclic bases
US6582908B2 (en) 1990-12-06 2003-06-24 Affymetrix, Inc. Oligonucleotides
US5965722A (en) 1991-05-21 1999-10-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense inhibition of ras gene with chimeric and alternating oligonucleotides
DE59208572D1 (en) 1991-10-17 1997-07-10 Ciba Geigy Ag Bicyclic nucleosides, oligonucleotides, processes for their preparation and intermediates
US5594121A (en) 1991-11-07 1997-01-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified purines
US5484908A (en) 1991-11-26 1996-01-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines
TW393513B (en) 1991-11-26 2000-06-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
EP0637965B1 (en) 1991-11-26 2002-10-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US5359044A (en) 1991-12-13 1994-10-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals Cyclobutyl oligonucleotide surrogates
US20010044145A1 (en) 1991-12-24 2001-11-22 Monia Brett P. Methods of using mammalian RNase H and compositions thereof
US5700922A (en) 1991-12-24 1997-12-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. PNA-DNA-PNA chimeric macromolecules
FR2687679B1 (en) 1992-02-05 1994-10-28 Centre Nat Rech Scient OLIGOTHIONUCLEOTIDES.
FR2692265B1 (en) 1992-05-25 1996-11-08 Centre Nat Rech Scient BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE COMPOUNDS OF THE PHOSPHOTRIESTER TYPE.
US5434257A (en) 1992-06-01 1995-07-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Binding compentent oligomers containing unsaturated 3',5' and 2',5' linkages
EP0577558A2 (en) 1992-07-01 1994-01-05 Ciba-Geigy Ag Carbocyclic nucleosides having bicyclic rings, oligonucleotides therefrom, process for their preparation, their use and intermediates
AU678769B2 (en) 1992-07-27 1997-06-12 Hybridon, Inc. Oligonucleotide alkylphosphonothioates
RU95114435A (en) 1992-12-14 1997-05-20 Ханивелл Инк. (Us) System incorporating brushless dc motor
ES2086997T3 (en) 1993-01-25 1996-07-01 Hybridon Inc OLIGONUCLEOTIDE-ALKYLPHOSPHONATES AND -ALKYLPHOSPHONOTIOATES.
US5476925A (en) 1993-02-01 1995-12-19 Northwestern University Oligodeoxyribonucleotides including 3'-aminonucleoside-phosphoramidate linkages and terminal 3'-amino groups
US5446786A (en) 1993-03-03 1995-08-29 Northern Telecom Limited Two-wire telecommunications line detection arrangements
GB9304620D0 (en) 1993-03-06 1993-04-21 Ciba Geigy Ag Compounds
WO1994022864A1 (en) 1993-03-30 1994-10-13 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Acyclic nucleoside analogs and oligonucleotide sequences containing them
WO1994022890A1 (en) 1993-03-31 1994-10-13 Sterling Winthop Inc. Novel 5'-substituted nucleosides and oligomers produced therefrom
DE4311944A1 (en) 1993-04-10 1994-10-13 Degussa Coated sodium percarbonate particles, process for their preparation and detergent, cleaning and bleaching compositions containing them
FR2705099B1 (en) 1993-05-12 1995-08-04 Centre Nat Rech Scient Phosphorothioate triester oligonucleotides and process for their preparation.
US5502177A (en) 1993-09-17 1996-03-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrimidine derivatives for labeled binding partners
US5801154A (en) 1993-10-18 1998-09-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of multidrug resistance-associated protein
WO1995014030A1 (en) * 1993-11-16 1995-05-26 Genta Incorporated Synthetic oligomers having chirally pure phosphonate internucleosidyl linkages mixed with non-phosphonate internucleosidyl linkages
WO1995013834A1 (en) * 1993-11-16 1995-05-26 Genta, Incorporated Chimeric oligonucleoside compounds
US5457187A (en) 1993-12-08 1995-10-10 Board Of Regents University Of Nebraska Oligonucleotides containing 5-fluorouracil
US5446137B1 (en) 1993-12-09 1998-10-06 Behringwerke Ag Oligonucleotides containing 4'-substituted nucleotides
US5595756A (en) 1993-12-22 1997-01-21 Inex Pharmaceuticals Corporation Liposomal compositions for enhanced retention of bioactive agents
US5519134A (en) 1994-01-11 1996-05-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolidine-containing monomers and oligomers
US5596091A (en) 1994-03-18 1997-01-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Antisense oligonucleotides comprising 5-aminoalkyl pyrimidine nucleotides
US5627053A (en) 1994-03-29 1997-05-06 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'deoxy-2'-alkylnucleotide containing nucleic acid
US5625050A (en) 1994-03-31 1997-04-29 Amgen Inc. Modified oligonucleotides and intermediates useful in nucleic acid therapeutics
US5646269A (en) 1994-04-28 1997-07-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Method for oligonucleotide analog synthesis
US5525711A (en) 1994-05-18 1996-06-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA probes
US5597909A (en) 1994-08-25 1997-01-28 Chiron Corporation Polynucleotide reagents containing modified deoxyribose moieties, and associated methods of synthesis and use
US5792747A (en) 1995-01-24 1998-08-11 The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund Highly potent agonists of growth hormone releasing hormone
US6624293B1 (en) * 1995-08-17 2003-09-23 Hybridon, Inc. Modified protein kinase A-specific oligonucleotides and methods of their use
US20050054600A1 (en) * 1995-08-17 2005-03-10 Hybridon, Inc. Modified protein kinase a-specific oligonucleotides and methods of their use
US6331617B1 (en) * 1996-03-21 2001-12-18 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Positively charged oligonucleotides as regulators of gene expression
US5656408A (en) 1996-04-29 1997-08-12 Xerox Corporation Coated carrier particles
US5898031A (en) 1996-06-06 1999-04-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligoribonucleotides for cleaving RNA
ATE232880T1 (en) 1996-11-18 2003-03-15 Takeshi Imanishi NEW NUCLEOTIDE ANALOGUES
US6770748B2 (en) 1997-03-07 2004-08-03 Takeshi Imanishi Bicyclonucleoside and oligonucleotide analogue
JP3756313B2 (en) 1997-03-07 2006-03-15 武 今西 Novel bicyclonucleosides and oligonucleotide analogues
EP2341058A3 (en) 1997-09-12 2011-11-23 Exiqon A/S Oligonucleotide Analogues
US6794499B2 (en) 1997-09-12 2004-09-21 Exiqon A/S Oligonucleotide analogues
US20030228597A1 (en) 1998-04-13 2003-12-11 Cowsert Lex M. Identification of genetic targets for modulation by oligonucleotides and generation of oligonucleotides for gene modulation
US6043352A (en) 1998-08-07 2000-03-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-O-Dimethylaminoethyloxyethyl-modified oligonucleotides
CN1273478C (en) 1999-02-12 2006-09-06 三共株式会社 Novel nucleosides and oligonucleotide analogues
WO2000052210A2 (en) 1999-03-01 2000-09-08 Variagenics, Inc. Methods for targeting rna molecules
US6753422B2 (en) 1999-03-01 2004-06-22 O'brien Thomas G. Odc allelic analysis method for assessing carcinogenic susceptibility
US7084125B2 (en) 1999-03-18 2006-08-01 Exiqon A/S Xylo-LNA analogues
US5998148A (en) 1999-04-08 1999-12-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense modulation of microtubule-associated protein 4 expression
US7098192B2 (en) 1999-04-08 2006-08-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of STAT3 expression
US7053207B2 (en) 1999-05-04 2006-05-30 Exiqon A/S L-ribo-LNA analogues
US6525191B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2003-02-25 Kanda S. Ramasamy Conformationally constrained L-nucleosides
JP4151751B2 (en) 1999-07-22 2008-09-17 第一三共株式会社 New bicyclonucleoside analogues
US6147200A (en) 1999-08-19 2000-11-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-O-acetamido modified monomers and oligomers
AU4819101A (en) 2000-04-13 2001-10-30 University Of British Columbia, The Modulating cell survival by modulating huntingtin function
EP1176151B1 (en) 2000-07-28 2014-08-20 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Synthesis of polynucleotides using combined oxidation/deprotection chemistry
AU2001296412A1 (en) 2000-09-29 2002-04-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of mekk4 expression
US6693187B1 (en) 2000-10-17 2004-02-17 Lievre Cornu Llc Phosphinoamidite carboxlates and analogs thereof in the synthesis of oligonucleotides having reduced internucleotide charge
US6426220B1 (en) 2000-10-30 2002-07-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of calreticulin expression
AU2002317437A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2002-12-03 Cureon A/S Therapeutic uses of lna-modified oligonucleotides in infectious diseases
US20050191638A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-09-01 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated treatment of polyglutamine (polyQ) repeat expansion diseases using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
CA2452458A1 (en) 2001-07-03 2003-01-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nuclease resistant chimeric oligonucleotides
US20030158403A1 (en) 2001-07-03 2003-08-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nuclease resistant chimeric oligonucleotides
US7888324B2 (en) 2001-08-01 2011-02-15 Genzyme Corporation Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression
WO2003013437A2 (en) 2001-08-07 2003-02-20 University Of Delaware Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of huntington's disease
US20040096880A1 (en) 2001-08-07 2004-05-20 Kmiec Eric B. Compositions and methods for the treatment of diseases exhibiting protein misassembly and aggregation
WO2003064625A2 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-07 Sequitur, Inc. Oligonucleotide compositions with enhanced efficiency
ATE416183T1 (en) * 2002-02-01 2008-12-15 Univ Mcgill OLIGONUCLEOTIDES WITH ALTERNATE SEGMENTS AND USES THEREOF
US20050096284A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-05-05 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated treatment of polyglutamine (polyQ) repeat expansion diseases using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
PT2264172T (en) 2002-04-05 2017-12-06 Roche Innovation Ct Copenhagen As Oligomeric compounds for the modulation of hif-1alpha expression
US7569575B2 (en) 2002-05-08 2009-08-04 Santaris Pharma A/S Synthesis of locked nucleic acid derivatives
US20040092465A1 (en) 2002-11-11 2004-05-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of huntingtin interacting protein 1 expression
US20040102398A1 (en) 2002-11-23 2004-05-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of B7H expression
US20050255086A1 (en) 2002-08-05 2005-11-17 Davidson Beverly L Nucleic acid silencing of Huntington's Disease gene
US20080274989A1 (en) 2002-08-05 2008-11-06 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Rna Interference Suppression of Neurodegenerative Diseases and Methods of Use Thereof
US20050106731A1 (en) 2002-08-05 2005-05-19 Davidson Beverly L. siRNA-mediated gene silencing with viral vectors
US20050042646A1 (en) 2002-08-05 2005-02-24 Davidson Beverly L. RNA interference suppresion of neurodegenerative diseases and methods of use thereof
AU2003273336A1 (en) 2002-09-18 2004-04-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Efficient reduction of target rna's by single- and double-stranded oligomeric compounds
US20040219565A1 (en) 2002-10-21 2004-11-04 Sakari Kauppinen Oligonucleotides useful for detecting and analyzing nucleic acids of interest
AU2003291753B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2010-07-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation
EP1560840B1 (en) 2002-11-05 2015-05-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
WO2004044181A2 (en) 2002-11-13 2004-05-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein b expression
EP2305813A3 (en) 2002-11-14 2012-03-28 Dharmacon, Inc. Fuctional and hyperfunctional sirna
DK2284269T3 (en) 2002-11-18 2017-10-23 Roche Innovation Ct Copenhagen As Antisense design
DE602004022020D1 (en) 2003-02-10 2009-08-27 Santaris Pharma As OLIGOMER COMPOUNDS FOR MODULATING THE EXPRESSION OF SURVIVIN
AU2004239114B2 (en) 2003-05-14 2008-03-13 Japan Science And Technology Agency Inhibition of the expression of huntingtin gene
WO2004106356A1 (en) 2003-05-27 2004-12-09 Syddansk Universitet Functionalized nucleotide derivatives
US7427672B2 (en) 2003-08-28 2008-09-23 Takeshi Imanishi Artificial nucleic acids of n-o bond crosslinkage type
US20050053981A1 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-03-10 Swayze Eric E. Gapped oligomeric compounds having linked bicyclic sugar moieties at the termini
US20050074801A1 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-04-07 Monia Brett P. Chimeric oligomeric compounds comprising alternating regions of northern and southern conformational geometry
EP2821085B1 (en) 2003-09-12 2020-04-29 University of Massachusetts Rna interference for the treatment of gain-of-function disorders
WO2008005562A2 (en) 2006-07-07 2008-01-10 University Of Massachusetts Rna silencing compositions and methods for the treatment of huntington's disease
WO2005027962A1 (en) 2003-09-18 2005-03-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4’-thionucleosides and oligomeric compounds
US7425544B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2008-09-16 Eli Lilly And Company Modulation of eIF4E expression
WO2005045032A2 (en) 2003-10-20 2005-05-19 Sima Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF EARLY GROWTH RESPONSE GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
ATE467679T1 (en) 2003-12-23 2010-05-15 Santaris Pharma As OLIGOMERIC COMPOUNDS FOR MODULATING BCL-2
US20050176045A1 (en) 2004-02-06 2005-08-11 Dharmacon, Inc. SNP discriminatory siRNA
GB0407382D0 (en) 2004-03-31 2004-05-05 Univ Cambridge Tech Therapeutic methods and means
WO2005105995A2 (en) 2004-04-14 2005-11-10 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED TREATMENT OF POLYGLUTAMINE (POLYQ) REPEAT EXPANSION DISEASES USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
EP1752536A4 (en) 2004-05-11 2008-04-16 Alphagen Co Ltd Polynucleotide causing rna interfere and method of regulating gene expression with the use of the same
WO2005121372A2 (en) 2004-06-03 2005-12-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double strand compositions comprising differentially modified strands for use in gene modulation
US7323308B2 (en) 2004-09-03 2008-01-29 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods of genetic analysis of E. coli
WO2006034348A2 (en) 2004-09-17 2006-03-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enhanced antisense oligonucleotides
ATE522626T1 (en) 2005-06-28 2011-09-15 Medtronic Inc METHODS AND NUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCES THAT PREFERENTIALLY SUPPRESS THE EXPRESSION OF A MUTATED HUNTINGTIN GENE
WO2007027775A2 (en) 2005-08-29 2007-03-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for use in modulating mir-122a
DK1931780T3 (en) 2005-08-29 2016-01-25 Regulus Therapeutics Inc Antisense-forbindelser med forøget anti-microrna-aktivitet
CN101365801B (en) 2005-10-28 2013-03-27 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of huntingtin gene
PL2161038T3 (en) * 2006-01-26 2014-06-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and their uses directed to Huntingtin
US7569686B1 (en) 2006-01-27 2009-08-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for synthesis of bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
EP2314594B1 (en) 2006-01-27 2014-07-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US8935416B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2015-01-13 Fortinet, Inc. Method, apparatus, signals and medium for enforcing compliance with a policy on a client computer
WO2007143315A2 (en) 2006-05-05 2007-12-13 Isis Pharmaceutical, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating expression of pcsk9
WO2007134181A2 (en) 2006-05-11 2007-11-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5'-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US7666854B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2010-02-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bis-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US9273356B2 (en) 2006-05-24 2016-03-01 Medtronic, Inc. Methods and kits for linking polymorphic sequences to expanded repeat mutations
JP4798093B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2011-10-19 日産自動車株式会社 Fluid reforming apparatus and fluid reforming method using the same
ATE524547T1 (en) 2006-08-11 2011-09-15 Prosensa Technologies Bv SINGLE STRANDED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES COMPLEMENTARY TO REPETITIVE ELEMENTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DNA REPEATS-INSTABILITY-ASSOCIATED DISEASES
DK2410053T4 (en) 2006-10-18 2020-08-31 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Antisense compounds
KR20090103894A (en) 2006-11-27 2009-10-01 아이시스 파마수티컬즈 인코포레이티드 Methods for treating hypercholesterolemia
US8093222B2 (en) 2006-11-27 2012-01-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypercholesterolemia
US20100190837A1 (en) 2007-02-15 2010-07-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5'-Substituted-2-F' Modified Nucleosides and Oligomeric Compounds Prepared Therefrom
DK2170917T3 (en) 2007-05-30 2012-10-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc N-Substituted bicyclic nucleic acid analogs with aminomethylene bridge
ES2386492T3 (en) 2007-06-08 2012-08-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbocyclic bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
ATE462787T1 (en) 2007-06-18 2010-04-15 Commissariat Energie Atomique REVERSIBLE SIRNA-SILENCING OF A MUTATED AND ENDOGENOUS HUNTINGTON WILD-TYPE AND ITS APPLICATION TO THE TREATMENT OF HUNTINGTON'S DISEASE
CA2692579C (en) 2007-07-05 2016-05-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-disubstituted bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
EP2188298B1 (en) 2007-08-15 2013-09-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs
CN102076852A (en) 2007-11-09 2011-05-25 Isis药物公司 Modulation of factor 7 expression
US8546556B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2013-10-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Carbocyclic alpha-L-bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US8530640B2 (en) 2008-02-07 2013-09-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexitol nucleic acid analogs
US9290534B2 (en) * 2008-04-04 2016-03-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds having at least one neutrally linked terminal bicyclic nucleoside
WO2009124295A2 (en) 2008-04-04 2009-10-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleosides and having reduced toxicity
EP2297341A4 (en) 2008-05-09 2013-01-09 Univ British Columbia Methods and compositions for the treatment of huntington's disease
US8679750B2 (en) 2008-05-09 2014-03-25 The University Of British Columbia Methods and compositions for the treatment of Huntington'S disease
WO2009143369A2 (en) 2008-05-22 2009-11-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of preparing nucleosides and analogs thereof without using chromatography
US8501805B2 (en) 2008-09-24 2013-08-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted alpha-L-bicyclic nucleosides
US8987435B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2015-03-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and methods
AT507215B1 (en) 2009-01-14 2010-03-15 Boehler Edelstahl Gmbh & Co Kg WEAR-RESISTANT MATERIAL
WO2011017521A2 (en) 2009-08-06 2011-02-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexose nucleic acid analogs
US9574191B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2017-02-21 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Selective inhibition of polyglutamine protein expression
US9193752B2 (en) 2010-03-17 2015-11-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5′-substituted bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
CN103154014B (en) 2010-04-28 2015-03-25 Isis制药公司 Modified nucleosides, modified nucleosides-like and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2012141960A1 (en) 2011-04-11 2012-10-18 Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation Systems and methods for enhancing paddle lead placement
EA029137B1 (en) 2011-04-21 2018-02-28 Ионис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression
US9778706B2 (en) 2012-02-24 2017-10-03 Blackberry Limited Peekable user interface on a portable electronic device
US9400902B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2016-07-26 Trimble Navigation Limited Multi-modal entity tracking and display
US9984408B1 (en) 2012-05-30 2018-05-29 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Method, medium, and system for live video cooperative shopping
US9695418B2 (en) 2012-10-11 2017-07-04 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleosides and uses thereof
EP3778618A1 (en) 2013-02-04 2021-02-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US9778708B1 (en) 2016-07-18 2017-10-03 Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Dual sided latching retainer for computer modules

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8957040B2 (en) * 2010-02-08 2015-02-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective reduction of allelic variants
US9006198B2 (en) * 2010-02-08 2015-04-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective reduction of allelic variants
US10017764B2 (en) * 2011-02-08 2018-07-10 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
US9752142B2 (en) * 2011-08-11 2017-09-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5′-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof
US9914922B2 (en) * 2012-04-20 2018-03-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
US10337007B2 (en) * 2012-04-20 2019-07-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
US11236335B2 (en) * 2012-10-12 2022-02-01 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US11149264B2 (en) * 2018-02-12 2021-10-19 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified compounds and uses thereof
US11332733B2 (en) * 2018-02-12 2022-05-17 lonis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified compounds and uses thereof

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12110491B2 (en) 2010-02-08 2024-10-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective reduction of allelic variants

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2742056A4 (en) 2015-03-25
US20210238591A1 (en) 2021-08-05
WO2013022966A1 (en) 2013-02-14
EP2742056B1 (en) 2017-01-11
EP2742136B1 (en) 2017-09-27
WO2013022990A1 (en) 2013-02-14
US20150051389A1 (en) 2015-02-19
US20240141343A1 (en) 2024-05-02
US20140323707A1 (en) 2014-10-30
US20190338281A1 (en) 2019-11-07
US20140309279A1 (en) 2014-10-16
EP3556859B1 (en) 2021-04-07
US11732261B2 (en) 2023-08-22
EP3205725A1 (en) 2017-08-16
EP3922722A1 (en) 2021-12-15
EP2742056B2 (en) 2020-06-10
EP2742136A1 (en) 2014-06-18
ES2635866T3 (en) 2017-10-05
US10202599B2 (en) 2019-02-12
EP2742135A1 (en) 2014-06-18
DK2742136T3 (en) 2017-11-20
EP3205725B1 (en) 2019-03-27
US20210147838A1 (en) 2021-05-20
DK2742135T3 (en) 2017-07-10
EP2742135B1 (en) 2017-05-03
ES2635866T5 (en) 2021-04-05
EP4269584A2 (en) 2023-11-01
US9752142B2 (en) 2017-09-05
WO2013022967A1 (en) 2013-02-14
EP2742135B2 (en) 2020-06-10
EP3556859A1 (en) 2019-10-23
DK2742135T4 (en) 2020-07-13
EP4269584A3 (en) 2024-03-27
US20140303235A1 (en) 2014-10-09
EP3922722B1 (en) 2023-06-28
US20170130224A1 (en) 2017-05-11
WO2013022984A1 (en) 2013-02-14
ES2651514T3 (en) 2018-01-26
EP2742056A1 (en) 2014-06-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11732261B2 (en) Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US11236335B2 (en) Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US11492615B2 (en) Antisense compounds and uses thereof
US10260069B2 (en) Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION